《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 CHINESE SCIENCE ABSTRACTS (Monthly, Established in 2006) Vol. 10 No. 5, 2015 (Sum No. 107) Published on May 15, 2015

Chinese Science Abstracts

Competent Authority: Contents China Association for Science and Technology Supporting Organization: Hot Topic Department of Society Affairs and Academic Activities

China Association for Science and Technology Genetically Modified……………………………………………………………1

Sponsor: Depession………………………………………………………………………17 Science and Technology Review Publishing House High Impact Papers Publisher:

Science and Technology Review Publishing House Highly Cited Papers TOP5……………………………………………………34

Acoustics (34) Agricultural Engineering (35) Editor-in-chief: CHEN Zhang-liang Agriculture Dairy Animal Science (37) Agriculture Multidisciplinary (39) Chief of the Staff/Deputy Editor-in-chief: Agronomy (41) Allergy (43) Anatomy Morphology (45) Andrology (47) QIN De-ji [email protected] Anesthesiology (49) Astronomy Astrophysics (51) / Deputy Chief of the Staff Deputy Editor-in-chief: Automation Control Systems (53) Biochemical Research Methods (54) SHI Yong-chao [email protected] Biochemistry Molecular Biology (56) Biodiversity Conservation (57) Deputy Editor-in-chief: SONG Jun Biology (59) Biophysics (61) Biotechnology Applied Microbiology (63) Deputy Director of Editorial Department: Cardiac Cardiovascular Systems (64) Cell Tissue Engineering (65) WANG Shuai-shuai [email protected] Cell Biology (66) Chemistry Analytical (68) Chemistry Applied (69) WANG Xiao-bin Chemistry Inorganic Nuclear (71) Chemistry Medicinal (72) Chemistry Multidisciplinary (74) Chemistry Organic (76) Executive Editor of this issue: Chemistry Physical (77) Clinical Neurology (78) WANG Shuai-shuai Computer Science Artificial Intelligence (80) Director of Circulation Department《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅: Computer Science Cybernetics (82) YU Hui [email protected] Computer Science Hardware Architecture (83) Editorial Department: Computer Science Information Systems (85) 010-62172009 [email protected] Computer Science Interdisciplinary Applications (86) Circulation Department: Computer Science Software Engineering (88) 010-62194182 [email protected] (for subscriptions) Computer Science Theory Methods (90) Address: No. 86, Xueyuan South Rd., Haidian Construction Building Technology (91) Critical Care Medicine (92) District, Beijing 100081, P.R.China Crystallography (96) Dentistry Oral Surgery Medicine (98) Dermatology (100) Developmental Biology (102) Ecology (103) Postcode: 100081 Electrochemistry (105) Emergency Medicine (107) Website: www.csad.org.cn Endocrinology Metabolism (109) Energy Fuels (111) Sina Micro-blog: http://weibo.com/u/3809662148 Engineering Aerospace (112) Engineering Biomedical (113) Distributor: All Local Post Offices in China Engineering Chemical (115) Engineering Civil (117) Distribution Codes: Engineering Electrical Electronic (118) Engineering Environmental (120) 80-487 (Homeland) M1993 (Overseas) Engineering Geological (121) Engineering Industrial (123) Distributor in China: Beijing Publishing Bureau Engineering Manufacturing (125) Engineering Marine (126) Distributor Abroad: Engineering Mechanical (128) Engineering Multidisciplinary (129) China International Book Trading Cooperation Engineering Ocean (130) Engineering Petroleum (132) (No. 35, Chegongzhuang West Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100044, P.R.China Cover Papers Printing: Beijing Jinghua Hucais Printing Co., Ltd. Cover Papers…………………………………………………………………134 Periodical Registration: ISSN 1673-4084 Basic Theory of Environmental Science (134) CN 11-5411/N Botany (134) Building Science (135) Price: RMB 40.00 (P.R.China) Chemical Industry (136) Chemistry (137) Crops (140) US$ 40.00 (Abroad) Microbiology (140) Genetics (141) Zoology (141)

中国学术期刊文摘(英文版) (月刊,2006 年创刊) 第 10 卷第5 期(总第 107 期) 2015 年 5 月 15 日出版

《中国学术期刊文摘》(英文版)

主 管:中国科学技术协会 目 次 支持单位:中国科协学会学术部

主 办:科技导报社 热点追踪 出 版 者:科技导报社 转基因……………………………………………………………………………1 主 编: 陈章良 抑郁症……………………………………………………………………………17 社长/副主编

秦德继 [email protected] 高影响力文章 副社长 / 副主编 各学科高被引论文 TOP5………………………………………………………34 史永超 [email protected] 声学 (34) 农业工程 (35) 农业,乳品和动物科学 (37) 副主编:宋军 综合农业 (39) 农学 (41) 过敏 (43)

解剖学和形态学 (45) 男科 (47) 麻醉学 (49) 编辑部负责人: 天文学与天体物理学 (51) 自动化与控制系统 (53) 王帅帅 [email protected] 生化研究方法 (54) 生物化学与分子生物学 (56) 编辑部副主任: 生物多样性保护 (57) 生物学 (59) 生物物理学 (61) 王晓彬(兼) 生物技术和应用微生物学 (63) 心脏及心血管系统 (64) 细胞与组织工程学 (65) 细胞生物学 (66) 本期执行责任编辑: 王帅帅 化学分析 (68) 应用化学 (69) 无机化学与核化学 (71) 发行部负责人: 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅医药化学 (72) 综合化学 (74) 有机化学 (76) 于辉 [email protected] 物理化学 (77) 临床神经病学 (78) 编辑部: 计算机科学,人工智能 (80) 计算机科学,控制论 (82) 计算机科学,硬件和架构 (83) 计算机科学,信息系统 (85) 010-62172009 [email protected] 计算机科学,跨学科应用 (86) 计算机科学,软件工程 (88) 发行部: 计算机科学,理论与方法 (90) 建筑与建筑技术 (91) 010-62194182 [email protected](网上订刊) 危重病急救医学 (92) 结晶学 (96) 地址:北京市海淀区学院南路 86 号 牙科,口腔外科医学 (98) 皮肤科 (100) 邮编:100081 发育生物学 (102) 生态学 (103) 电化学 (105) 网址:www.csad.org.cn 急救医学 (107) 内分泌与代谢 (109) 能源与燃料 (111) 新浪微博:http://weibo.com/u/3809662148 航空航天工程 (112) 生物医学工程 (113) 化学工程 (115) 土木工程 电气与电子工程 环境工程 订阅:全国各地邮局 (117) (118) (120) 地质工程 (121) 工业工程 (123) 制造工程 (125) 邮发代号:80-487(国内),M1993(国外) 船舶工程 (126) 机械工程 (128) 综合工程 (129) 中国总发行: 北京市报刊发行局 海洋工程 (130) 石油工程 (132) 海外发行总代理:中国国际图书贸易集团有限公司 (北京市海淀区车公庄西路 35 号,邮编 100044) 封面文章 广告经营许可证:京海工商广字第 0035 号 封面文章………………………………………………………………………134 印刷装订:北京京华虎彩印刷有限公司 环境科学基础理论 (134) 植物学 (134) 标准连续出版物号:ISSN 1673-4084 建筑科学 (135) 化学工业 (136) CN 11-5411/N 化学 (137) 农作物 (140) 微生物学 (140)

定价:40.00 元(国内) US$ 40.00(国外) 遗传学 (141) 动物学 (141 )

Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Hot Topic

Genetically Modified ·Editor's Note· Since the 1970’s, humans have been able to break the barriers and transfer the of some creatures with the emergence of molecular biology and transgenic technology. Genetically modified technology can transfer the good genes to the target species in order to make them have some new properties and products by modifying their DNA. GMO (genetically modified organism) is any organism, that is pant, animal, microorganism and other organism whose genetic material has been altered using genetic engineering techniques which can be used for agricultural production and processing. Currently, genetically modified technology has been broadly applied in the field of agriculture, industry, medical treatment and environmental protection. In agriculture, therapy is mainly used for prevalent variety cultivation, e.g. genetically engineered soybeans, corn and rice which are herbicide resistance and insect resistance. In industry, genetically modified technology is applied to produce zymin, food additives and probiotics for better properties and higher value. In medical treatment, the technology is used for the production of genetically engineered drug, vaccine and antibody or gene therapy. Genetically modified technology has been a new approach for environmental management. In this field genetically modified microorganism is used to biodegrade plastic, and transgenic plant is used for the enrichment of heavy metal in soil and the degradation of organ phosphorus pesticide. As the most dynamic and efficient technology, the technology of genetically modified crops has a great economic, social and environmental benefits which develops with the fastest speed in the history of modern agriculture. Since the industrialization of genetically modified crops in 1996, they have been planted on 1.5 billion hectares in total, and in 2014, they were planted on 181.5 million hectares which is more than 100 times compared with the number of 1996. The United States is the biggest one (70.1 million hectares) among the 28 countries which plant genetically modified crops in which 90% of its corns, soybeans, cottons are genetically modified varieties. According to figures, genetically modified plant study includes over 35 genuses and 200 species. Nearly 50 countries have carried field experiment on more than 60 species of genetically modified plant. At the same time, more than 20 countries are studying on genetically modified animals like pigs, cattle, sheep, chickens, fish and rabbits including the United States, Russia and China.《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 The development of genomics, proteomics, metabonomics and systems biology is inspiring biotechnology all around the world. As means to improve crop traits, transgenic technology is beneficial to human and society just like prevalent variety cultivation. However, in some countries, there are still some obstacles for the development of this technology including defections of law, miss understanding and lack of science popularization education, which impede the pace of industrialization of this technology. To solve these problems and make this technology play an efficient role, some methods can be used including making supportive policies, setting up the important projects, reinforcing the scientific research, amplifying laws and regulations, enhancing supervision and science popularization education, increasing public participation.

·Data Rankings· By March 10, 2015, according to China Knowledge Resource Integrated Database (CNKI) and Web of Science (WOS), the numbers of journal papers by retrieving ‘genetically modified’ are 5143 and 4271 respectively. The number of published papers of institutions, authors, journals, and cited frequency are as follows.

Number of Published Papers of Institutions in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Institutions in WOS Institution Number of Papers Institution Number of Papers China Agricultural University 185 University of California System 117 Institute of Genetics and Developmental National Institute of Health Sciences 134 78 Biology Japan National Agricultural Research Center Nanjing Agricultural University 129 74 Japan Institute National De La Recherche Zhejiang University 122 70 Agronomique Inra Yangzhou University 120 National Institutes of Health Nih Usa 69 (Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.10)

1 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Number of Published Papers of Authors in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Authors in WOS

Author Institution Number of Papers Author Number of Papers

HU Yi-ping Fudan University 26 ANONYMOUS 112 Institute of Genetics and ZHU Zhen 26 AKIYAMA H 69 Developmental Biology Instituteof Plant Protection (IPP), PENG Yu-fa Chinese Academy of Agricultural 20 TESHIMA R 40 Science LI Ning China Agricultural University 20 KITTA K 38 Institute of Microbiology of the TIAN Chinese Academy of Sciences 20 HINO A 36 Ying-chuan (IMCAS) LUO Yun-bo China Agricultural University 20 KIM JH 25 (Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.10)

Number of Published Papers of Journals in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Journals in WOS

Journal Number of Papers Journal Number of Papers

Journal of Agricultural and Food China Cotton 144 101 Chemistry Journal of Anhui Agricultural Sciences 111 Blood 77 Biotechnology Bulletin 107 Molecular Therapy 62 Scientia Agricultura Sinica 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅102 Transgenic Research 55

China Biotechnology 102 Human Gene Therapy 48

(Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.10)

According to CNKI, highly cited papers by retrieving ‘genetically modified’ are as follows.

Highly Cited Papers in CNKI Citation Title First Author Source Frequency Development of Bivalent Insect -resistant Scientia Agricultura Sinica, 1999, 32(3): 454 GUO San-dui TransgenicCotton Plants 1-7 Safety Evaluation of Marker Genes in Transgenic Food Scientia Agricultura Sinica, 1997, 30(2): 295 JIA Shi-rong Plants 1-15 Studies of Transgenic Tobacco Plants Acta Genetica Sinica, 2000, 27(1): 247 Expressingß-1,3-Glucanase and Chitinase Genes and LAN Hai-yan 70-77 Their Potential for Fungal Resistance Transformation of brassica Napus usingagrobacterium CHENG Acta Botanica Sinica, 1994, 36(9): 235 tumefaciens and regeneration of transgenic plants Zhen-dong 657-663 Development of Transgenic Insect-resistant Cotton Scientia Agricultura Sinica, 1998, 31(2): 218 NI Wan-chao Plants 8-13 Construction of a Trehalose-6-phosphate Synthase Gene ZHAO Acta Botanica Sinica, 2000, 42(6): 216 Driven by Drought-responsive Promoter and Expression Hui-Wu 616-619 of Drought-resistance in Transgenic Tobacco

2 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

(continue) Citation Title First Author Source Frequency Prodution of Herbicide -resistant Transgenic Rice Plants Scientia Agricutura Sinica, 1996, 29(6): 209 ZHU Bing from Immature Embryos Using Biolistic Method 15-20 Insect Tolerance of Transgenic Populus nigra Plants TIAN Chinese Journal of Biotechnology, 186 Transformed with Bacillus thuringiensis Toxin Gene Ying-chuan 1993, 9(4): 291-297 (Source: CNKI; Retrieval date: 2015.3.10)

According to Web of Science, highly cited papers by retrieving ‘genetically modified’ are as follows.

Highly Cited Papers in WOS Citation Title First Authors Sources Frequency The Bystander Effect - Tumor-Regression When a Cancer Research, 1993, 53(21): 973 Freeman, SM Fraction of The Tumor mass is Genetically-Modified 5274-5283 An adenovirus vector with genetically modified fibers demonstrates expanded tropism via utilization of a Journal of Virology, 1998, 72(12): 553 Dmitriev, I coxsackievirus and adenovirus receptor-independent 9706-9713 cell entry mechanism Metabolic profiling allows comprehensive 528 phenotyping of genetically or environmentally Roessner, U Plant Cell, 2001, 13(1): 11-29 modified plant systems Proceedings of the National Genetically Modified《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 skin fibroblasts persist long Academy of Sciences of The United 418 after transplantation but gradually inactivate Palmer, TD introduced genes States of America, 1991, 88(4): 1330-1334 Transplants of fibroblasts genetically modified to Journal of Neuroscience, 1999, 344 express BDNF promote regeneration of adult rat Liu, Y rubrospinal axons and recovery of forelimb function 19(11): 4370-4387 Targeting exogenous genes to tumor angiogenesis by Nature Medicine, 2003, 9(6): 341 transplantation of genetically modified hematopoietic De Palma, M stem cells 789-795 Dendritic cells genetically modified with an adenovirus vector encoding the cDNA for a model Journal of Experimental Medicine, 331 Song, W antigen induce protective and therapeutic antitumor 1997, 186(8): 1247-1256 immunity Intrathecal delivery of CNTF using encapsulated Nature Medicine, 1996, 2(6): 318 genetically modified xenogeneic cells in amyotrophic Aebischer, P lateral sclerosis patients 696-699

Assessment of the food safety issues related to Plant Journal, 2001, 27(6): 503-528 268 Kuiper, HA genetically modified foods

Systemic delivery of recombinant by Science, 1991, 254(5037): 268 Barr, E genetically modified myoblasts 1507-1509 Genetically modified Plasmodium parasites as a 259 Mueller, AK Nature, 2005, 433(7022): 164-167 protective experimental malaria vaccine (Source: Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.10)

3 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 ·Highly Cited Papers·

Citation frenquency: 454 Development of Bivalent Insect -resistant TransgenicCotton Plants GUO San-dui; CUI Hong-zhi; XIA Lan-qin; et al. Abstract: By pollen tube pathway method, the plant expression vector pGBI121S4ABC, harboring both synthesized Bt insecticidal gene and modified Cp TI gene, was introduced into the elitecotton (Gossy piumhirsutum L. cultivars Shiyuan 321, Zhongmiansuo 193517 and 541. Resistance of the leaves of these transgenic plants to cotton bollworm was identified. The results showed that some cotton plants were highly toxic to the insect with larvae death rate up to 96%. The results of PCR, PCR-southern and RT-PCR analyses confirmed the integration and expression of the two gene in these insect-resistant cotton plants The polymer residue left on the surface of CVD-graphene after transferring is inevitable, resulting in p-type doping in graphene. Studies have shown that this residue in general influences the electrical performance of graphene. In this paper, we found that the NaOH solution can remove the oxygenic groups in PMMA (polymethyl methacrylate) efficiently, resulting in less polymer residue left. The NaOH solution was first applied in the monolayer graphene grown by

CVD. By optimizing the concentration of NaOH solution, the reaction between NaOH and SiO2/Si substrate does not take place. The result shows that the carrier concentration of graphene reduced by one-third to the original one or less and the mobility of graphene changes obviously, which increasing from 880 cm2/Vs to 2260 cm2/Vs. We also compared the stability of graphene treated by water and NaOH solution, the result shows that the mobility of the water treated graphene went back to the original value quickly, but the value of mobility keeps in 1.5 times of the original one treated by NaOH solution. Keywords: Bivalent; Cp TI; Bt; Insecticidal gene; Plant transformation; Cotton Source: Scientia Agricultura Sinica, 1999, 32(3): 1-7

Citation frenquency: 295 Safety Evaluation of Marker Genes in Transgenic Food Plants JIA Shi-rong Abstract: Marker genes are effectively used fo rselection of transgenic plants. Transgenic plants have been extensively field-tested, and some have been released for commercial production. Since marker genes are existed in almost all transgenic plants and the same or different marker genes are already《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 transferred to many food crops, the amount of marker genes and their product s in human diet will be increasing that leads to the public concern. International organizations such as FAO, WHO, OECD, FDA in USA, and Nordic Councl of Ministers have paid great attention to this issue and many mono graphs, reports relevant to it have been published. The safety assessment of foods derived from genetically modified organisms (GMOs) has not been extensively considered in China. Therefore, it may be important and useful to have are view in this respect. This article describes the safety ev aluation of marker genes in transgenic food plants according to the published data by the internatio nal organi zations, and the Nordic Council of Ministry in particular. Keywords: Transgenic plants; Marker genes; Food; Biosafety Source: Scientia Agricultura Sinica, 1997, 30(2): 1-15

Citation frenquency: 247 Studies of Transgenic Tobacco Plants Expressingß-1,3-Glucanase and Chitinase Genes and Their Potential for Fungal Resistance LAN Hai-yan; LI Hua; WANG Lan-lan; et al. Abstract: Plant bivalent expression vector pBLGC for basic tobacco ß-1,3-glucanase and bean chitinase genes were constructed, and the tobacco tissue was transformed. Transgenic tobacco plants were carried out for analysis by PCR, PCR-Southern blot, Dot blot, Western blot, etc., and the results showed that some transgenic plants gave strong positive signal, it suggested that foreign genes have been integreted into tobacco genome, and expressed correctly. Fungal challenge with Alternaria alternata showed that transgenic plants were much more resistant to this pathogenic fungus. Keywords: ß-1; 3-glucanase gene; chitinase gene; fungal resistance; transgenictobacco plant Source: Acta Genetica Sinica, 2000, 27(1): 70-77

Citation frenquency: 235 Transformation of brassica Napus usingagrobacterium tumefaciens and regeneration of transgenic plants CHENG Zhen-dong; WEI Zhi-ming; XU Zhi-hong Abstract: Seeds of Brassica napus L.cv.“Yunbei2”were surface-sterilized and germinated on hormone-free MS medium. After 4-5 days the cotyledons were excised in such a way that each has a 1-2 mm petiole was remained at its base. These cotyledons were used as the explants for tissue culture and genetic transformation. This paper first deals with the improvement of the medium for shoot regeneration. Of the

4 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts elements tested, AgNO3 and carbenicillin enhanced shoot regeneration. The highest frequency (52%) was obtained on MS medium containing 4.5 mg/L BAP, 20 μmol/L AgNO3 and 500 mg/L carbenicillin. An efficient gene transfer system based on the regeneration procedure was established. After 2 days of cocultivation with A grobacterium tumef aciens st rain A208SE (pTi T37-SE, pROA93), the explants were transferred onto selection medium containing 25 mg/L kanamycin. After 1.5 months shoots emerged from 27% of the explants inoculated. They were excised and transferred onto rooting medium co ntaining 25 mg/L kanamycin and 200 mg/L cefotaxime which is better than carbenicillin for root induction. Whole plants were transplanted into pots, and grew well in the phytotron. Transformation was confirmed by ß-glucuronidase assay and Southern blot ting analysis. Keywords: Brassica napus; Agrobacterium tumef aciens; Transgenic plants Source: Acta Botanica Sinica, 1994, 36(9): 657-663

Citation frenquency: 218 Development of Transgenic Insect-resistant Cotton Plants NI Wan-chao; ZHANG Zhen-lin; GUO San-dui Abstract: By the pollen tube pathway, the artificially synthesised Bacillus thuringiensis insecticidal protein gene, constructed with the GUS marker gene, was introduced into the elite cotton (Gossypium hirsutum L) cultivars Simian 3 and Zhongmiansuo 12, and the transgenic plants were obtained. Histochemical analysis of the GUS enzyme activity indicated its expression in R1 transgenic plants of the two recipients. PCR results of the GUS-positive R1 plants showed the existence of the Bt transgene and the same results appeared in the Rz generations, indicating the integration of the Bt transgene into the cotton genome.Resistance to the cotton bollworm were identified in these transgenic plants. In R1, 5 plants highly toxic to the insect were found,i.e. S545,S591,5636,S1001 (from Simian 3+Bt/GUS) and Zh1109 (from Zhongmiansuo 12+Bt/GUS), with larvae death rate up to 91.6%, 93.8%, 92.3%, 85.7% and 75.0% respectively. Insect-resistant R5 generations were derived from the R1 plants via selling and breeding, showing the maintenance of the transgene and the insect-resistance. Keywords: Bt gene;Transgenic insect-resistant cotton; Bollworm; Insect-resistance evaluation Source: Scientia Agricultura Sinica, 1998, 31(2): 8-13

Citation frenquency: 216 Construction of a Trehalose-6-phosphate Synthase Gene Driven by Drought-responsive Promoter and 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Expression of Drought-resistance in Transgenic Tobacco ZHAO Hui-wu; CHEN Yang-jian; HU Yuan-lei; et al. Abstract: The trehalose-6-phosphate synthase gene (TPS) from Saccharomyces cerevisiae Hansen and the drought-responsive promoter from Arabidopsis thaliana (L) Heynh have been cloned by PCR procedure. A plant expression vector with TPS under control of Prd29A has been constructed and used for the genetic transformation of tobacco. The transgenic tobacco with Prd29A/TSP demonstrated TPS expression with increased drought tolerance under drought stress. Some obvious morphological changes including dwarf and fine shoot, lancet-shaped leaves and vigorous auxiliary buds have been observed in a few transformed plants. Keywords: drought-responsive promoter; trehalose-6-phosphate synthase; Nicotiana tabacum; drought tolerance Source: Acta Botanica Sinica, 2000, 42(6): 616-619

Citation frenquency: 209 Prodution of Herbicide -resistant Transgenic Rice Plants from Immature Embryos Using Biolistic Method ZHU Bing; Huang Da-nian; YANG Wei; et al. Abstract: Plasmid pCB1, co ntaining bar gene under the cont rol of CaMV 35S promoter was introduced to rice immature embryo using biolistic method. Three basta-resistant transgenic rice plants were regenerated after selection. The integ ration of the bar gene in the genome of the transgenic rice plants was shown by PCR and Southern analysis. RNA dot analysis demonstrated the mRNA expression of the bar gene at transcriptional level in transgenic plants. Among 321 T1 progenies of transgenic plant JY119-2, 274 plants showed a high resistance to herbicide Basta, while the other 47 plants were sensitiv e. According to the Southern analysis of 8 randomly selected plants from those 274 Basta-resistant plants, the bar gene has been stably inherited in T1 progenies. Keywords: Rice; Herbicide resistant; Biolistic method; Transgenic plant Source: Scientia Agricutura Sinica, 1996, 29(6): 15-20

Citation frenquency: 186 Insect Tolerance of Transgenic Populus nigra Plants Transformed with Bacillus thuringiensis Toxin Gene TIAN Ying-chuan; LI Tai-yuan; MANG Ke-giang Abstract: Leaves and stem segments of Populus nigra were transformed with A tumef aciens LBA 4404 harbouring a binary vector containing chimeric genes of NPT and 35 S-Ʊ-B, t.toxin-Nos. Nineteen regenerated kanamycin resistant plants were analysed by DNA

5 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 hybridization, out of which 10 were shown to be the candidates of transgenic plants. Insect tolerant tests showed that the transgenic plants were toxic to two Lepidopteran pests, Lymantria dispar Linnacus and Apocheimia cinerarius Erschoff. Based on the results of Southern-blot of PCR products, and the cluster analysis of their growth and insect resistance, three independant transgenic palms were selected, which are then propagated in the nursery field. Keywords: Populus nigra; B.t.toxin gene; insect resistance Source: Chinese Journal of Biotechnology, 1993, 9(4): 291-297

Citation frenquency: 973 The Bystander Effect-Tumor-Regression When a Fraction of The Tumor mass is Genetically-Modified Freeman, SM; Abboud, CN; Whartenby, KA; et al. Abstract: Tumor cells expressing the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (HSV-TK) gene are sensitive to the drug ganciclovir (GCV). We demonstrate here that HSV-TK-positive cells exposed to GCV were lethal to HSV-TK-negative cells as a result of a “bystander effect.” HSV-TK-negative cells were killed in vitro when the population of cultured cells contained only 10% HSV-TK-positive cells. The mechanism of this “bystander effect” on HSV-TK-negative cells appeared to be related to the process of apoptotic cell death when HSV-TK-positive cells were exposed to GCV. Flow cytometric and electron microscopic analyses suggested that apoptotic vesicles generated from the dying gene-modified cells were phagocytized by nearby, unmodified tumor cells. Prevention of apoptotic vesicle transfer prevented the bystander effect. The toxic effect of HSV-TK-positive cells on HSV-TK-negative cells was reproduced in an in vivo model. A mixed population of tumor cells consisting of HSV-TK-positive and HSV-TK-negative cells was inoculated s.c. into mice. Regression of the tumor mass occurred when the inoculum consisted of as few as 10% HSV-TK-expressing tumor cells. The bystander effect was also demonstrated in i.p. tumor studies. Initial experiments demonstrated that prolonged survival (>70 days) occurred when a mixture containing 50% HSV-TK-positive and 50% HSV-TK-negative cells was injected i.p. followed by GCV treatment. Further, survival was prolonged for mice with a preexisting HSV-TK-negative i.p. tumor burden by injecting HSV-TK-positive cells and GCV. These results suggest that genetic modification of tumor cells may be useful for developing cancer therapies. Keywords: thymidine kinase genes; retroviral vectors; brain-tumors; renal-cancer; cells; in vivo; apoptosis; interleukin-4; lymphocytes; expression Source: Cancer Research, 1993, 53(21): 5274-5283 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frenquency: 553 An adenovirus vector with genetically modified fibers demonstrates expanded tropism via utilization of a coxsackievirus and adenovirus receptor-independent cell entry mechanism Dmitriev, I; Krasnykh, V; Miller, CR; et al. Abstract: Recombinant adenoviruses (Ad) have become the vector system of choice for a variety of gene therapy applications. However, the utility of Ad vectors is limited due to the low efficiency of Ad-mediated gene transfer to cells expressing marginal levels of the coxsackievirus and adenovirus receptor (CAR). In order to achieve CAR-independent gene transfer by Ad vectors in clinically important contexts, we proposed modification of viral tropism via genetic alterations to the viral fiber protein. We have shown that incorporation of an Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD)-containing peptide in the HI loop of the fiber knob domain results in the ability of the virus to utilize an alternative receptor during the cell entry process. We have also demonstrated that due to its expanded tissue tropism, this novel vector is capable of efficient transduction of primary tumor cells. An increase in gene transfer to ovarian cancer cells of 2 to 3 orders of magnitude was demonstrated by the vector, suggesting that recombinant Ad containing fibers with an incorporated RGD peptide may be of great utility for treatment of neoplasms characterized by deficiency of the primary Ad type 5 receptor. Keywords: extraovarian cancer-patients; previously treated ovarian; phage display library; amino-acid-sequence; alpha-v integrins; recombinant adenovirus; vitronectin receptor; crystal-structure; binding domain; virus type-1 Source: Journal of Virology, 1998, 72(12): 9706-9713

Citation frenquency: 528 Metabolic profiling allows comprehensive phenotyping of genetically or environmentally modified plant systems Roessner, U; Luedemann, A; Brust, D; et al. Abstract: Metabolic profiling using gas chromatography-mass spectrometry technologies is a technique whose potential in the field of functional genomics is largely untapped, To demonstrate the general usefulness of this technique, we applied to diverse plant genotypes a recently developed profiling protocol that allows detection of a wide range of hydrophilic metabolites within a single chromatographic run. For this purpose, we chose four independent potato genotypes characterized by modifications in sucrose metabolism. Using data-mining tools, including hierarchical cluster analysis and principle component analysis, we were able to assign clusters to the individual plant

6 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts systems and to determine relative distances between these clusters. Extraction analysis allowed identification of the most important components of these clusters. Furthermore, correlation analysis revealed close linkages between a broad spectrum of metabolites. In a second, complementary approach, we subjected wild-type potato tissue to environmental manipulations, The metabolic profiles from these experiments were compared with the data sets obtained for the transgenic systems, thus illustrating the potential of metabolic profiling in assessing how a genetic modification can be phenocopied by environmental conditions. In summary, these data demonstrate the use of metabolic profiling in conjunction with data-mining tools as a technique for the comprehensive characterization of a plant genotype. Keywords: solanum-tuberosum l; potato-tubers; mass-spectrometry; leuconostoc-mesenteroides; sucrose phosphorylase; gas-chromatography; threonine synthase; dna microarrays; organic-acids; expression Sources:Plant Cell, 2001, 13(1): 11-29

Citation frenquency: 418 Genetically Modified skin fibroblasts persist long after transplantation but gradually inactivate introduced genes Palmer, TD; Rosman, GJ; Osborne, WRA; et al. Abstract: Genetically engineered fibroblasts have been successfully used to produce therapeutic proteins in animals, but sustained production of the proteins has not been achieved. This limits the potential of fibroblast-mediated gene therapy in humans. We have studied the phenomenon of decreased production in rats by using retroviral vectors carrying genes encoding human adenosine deaminase and neomycin phosphotransferase. While transplanted skin fibroblasts containing vector sequences persisted at constant levels for at least 8.5 mo, vector expression decreased by >1500-fold after 1 mo. Cellular or antibody-mediated immune responses were not detected in transplanted animals, and expression could not be restored in fibroblasts recultivated from the grafts. This phenomenon is reminiscent of sequence-specific gene inactivation observed in other cell types. Because genetic manipulation and expression of foreign proteins did not affect survival of the transplanted cells, effective long-term therapy may be possible with the use of alternative gene regulatory elements. Keywords: gene therapy; retroviral vectors; adenosine deaminase; neomycin phosphotransferase; severe combined immunodeficiency Source: Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of The United States of America, 1991, 88(4): 1330-1334

Citation frenquency: 344 Transplants of fibroblasts《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 genetically modified to express BDNF promote regeneration of adult rat rubrospinal axons and recovery of forelimb function Liu, Y; Kim, DH; Himes, BT; et al. Abstract: Adult mammalian CNS neurons do not normally regenerate their severed axons. This failure has been attributed to scar tissue and inhibitory molecules at the injury site that block the regenerating axons, a lack of trophic support for the axotomized neurons, and intrinsic neuronal changes that follow axotomy, including cell atrophy and death. We studied whether transplants of fibroblasts genetically engineered to produce brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) would promote rubrospinal tract (RST) regeneration in adult rats. Primary fibroblasts were modified by retroviral-mediated transfer of a DNA construct encoding the human BDNF gene, an internal ribosomal entry site, and a fusion gene of lacZ and neomycin resistance genes. The modified fibroblasts produce biologically active BDNF in vitro. These cells were grafted into a partial cervical hemisection cavity that completely interrupted one RST One and two months after lesion and transplantation, RST regeneration was demonstrated with retrograde and anterograde tracing techniques. Retrograde tracing with fluorogold showed that similar to 7% of RST neurons regenerated axons at least three to four segments caudal to the transplants. Anterograde tracing with biotinylated dextran amine revealed that the RST axons regenerated through and around the transplants, grew for long distances within white matter caudal to the transplant, and terminated in spinal cord gray matter regions that are the normal targets of RST axons. Transplants of unmodified primary fibroblasts or Gelfoam alone did not elicit regeneration. Behavioral tests demonstrated that recipients of BDNF-producing fibroblasts showed significant recovery of forelimb usage, which was abolished by a second lesion that transected the regenerated axons. Keywords: spinal cord injury; cell transplantation; retrovirus; axon regeneration; anterograde tracing; retrograde tracing; neurotrophin; recovery of function Source: Journal of Neuroscience, 1999, 19(11): 4370-4387

Citation frenquency: 341 Targeting exogenous genes to tumor angiogenesis by transplantation of genetically modified hematopoietic stem cells De Palma, M; Venneri, MA; Roca, C; et al. Abstract: Angiogenic tumor vessels are promising targets for the activity and the selective delivery of cancer therapeutics (1, 2). The bone marrow contributes different cell types to the tumor stroma, including hematopoietic cells (3, 4) and, as recently suggested, vascular

7 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 endothelial cells (ECs)(5). Thus, transplantation of genetically modified bone marrow progenitors may represent a vehicle for the transport of gene therapy to tumors. We transduced bone marrow progenitors with lentiviral vectors expressing genes from -regulatory elements of Tie2/Tek gene(6). When tumors were grown in the transplanted mice, the new vector marked a distinct hematopoietic population that 'homed' to the tumor and closely interacted with vascular ECs at the tumor periphery. These Tie2-expressing mononuclear (TEM) cells had a distinguishable phenotype and were present selectively at angiogenic sites. Unexpectedly, we did not find bone marrow-derived ECs in tumor vessels when we transplanted bone marrow progenitors constitutively expressing a marker gene from the Tie2 or ubiquitously active promoters. By delivering a 'suicide' gene, we selectively eliminated the TEM cells and achieved substantial inhibition of angiogenesis and slower tumor growth without systemic toxicity. Thus, TEM cells may account for the proangiogenic activity of bone marrow-derived cells in tumors, may represent a new target for drug development and may provide the means for selective gene delivery and targeted inhibition of tumor angiogenesis. Keywords: bone-marrow; lentiviral vectors; expression; growth; cancer; mice; macrophages; receptor; origin; marker Source: Nature Medicine, 2003, 9(6): 789-795

Citation frenquency: 331 Dendritic cells genetically modified with an adenovirus vector encoding the cDNA for a model antigen induce protective and therapeutic antitumor immunity Song, W; Kong, HL; Carpenter, H; et al. Abstract: Dendritic cells (DCs) are potent antigen-presenting cells that play a critical role in the initiation of antitumor immune responses. In this study, we show that genetic modifications of a murine epidermis-derived DC line and primary bone marrow-derived DCs to express a model antigen beta-galactosidase (beta gal) can be achieved through the use of a replication-deficient, recombinant adenovirus vector, and that the modified DCs are capable of eliciting antigen-specific, MHC-restricted CTL responses. Importantly, using a murine metastatic lung tumor model with syngeneic colon carcinoma cells expressing beta gal, we show that immunization of mice with the genetically modified DC line or bone marrow DCs confers potent protection against a lethal tumor challenge, as well as suppression of preestablished tumors, resulting in a significant survival advantage. We conclude that genetic modification of DCs to express antigens that are also expressed in tumors can lead to antigen-specific, antitumor killer cells, with a concomitant resistance to tumor challenge and a decrease in the size of existing tumors. Keywords: tumor-associated antigen; cytotoxic t-lymphocytes; bone-marrow; in-vivo; cystic-fibrosis; murine tumors; gene; cancer; immunotherapy; immunization 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Source: Journal of Experimental Medicine, 1997, 186(8): 1247-1256

Citation frenquency: 318 Intrathecal delivery of CNTF using encapsulated genetically modified xenogeneic cells in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis patients Aebischer, P; Schluep, M; Deglon, N; et al. Abstract: Neuronal growth factors hold promise for providing therapeutic benefits in various neurological disorders. As a means of ensuring adequate central nervous system delivery of growth factors and minimizing significant adverse side effects associated with systemic delivery methods, we have developed an ex vivo gene therapy approach for protein delivery using encapsulated genetically modified xenogeneic cells. Ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNTF) has been shown in various rodent models to reduce the motor neuron cell death similar to that seen in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) (1-3). The initial trials focusing on the systemic administration of CNTF for ALS have been discontinued as a result of major side effects, thus preventing determination of the potential efficacy of the molecule (4, 5). In order to deliver CNTF directly to the nervous system, we conducted a phase I study in which six ALS patients were implanted with polymer capsules containing genetically engineered baby hamster kidney cells releasing approximately 0.5 μg of human CNTF per day in vitro. The CNTF-releasing implants were surgically placed within the lumbar intrathecal space. Nanogram levels of CNTF were measured within the patients' cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) for at least 17 weeks post-transplantation, whereas it was undetectable before implantation. Intrathecal delivery of CNTF was not associated with the limiting side effects observed with systemic delivery. These results demonstrate that neurotrophic factors can be continuously delivered within the CSF of humans by an ex vivo gene therapy approach, opening new avenues for the treatment of neurological diseases. Keywords: neurotrophic factor prevents; motor-neurons; motoneurons Source: Nature Medicine, 1996, 2(6): 696-699

Citation frenquency: 268 Assessment of the food safety issues related to genetically modified foods Kuiper, HA; Kleter, GA; Noteborn, HPJM; et al. Abstract: International consensus has been reached on the principles regarding evaluation of the food safety of genetically modified plants.

8 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts The concept of substantial equivalence has been developed as part of a safety evaluation framework, based on the idea that existing foods can serve as a basis for comparing the properties of genetically modified foods with the appropriate counterpart. Application of the concept is not a safety assessment perse, but helps to identify similarities and differences between the existing food and the new product, which are then subject to further toxicological investigation. Substantial equivalence is a starting point in the safety evaluation, rather than an endpoint of the assessment. Consensus on practical application of the principle should be further elaborated. Experiences with the safety testing of newly inserted proteins and of whole genetically modified foods are reviewed, and limitations of current test methodologies are discussed. The development and validation of new profiling methods such as DNA microarray technology, proteomics, and metabolomics for the identification and characterization of unintended effects, which may occur as a result of the genetic modification, is recommended. The assessment of the allergenicity of newly inserted proteins and of marker genes is discussed. An issue that will gain importance in the near future is that of postmarketing surveillance of the foods derived from genetically modified crops. It is concluded, among others that, that application of the principle of substantial equivalence has proven adequate, and that no alternative adequate safety assessment strategies are available. Keywords: biotechnology; genetic modification; genetic engineering; food crops; food safety; toxicology; substantial equivalence; legislation; risk assessment; profiling techniques; post market surveillance Source: Plant Journal, 2001, 27(6): 503-528

Citation frenquency: 268 Systemic delivery of recombinant proteins by genetically modified myoblasts Barr, E; Leiden, JM Abstract: The ability to stably deliver recombinant proteins to the systemic circulation would facilitate the treatment of a variety of acquired and inherited diseases. To explore the feasibility of the use of genetically engineered myoblasts as a recombinant protein delivery system, stable transfectants of the murine C2C12 myoblast cell line were produced that synthesize and secrete high levels of human growth hormone (hGH) in vitro. Mice injected with hGH-transfected myoblasts had significant levels of hGH in both muscle and serum that were stable for at least 3 weeks after injection. Histological examination of muscles injected with beta-galactosidase-expressing C2C12 myoblasts demonstrated that many of the injected cells had fused to form multinucleated myotubes. Thus, genetically engineered myoblasts can bc used for the stable delivery of recombinant proteins into the circulation. Keywords: mediated gene-transfer;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 human adenosine-deaminase; troponin-c gene; human factor-ix; hemophilia-b; bone-marrow; stem-cells; expression; muscle; transplantation Source: Science, 1991, 254(5037): 1507-1509

Citation frenquency: 259 Genetically modified Plasmodium parasites as a protective experimental malaria vaccine Mueller, AK; Labaied, M; Kappe, SHI; et al. Abstract: Malaria is a mosquito-borne disease that is transmitted by inoculation of the Plasmodium parasite sporozoite stage. Sporozoites invade hepatocytes (1), transform into liver stages, and subsequent liver-stage development ultimately results in release of pathogenic merozoites (2). Liver stages of the parasite are a prime target for malaria vaccines because they can be completely eliminated by sterilizing immune responses, thereby preventing malarial infection (3). Using expression profiling, we previously identified genes that are only expressed in the pre-erythrocytic stages of the parasite (4, 5). Here, we show by reverse genetics that one identified gene, UIS3 (upregulated in infective sporozoites gene 3), is essential for early liver-stage development. uis3-deficient sporozoites infect hepatocytes but are unable to establish blood-stage infections in vivo, and thus do not lead to disease. Immunization with uis3-deficient sporozoites confers complete protection against infectious sporozoite challenge in a rodent malaria model. This protection is sustained and stage specific. Our findings demonstrate that a safe and effective, genetically attenuated whole-organism malaria vaccine is possible. Keywords: sporozoite stage; genome sequence; berghei; falciparum; liver Source: Nature, 2005, 433(7022): 164-167

9 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 ·Recommended Papers·

What We Have Learnt in Ten Years’ Study of Rice Transgene Flow JIA Shi-rong; YUAN Qian-hua; WANG Feng; et al. Abstract: China is the largest rice producer worldwide and is one of the origins of Asian cultivated rice as well. Along with the rapid development of transgenic rice in China, the potential impact of rice transgene flow on the environment and food safety has become one of the major concerns. Gene flow is an important parameter in the risk assessment and regulation of transgenic rice on the scientific basis. In accordance with this situation, we have formed a team and systematically studied the rice transgene flow since 2002. The results obtained in recent ten years are as following: (1) the patterns of transgene flow and the major biological and meteorological factors controlling rice gene flow have been elucidated. Following the prevailing wind direction in rice flowering period, a rectangular design of field experiments were conducted at 3 locations (Sanya, Hainan Island; Guangzhou, Guangdong; and Hangzhou, Zhejiang) in 2-3 years by using a homozygous transgenic line L201 or B2 (sister lines) with bar gene inserted, resistant to herbicide Basta, as a pollen donor, and totally 19 non-transgenic rice as recipients, including male sterile (ms) lines, common rice cultivars (CRC), F1 hybrid rice, and common wild rice (Oryza rufipogon). Results indicated that the frequency of transgene flow to ms lines was the highest, while gene flow to CRC and F1 hybrids was the lowest (less than 1% or 0.1% at parallel plantation). The frequency of transgene flow to O. rufipogon was in between. By comparison, the maximum frequency of gene flow to ms lines is one to three orders of magnitude higher than that to O. rufipogon and CRC. Gene flow frequency decreased exponentially as the distance increase, with a sharp cut-off point at about 1-2 m in Guangzhou andHangzhou, while it was approximately 5 m in Sanya. It indicates that the sharp cut-off point is closely related to the wind speed during rice flowering period at a given location. By using a concentric circle design of field experiment and an ms line BoA with higher outcrossing rate as a recipient, we have been able to clearly quantify the relationship between the gene flow frequency and the wind direction. On the basis of the cumulative data in eight compass sectors, 90%-96% of the cumulative gene flow events occurred in the four downstream prevailing wind sectors, while it was only 4%-10% in the four lateral and upstream prevailing wind sectors. In short, a general conclusion is that the order of magnitude of transgene flow frequency is basically the same as the outcrossing rate of the CRC (generally less than 1%), which means the gene transfer has not added a new additional risk. (2) By using historical meteorological data as an input, a regional applicable model of rice pollen dispersal and gene flow has been established, which is successively used to predict the maximum threshold distances (MTDs) of gene《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 flow in 17 provinces of southern rice growing area in China. The feature of spatial distribution of MTDs shows: from east to west, MTDs gradually decrease; from north to south, MTDs first decrease in the hilly region and then increase again along the southeast costal region. Reason for it is that the spatial distribution is dramatically influenced by the southeast monsoon (seasonal wind direction from the southeast) and the landform structure. (3) We have artificially constructed two mixed populations of O. rufipogon with F1 hybrids of CRC/O. rufipogon derived from transgene (either Bt or bar) flow to investigate the long-term fate of the transgene integrated into common wild rice. It was found that the F1 hybrids of CRC/O. rufipogon totally disappeared within 3-5 years and the Bt or bar gene was not detectable in the mixed population. It is reasonable to speculate that the common wild rice possesses a mechanism of self-protection. (4) The effectiveness in reducing transgene flow by using flowering isolation or a protective cloth-screen in small-scale field trials of transgenic rice was studied and the results discussed. To investigate the degree of flowering synchronization of CRC and O. rufipogon populations in adjacent plantation, a survey has been conducted in Hainan, Guangdong and Guangxi provinces which allow us to establish a corresponding database. In order to further eliminate the rice transgene flow, a biological containment measure - gene split approach has been established. Based on the data obtained in this study and a survey on the internationally published data of gene flow from major crops, we have proposed to use principles of classification management and threshold-value management in the risk assessment and regulation of transgenic rice. Meanwhile, the progress and prospective of rice gene flow are also discussed in this paper. Keywords: rice (Oryza sativa L.); common wild rice (O. rufipogon); transgene; pollen dispersal; gene flow; risk assessment; risk management Source: Scientia Agricultura Sinica, 2014, 47(1): 1-10 Email: JIA Shi-rong; [email protected]

Research and Application of Transgenic Bt Corn for Insect Resistance LV Xia; WANG Hui; ZENG Xing; et al. Abstract: Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) is the important exogenous genes for transgenic corn breeding for insect resistance, which contains code insecticidal crystal protein (ICPs) Cry and Cyt gene, as well as code vegetative phase insecticidal protein gene (Vip). So far,more than 40 transgenic Bt corn events have been certificated for commercialization or used for food and siliage processing in 26 countries. At present, the research of Bt genes is still in progress, and is mainly focusing on cloning and modifying new Bt genes as well as constructing efficient expression vector. By using the technologies of efficient and safe gene transformation, the target range of insect resistance will be expanded and the stacked trait insect-resistant corn will be developed in Bt transgenic breeding program. In this study, the mechanism of Bt 10 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts gene research and application of GM (genetically modified) corn with Bt gene were summarized, which will provide useful information for the research of Bt corn in China. Keywords: Corn; Bt gene; Corn borer; Transformant; Commercial application Source: Crops, 2013, (2): 7-12

Research Progress on Safety Assessment of Genetically Modified Food QI Xiao-zhe; HUANG Kun-lun Abstract: The cultivated areas of genetically modified (GM) crops have been increased by an annual average of 10% speed, since their commercialized production for a large scale in 1996. In 2012, the plant area for GM crops reached 170 million hectares. GM crops have a great application prospect in solving the problems of global hunger,environment protection,improvement of food nutritional quality and convenient access to medicines. Yet GM technology exists certain risks, so it is an effective measure to strengthen the safety assessment for guaranteeing safety of GM food. Before genetically modified food enters into the market, their food safeties are assessed strictly and Comprehensively, including nutrition, toxicology, allergenicity, etc. Besides, unintended effects and gut health assessment are complemented. All these measures have provided valid guarantee to avoid risks of genetically modified food and for its rapid development in the future. Any genetically modified food having passed the food safety assessment and acquired safety certificate is edible by consumers being at ease. Keywords: genetically modified crop; benefit; food safety assessment Source: Journal of Agricultural Science and Technology, 2013, 15(4): 14-19 Email: HUANG Kun-lun; [email protected]

Commercialization of Genetically Modified Organisms SHENG Yao; XU Wen-Tao; LUO Yun-Bo Abstract: The commercialization of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) has been developing very fast since 1980s. Transgenic technology has been applied to agricultural production, pharmaceuticals, chemical engineering, food industry, environmental protection, energy sources and so on. In recent years, the scale of the commercialization of GMOs has been increasing year by year. Planting area of genetically modified (GM) crops in 2012 reached to 170.3 million hm2, which was 100 times compared with that of 1996. Meanwhile, the approved species of GMOs increases《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 continuously and the commercialization of GMOs has brought remarkable economic and environmental benefits. In addition, the safety assessment system of GMOs is being continuously developed, further guaranteeing food safety and the environmental safety of GMOs. The priority development of GMOs will focus on stacked trait GM crops, transgenic pharmaceutical or industrial plants and nutritionally improved varieties of GM crops. Furthermore, GM animals would make more contributions to the development of the industrialization of GMOs. And the application of genetically engineered microorganisms which has been comparatively mature will also be more extensive in the future. However, it is undeniable that the commercialization development of GMOs still faces controversies and challenges from food and environmental safety, patent right, science and technology, and popularization of science. In China, independent research and developmental ability of GM products needs to be improved. Also, the industry standardization system and the risk communication mechanism require to be established and perfected gradually. Therefore, Chinese government should strengthen scientific research, promoting the commercialization of GMO timely and appropriately. Keywords: Genetically modified organism; Transgenic technology; Commercialization Source: Journal of Agricultural Biotechnology, 2013, 21(12): 1479-1487 Email: LUO Yun-Bo; [email protected]

Research Progress of Genetically Modified Plants With Nutrition Improvement LIU Sheng; LUO Yun-bo; HUANG Kun-lun Abstract: Nutrients have been confirmed that play an important role in preventing diseases. The deficiency of nutrients will be harmful to health. To settle this problem, people begin to pay more attention to nutrient supplement. Withrecent development, transgenic technology has been extensively applied to improve the nutritive value of plants, and it is becoming a hottopic of scientific research. This article reviewed the application of transgenic technology to promote the nutritive value of plants, we introduced the new research products genetically modified plants with nutrition improvement successfully developed to increase the content of vitamins, necessary amino acids and minerals in plants, to decrease the adverse factors, and also to regulate the composition of the fatty acid in plants. We forecast the developments and application prospects of transgenic technology, giving some advice on the safety assessments and the commercialization process of transgenic technology, to present a comprehensive overview of the research process and the developments of this technology. Keywords: genetically modified plants; nutrition improvement; nutritional component; adverse factor Source: Journal of Nuclear Agricultural Sciences, 2015, 29(2): 337-343 Email: HUANG Kun-lun; [email protected]

11 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Simultaneous editing of three homoeoalleles in hexaploid bread wheat confers heritable resistance to powdery mildew WANG Yan-peng; CHENG Xi; SHAN Qi-wei; et al. Abstract: Sequence-specific nucleases have been applied to engineer targeted modifications in polyploid genomes (1), but simultaneous modification of multiple homoeoalleles has not been reported. Here we use transcription activator like effector nuclease (TALEN) (2,3) and clustered, regularly interspaced, short palindromic repeats (CRISPR)-Cas9 (refs. 4,5) technologies in hexaploid bread wheat to introduce targeted mutations in the three homoeoalleles that encode MILDEW-RESISTANCE LOCUS (MLO) proteins (6). Genetic redundancy has prevented evaluation of whether mutation of all three MLO alleles in bread wheat might confer resistance to powdery mildew, a trait not found in natural populations (7). We show that TALEN-induced mutation of all three TaMLO homoeologs in the same plant confers heritable broad-spectrum resistance to powdery mildew. We further use CRISPR-Cas9 technology to generate transgenic wheat plants that carry mutations in the TaMLO-A1 allele. We also demonstrate the feasibility of engineering targeted DNA insertion in bread wheat through nonhomologous end joining of the double-strand breaks caused by TALENs. Our findings provide a methodological framework to improve polyploid crops. Keywords: zinc-finger nucleases; targeted mutagenesis; plants; gene; arabidopsis; system; specificity; effectors; talen; rice Source: Nature Biotechnology, 2014, 32(9): 947-951 Email: Gao, Caixia; [email protected]

Genome editing in rice and wheat using the CRISPR/Cas system. SHAN Qi-wei; WANG Yan-peng; LI Jun; et al. Abstract: Targeted genome editing nucleases, such as zinc-finger nucleases (ZFNs) and transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENs), are powerful tools for understanding gene function and for developing valuable new traits in plants. The clustered regularly interspersed short palindromic repeats (CRISPR)/Cas system has recently emerged as an alternative nuclease-based method for efficient and versatile genome engineering. In this system, only the 20-nt targeting sequence within the single-guide RNA (sgRNA) needs to be changed to target different genes. The simplicity of the cloning strategy and the few limitations on potential target sites make the CRISPR/Cas system very appealing. Here we describe a stepwise protocol for the selection of target sites, as well as the design, construction, verification and use《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of sgRNAs for sequence-specific CRISPR/Cas-mediated mutagenesis and gene targeting in rice and wheat. The CRISPR/Cas system provides a straightforward method for rapid gene targeting within 1-2 weeks in protoplasts, and mutated rice plants can be generated within 13-17 weeks. Keywords: ZINC-finger nucleases; adaptive immune-systems; RNA-guided endonuclease; targeted mutagenesis; cas system; crispr-Cas9 system; DNA cleavage; human-cells; plants; arabidopsis Source: Nature Protocols, 2014, 9(10): 2395-2410 Email: Gao, Caixia; [email protected]

Genome editing in crops: from bench to field GAO Cai-xia Abstract: Conventional plant breeding can accelerate crop improvement by crossing superior plants with other compatible plants, or randomlyinduced variants generated by chemical- or radiation-induced mutagenesis. However, its contribution to crop improvement may be limited by a declining genetic base that depends on existing natural allelic variations. Moreover, conventional mutation is time consuming and requires expensive screening of large populations. During the past 20 years, transgenesis has been used for crop improvement. For example, inthe USA, more than 90% of cultivated soybeans and corn containtransgenes that confer traits such as resistance to insects or herbicides. Unlike conventional breeding, the production of transgenic plants can overcome natural barriers to breeding, and thereby increase the available genetic variation. Transgenesis, however, has its limitations. Transgenic crops generally carry foreign genes inserted randomly in the genome, and their commercialization is frequently prevented by public concern over health and environmental safety issues. Hence, the needs of an ever-increasing human population call for new and publically acceptable breeding techniques that can rapidly, efficiently, and accurately produceinnovative varieties. Source: National Science Review, 2015, 2(1): 13-15 Email: Gao, Caixia; [email protected]

Unintended Compositional Changes in Genetically Modified (GM) Crops: 20 Years of Research Herman, Rod A Abstract: The compositional equivalency between genetically modified (GM) crops and nontransgenic comparators has been a fundamental component of human health safety assessment for 20 years. During this time, a large amount of information has been amassed on thecompositional changes that accompany both the transgenesis process and traditional breeding methods; additionally, the genetic mechanisms behind these changes have been elucidated. After two decades, scientists are encouraged to objectively assess this body of 12 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts literature and determine if sufficient scientific uncertainty still exists to continue the general requirement for these studies to support the safety assessment of transgenic crops. It is concluded that suspect unintended compositional effects that could be caused by genetic modification have not materialized on the basis of this substantial literature. Hence, compositional equivalence studies uniquely required for GM crops may no longer be justified on the basis of scientific uncertainty. Keywords: transgenic; GM; composition; equivalence; unintended Source: Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 2013, 61(48): 11695-11701 Email: Herman, RA; [email protected]

Development and Validation of Duplex, Triplex, and Pentaplex Real-Time PCR Screening Assays for the Detection of Genetically Modified Organisms in Food and Feed Huber, Ingrid; Block, Annette; Sebah, Daniela; et al. Abstract: Worldwide, qualitative methods based on PCR are most commonly used as screening tools for genetically modified material in food and feed. However, the increasing number and diversity of genetically modified organisms (GMO) require effective methods for simultaneously detecting several genetic elements marking the presence of transgenic events. Herein we describe the development and validation of a pentaplex, as well as complementary triplex and duplex real-time PCR assays, for the detection of the most common screening elements found in commercialized GMOs: P-35S, T-nos, ctp2-cp4-epsps, bar, and pat. The use of these screening assays allows the coverage of many GMO events globally approved for commercialization. Each multiplex real-time PCR assay shows high specificity and sensitivity with an absolute limit of detection below 20 copies for the targeted sequences. We demonstrate by intra- and interlaboratory tests that the assays are robust as well as cost- and time-effective for GMO screening if applied in routine GMO analysis. Keywords: real-time PCR; multiplex; GMO; screening; validation; LOD Source: Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 2013, 61(43): 10293-10301 Email: Huber, I; [email protected]

Genetically modified whole-cell bioreporters for environmental assessment Xu, Tingting; Close, Dan M; Sayler, Gary S; et al. Abstract: Living whole-cell bioreporters serve as environmental biosentinels that survey their ecosystems for harmful pollutants and chemical toxicants, and in the process act as human and other higher animal proxies to pre-alert for unfavorable, damaging, or toxic conditions. Endowed with bioluminescent,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 fluorescent, or colorimetric signaling elements, bioreporters can provide a fast, easily measured link to chemical contaminant presence, bioavailability, and toxicity relative to a living system. Though well tested in the confines of the laboratory, real-world applications of bioreporters are limited. In this review, we will consider bioreporter technologies that have evolved from the laboratory towards true environmental applications, and discuss their merits as well as crucial advancements that still require adoption for more widespread utilization. Although the vast majority of environmental monitoring strategies rely upon bioreporters constructed from bacteria, we will also examine environmental biosensing through the use of less conventional eukaryotic-based bioreporters, whose chemical signaling capacity facilitates a more human-relevant link to toxicity and health-related consequences. Keywords: Bioluminescence; Bioremediation; Bioreporter; Ecotoxicology; Fluorescence Source: Ecological Indicators, 2013, 28(S1): 125-141 Email: Ripp, S; [email protected]

Genetically modified crops: Detection strategies and biosafety issues Kamle, Suchitra; Ali, Sher Abstract: Genetically modified (GM) crops are increasingly gaining acceptance but concurrently consumers' concerns are also increasing. The introduction of Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) genes into the plants has raised issues related to its risk assessment and biosafety. The International Regulations and the Codex guidelines regulate the biosafety requirements of the GM crops. In addition, these bodies synergize and harmonize the ethical issues related to the release and use of GM products. The labeling of GM crops and their products are mandatory if the genetically modified organism (GMO) content exceeds the levels of a recommended threshold. The new and upcoming GM crops carrying multiple stacked traits likely to be commercialized soon warrant sensitive detection methods both at the DNA and protein levels. Therefore, traceability of the transgene and its protein expression in GM crops is an important issue that needs to be addressed on a priority basis. The advancement in the area of molecular biology has made available several bioanalytical options for the detection of GM crops based on DNA and protein markers. Since the insertion of a gene into the host genome may even cause copy number variation, this may be uncovered using real time PCR. Besides, assessing the exact number of mRNA transcripts of a gene, correlation between the template activity and expressed protein may be established. Here, we present an overview on the production of GM crops, their acceptabilities, detection strategies, biosafety issues and potential impact on society. Further, overall future prospects are also highlighted. Keywords: International regulation; Labeling; Gene expression; mRNA transcription; Copy number variation Source: Gene, 2013, 522(2): 123-132 Email: Ali, S; [email protected]

13 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Practical Experiences with an Extended Screening Strategy for Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs) in Real-Life Samples Scholtens, Ingrid; Laurensse, Emile ; Molenaar, Bonnie; et al. Abstract: Nowadays most animal feed products imported into Europe have a GMO (genetically modified organism) label. This means that they contain European Union (EU)-authorized GMOs. For enforcement of these labeling requirements, it is necessary, with the rising number of EU-authorized GMOs, to perform an increasing number of analyses. In addition to this, it is necessary to test products for the potential presence of EU-unauthorized GMOs. Analysis for EU-authorized and -unauthorized GMOs in animal feed has thus become laborious and expensive. Initial screening steps may reduce the number of GMO identification methods that need to be applied, but with the increasing diversity also screening with GMO elements has become more complex. For the present study, the application of an informative detailed 24-element screening and subsequent identification strategy was applied in 50 animal feed samples. Almost all feed samples were labeled as containing GMO-derived materials. The main goal of the study was therefore to investigate if a detailed screening strategy would reduce the number of subsequent identification analyses. An additional goal was to test the samples in this way for the potential presence of EU-unauthorized GMOs. Finally, to test the robustness of the approach, eight of the samples were tested in a concise interlaboratory study. No significant differences were found between the results of the two laboratories. Keywords: GMO element; screening plate; multidetection; unauthorized GMO; TaqMan; PCR; Cry3Bb1; Cty1F Source: Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 2013, 61(38): 9097-9109 Email: Scholtens, I; [email protected]

Genetically Modified Crops and Food Security Qaim, Matin; Kouser, Shahzad Abstract: The role of genetically modified (GM) crops for food security is the subject of public controversy. GM crops could contribute to food production increases and higher food availability. There may also be impacts on food quality and nutrient composition. Finally, growing GM crops may influence farmers' income and thus their economic access to food. Smallholder farmers make up a large proportion of the undernourished people worldwide. Our study focuses on this latter aspect and provides the first ex post analysis of food security impacts of GM crops at the micro《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 level. We use comprehensive panel data collected over several years from farm households in India, where insect-resistant GM cotton has been widely adopted. Controlling for other factors, the adoption of GM cotton has significantly improved calorie consumption and dietary quality, resulting from increased family incomes. This technology has reduced food insecurity by 15-20% among cotton-producing households. GM crops alone will not solve the hunger problem, but they can be an important component in a broader food security strategy. Keywords: BT cotton; golden-rice; impact; india; world; poor; agriculture; adoption; poverty; china Source: PLOS ONE, 2013, 8(6) Article number:e64879 Email: Qaim, M; [email protected]

Biosafety management and commercial use of genetically modified crops in China Li, Yunhe; Peng, Yufa; Hallerman, Eric M; et al. Abstract: As a developing country with relatively limited arable land, China is making great efforts for development and use of genetically modified (GM) crops to boost agricultural productivity. Many GM crop varieties have been developed in China in recent years; in particular, China is playing a leading role in development of insect-resistant GM rice lines. To ensure the safe use of GM crops, biosafety risk assessments are required as an important part of the regulatory oversight of such products. With over 20 years of nationwide promotion of agricultural biotechnology, a relatively well-developed regulatory system for risk assessment and management of GM plants has been developed that establishes a firm basis for safe use of GM crops. So far, a total of seven GM crops involving ten events have been approved for commercial planting, and 5 GM crops with a total of 37 events have been approved for import as processing material in China. However, currently only insect-resistant Bt cotton and disease-resistant papaya have been commercially planted on a large scale. The planting of Bt cotton and disease-resistant papaya have provided efficient protection against cotton bollworms and Papaya ringspot virus (PRSV), respectively. As a consequence, chemical application to these crops has been significantly reduced, enhancing farm income while reducing human and non-target organism exposure to toxic chemicals. This article provides useful information for the colleagues, in particular for them whose mother tongue is not Chinese, to clearly understand the biosafety regulation and commercial use of genetically modified crops in China. Keywords: Genetically modified crop; Biosafety regulation; Environmental risk assessment; Ecological impact; Bt cotton Source: Plant Cell Reports, 2014, 33(4): 565-573 Email: Wu, KM; [email protected]

14 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

GMO matrix: A cost-effective approach for screening unauthorized genetically modified events in India Randhawa, Gurinder Jit; Morisset, Dany ; Singh, Monika; et al. Abstract: Use of a pragmatic, affordable and reliable approach for screening and detection of a large number of genetically modified (GM) crops/events is the need of hour. A cost-effective matrix approach to check the GM status of food/feed products and for screening the presence of authorized and unauthorized GM events in India is being reported in the present study. A genetically modified organism (GMO) screening matrix, with the information on 106 genetic element targets for detection of 141 GM events of 21 crops, is being presented. These include commercially cultivated Bt cotton events and other GM events, under field trials during the past six years (2006—2012) in the country. The information on GM events, which were either indigenously developed or imported for research purposes, is also presented in brief. Ten most frequently present targets, viz., [P-35S] [T-nos] [Os-Msca1] [cu1Ab] [cu1Ac] [cry1C] [cry2Ab] [GA20 oxidase1] [nptII] [bar], were identified to screen these events using a GMOseek algorithm. This user-friendly screening tool is flexible for further updates with the new GM events and targets/elements. The data reported here related to the Gm crops/events in India and the related GMO matrix are valuable tools to assist in the detection of accidental presence of unauthorized GM events in the food and supply chain globally, as well as in the context of the new labelling requirements for food commodities, as per the amendment to enforce GM food labelling from January 2013 in India. The reported GMO matrix' approach would facilitate efficient, rapid and cost-effective preliminary screening by eliminating the need for development of specific testing methodologies for each GM event. Keywords: GMO matrix; GM crops; Real-time PCR; Screening table; Unauthorized events Source: Food Control, 2014, 38: 124-129 Email: Randhawa, GJ; [email protected]

DNA degradation in genetically modified rice with Cry1Ab by food processing methods: Implications for the quantification of genetically modified organisms Xing, Fuguo; Zhang, Wei; Selvaraj, Jonathan Nimal; et al. Abstract: Food processing methods contribute to DNA degradation, thereby affecting genetically modified organism detection and quantification. This study evaluated the effect of food processing methods on the relative transgenic content of genetically modified rice with Cry1Ab. In steamed rice and rice noodles, the levels of Cry1Ab were>=100% and <83%, respectively. Frying and baking in rice crackers contributed to a reduction《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 in Pubi and Cry1Ab, while microwaving caused a decrease in Pubi and an increase in Cry1Ab. The processing methods of sweet rice wine had the most severe degradation effects on Pubi and Cry1Ab. In steamed rice and rice noodles, Cry1Ab was the most stable, followed by SPS and Pubi. However, in rice crackers and sweet rice wine, SPS was the most stable, followed by Cry1Ab and Pubi. Therefore, Cry1Ab is a better representative of transgenic components than is Pubi because the levels of Cry1Ab were less affected compared to Pubi. Source: Food Chemistry, 2015, 174: 132-138 Email: Liu, Y; [email protected]

Genetically Modified Feeds in Poultry Diet: Safety, Performance, and Product Quality Tufarelli, V; Selvaggi, M; Dario, C; et al. Abstract: Concerns have been expressed regarding the safety of using biotechnology derived feeds in diets of livestock animals and in regard to human consumption of products from species fed transgenic crops. As a consequence, a large number of poultry nutrition studies have been conducted to evaluate the wholesomeness of transgenic crops by examining performances of animals during growth or egg laying. Studies also evaluated whether foreign DNA and proteins could be detected in meat, egg, and tissue samples from broiler chickens and laying hens fed diets containing transgenic feeds. In all studies, the conclusions were in agreement that the transgenic crops provided comparable performance, carcass and egg yields, and meat and egg composition, when compared with conventional grains. Moreover, it was demonstrated that transgenic proteins and DNA present in livestock feeds are not detectable in food products derived from these animals, using the most sensitive detection methods available, confirming that they are rapidly degraded by normal digestive processes. The lack of significant differences were a result of the similarity in nutrient composition of the genetically modified feeds and lack of differences in intake and digestibility, while there were no evidences that the differences reported for performance response variables and carcass measurements between treatment groups were attributable to the presence of the transgenic gene and protein in the biotechnology derived plants. Results demonstrated that genetically modified feeds are substantially equivalent and they result as safe as existing conventional feeds. Keywords: performance; safety; poultry; Genetically modified feeds Source: Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, 2015, 55(4): 562-569 Email: Tufarelli, V; [email protected]

15 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Biocontainment of genetically modified organisms by synthetic protein design Mandell, Daniel J; Lajoie, Marc J; Mee, Michael T; et al. Abstract: Genetically modified organisms (GMOs) are increasingly deployed at large scales and in open environments. Genetic biocontainment strategies are needed to prevent unintended proliferation of GMOs in natural ecosystems. Existing biocontainment methods are insufficient because they impose evolutionary pressure on the organism to eject the safeguard by spontaneous mutagenesis or horizontal gene transfer, or because they can be circumvented by environmentally available compounds. Here we computationally redesign essential enzymes in the first organism possessing an altered genetic code (Escherichia coli strain C321.Delta A) to confer metabolic dependence on non-standard amino acids for survival. The resulting GMOs cannot metabolically bypass their biocontainment mechanisms using known environmental compounds, and they exhibit unprecedented resistance to evolutionary escape through mutagenesis and horizontal gene transfer. This work provides a foundation for safer GMOs that are isolated from natural ecosystems by a reliance on synthetic metabolites. Keywords: escherichia-coli k-12; biological containment; system; recombination; algorithms; bacteria; acid Source: Nature, 2015, 518(7537): 55-60 Email: Church, GM; [email protected]

A novel trait-specific real-time PCR method enables quantification of genetically modified (GM) maize content in ground grain samples containing stacked GM maize Noguchi, Akio; Akiyama, Hiroshi; Nakamura, Kosuke; et al. Abstract: Stacked genetically modified (GM) maize is increasingly produced; thereby, current event-specific quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) methods have led to the overestimation of GM organism (GMO) content compared with the actual weight/weight percentage of GM organism in maize samples. We developed a feasible qPCR method in which the GMO content is calculated based on the quantification of two herbicide-tolerant trait genes, 5-enolpyruvylshikimate-3-phosphate synthase from Agrobacterium sp. strain CP4 (cp4epsps) and phosphinothricin N-acetyl-transferase from Streptomyces viridochromogenes (pat) to quantify the GMO content in ground grain samples containing stacked GM maize. The GMO contents of two genes were quantified using a plasmid calibrant and summed for quantification of total GMO content. The trait-specific method revealed lower biases for examination of test samples containing stacked GM maize compared with the event-specific method. Our results clearly show that the trait-specific method is not only simple and cost-effec《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅tive, but also useful in quantifying the GMO content in ground grain samples containing stacked GM maize, which are expected to be major events in the near future. The developed method would be the only feasible way to conduct the quantification of GMO content in the ground maize samples containing stacked GM maize for the verification of the labeling regulation. Keywords: Genetically modified maize; qPCR; Trait-specific method; Stacked GM maize Source: European Food Research and Technology, 2015, 240(2): 413-422 Email: Kondo, K; [email protected]

Editor in charge: WANG Shuai-shuai, WEI Xia-wen

16 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Depession ·Editor's Note· As a common kind of affective disorders, depression affects 340 million people in the world and 26 million in China. Studies have shown that 16 percent of people may have a major depressive episode at some time in their lives. Depression carries a high risk of suicide and self-harm and 40 percent of the suicide victims suffer from depression according to a survey. The World Health Organization estimates that depression will be the second-leading cause of death and disability by the year 2020 and it deserves a lot of attention. Depression is also called depressive disorder, with depressing mood as main clinical feature including continuously feeling miserable or losing interest and feeling of hopelessness and despair even wishing to die. Some patients may suffer from anxiety, agitation and hysteresis and not willing to think or even committing suicide. There are also physical symptoms of depression including sleep problems, changes in appetite and lower sex drive except for the emotional symptoms. Depression can be also associated with cognitive deficits like memory deterioration and attention deficit. The main causes of depression are yet to be pinpointed. However, biological factor is regarded as one of the causes for sure. Besides, physical and psychological factors also appear to cause depression. In the modern medical mode, a lot of researchers try to explore the causes of depression from biological, psychological and social angles and build a system including neuron, endocrine and immunity based on these three aspects. To be specific, researchers have involved some factors to the studies of pathogenesis for depression including genetic factor, neurobiochemical changes, neuroendocrine hypothesis, cytokine hypothesis of depression and other factors about psychiatry and society. In the theory of neurobiochemical changes, 5-HT, norepinephrine, dopamine and acetylcholine are often considered as the relative factors of depression. At present, medication is the main method for the treatment of depression, for which researchers have used animal model and achieved some effects. During the 1950s and 1960s, monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs) were introduced as the first class of drugs designed for depression. In 1980s, the second class of drugs selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) were designed. Chinese herbal medicine is also used in the treatment of depression. Psychotherapy is other form of treatment recommended for depression including supportive psychotherapy, psychodynalnic psychotherapy,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 cognitive therapy, behavioral therapy, interpersonal psychotherapy and marriage and family therapy. In addition, deep brain stimulation will be used for the treatment of severe depression. According to some researchers, the new trend of depression treatment is combination therapy including the combination therapy of medication and psychotherapy and the combination therapy of medication and physiotherapy. This issue was greatly supported by Chief physician YUAN Yong-gui (Zhongda Hospital Southeast University).

·Data Rankings· By March 23, 2015, according to China Knowledge Resource Integrated Database (CNKI) and Web of Science (WOS), the numbers of journal papers by retrieving ‘depression’ are 11320 and 44795 respectively. The number of published papers of institutions, authors, journals, and cited frequency are as follows.

Number of Published Papers of Institutions in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Institutions in WOS Institution Number of Papers Institution Number of Papers

Affiliated Nanjing Brain Hospital of Nanjing 211 University of California System 1960 Medical University Beijing University of Traditional Chinese 191 Harvard University 1643 Medicine Xiangya Second Hospital, Central South Pennsylvanta Commonwealth System 157 1473 University of Higher Education Pcshe Shanghai Mental Health Center 130 University of London 1455 The Second Affiliated Hospital of Xinxiang 120 University of Pittsburgh 1318 Medical Univeraity (Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.23)

17 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Number of Published Papers of Authors in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Authors in WOS

Author Institution Number of Papers Author Number of Papers

Affiliated Nanjing Brain YUAN Yong-gui Hospital of Nanjing Medical 41 Fava M 334 University Affiliated Nanjing Brain ZHANG Xin-bao Hospital of Nanjing Medical 37 Rush AJ 224 University Beijing University of TU Ya 37 Reynolds CF 217 Traditional Chinese Medicine Nanjing University of Chinese WANG Ling-ling 32 Thase ME 216 Medicine Xiangya Second Hospital, ZHAO Jing-ping 30 Kupfer DJ 207 Central South University (Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.23)

Number of Published Papers of Journals in CNKI Number of Published Papers of Journals in WOS

Journal Number of Papers Journal Number of Papers

Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 450 Journal of Affective Disorders 2571 Medical Journal of Chinese People’s 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅395 Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 1178 Health Chinese Journal of Tissue Engineering 315 Biological Psychiatry 918 Research China Journal of Health Psychology 264 American Journal of Psychiatry 916

Journal of Psychiatry 224 Psychiatry Research 795

(Sources: CNKI, Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.23)

According to CNKI, highly cited papers by retrieving ‘depression’ are as follows.

Highly Cited Papers in CNKI Citation Title First Author Source Frequency Incidence and relative factors in post-stroke Chinese Journal of Neurology, 2001, 646 LONG Jie depression 34(3): 145-148 A prospective study of depression after cerebral Chinese Journal of Neurology, 1996, 175 ZHANG Tong strokes 29(2): 73-76 Analysis of TCM different syndromes composition Journal of Chinese Physician, 2003, 173 HU Sui-yu ratio in 1977 patients with depression 5(10): 1312-1314 Journal of Practical Obstetrics and 157 Postpartum depression CHEN Yan-jie Gynecology, 2000, 16(1): 13-15 ZHANG Journal of International Psychiatry, 130 Chronic stress, brain damage, and depression Yan-mei 2001, 28(2): 105-109

18 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

(continue) Citation Title First Author Source Frequency International Journal of Cerebrovascular 125 Depression after cerebral strokes LI Gen-hua Diseases, 1996, 4(1):22-24 International Journal of Cerebrovascular 125 Research status of depression after cerebral strokes FENG Bei-lei Diseases, 1999, 7(1): 14-16 Journal of Beijing University of Investigation on the relationship between depression 123 QU Miao Traditional Chinese Medicine, 2004, and TCM depression syndrome 27(1): 11-13 Effects of acupuncture on the Chinese Acupuncture & Moxibustion, 121 hypothalaMus-pituitary-adrenal axis in the patient of XU Hong 2001, 24(2): 78-80 depression Probe of screen standards and factors on postpartum Maternal and Child Health Care of 121 JIN Yan-zhi depression China, 1995, 10(5): 287-288 (Source: CNKI; Retrieval date: 2015.3.23)

According to Web of Science, highly cited papers by retrieving ‘depression’ are as follows.

Highly Cited Papers in WOS Citation Title First Author Source Frequency 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and 17200 A rating scale for depression Hamilton, M Psychiatry, 1960, 23(1): 56-62 Archives of General Psychiatry, 1961, 4(6): 16720 An inventory for measuring depression Beck AT 561-571 Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 1983, 67(6): 12142 The hospital anxiety and depression scale Zigmond AS 361-370 New depression scale designed to be sensitive to British Journal of Psychiatry, 1979, 134(4): 5840 Montgomery SA change 382-389 Development and validation of a geriatric Journal of Psychiatric Research, 1983, 17(1): 5111 Yesavage JA depression screening scale: a preliminary report 37-49 Archives of General Psychiatry, 1965, 12(1): 4715 A self-rating depression scale Zung WWK 63-70 Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation 3676 Caspi A Science, 2003, 301(5631): 386-389 by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene The PHQ-9 - Validity of a brief depression severity Journal of General Internal Medicine, 2001, 3494 Kroenke K measure 16(9): 606-613 The epidemiology of major depressive disorder - JAMA-Journal of the Ameracan Medical 2884 Results from the National Comorbidity Survey Kessler RC Association, 2003, 289(23): 3095-3105 Replication (NCS-R) Detection of postnatal depression. Development of British Journal of Psychiatry, 1987, 150(6): 2881 Cox JL the 10-item Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale 782-786 (Source: Web of Science; Retrieval date: 2015.3.23)

19 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 ·Classic Papers·

By using Histcite to analyze the top 30 papers of LCS (Local Citation Score) based on the data from Web of Science, the chosen classic papers are as follows. Classic Papers Number Title First Author Source Journal of Neurology Neurosurgery and 1 A Rating Scale for Depression Hamilton M Psychiatry, 1960, 23(1): 56-62 2 An Inventory for Measuring Depression Beck AT Arch Gen Psychiat, 1961, 4(6): 561-571 Collaborative Management to Achieve Treatment JAMA-Journal of the American Medical 3 Katon W Guidelines - Impact On Depression in Primary-Care Association, 1995, (273): 1026-1031 Depression Following Myocardial-Infarction - Impact JAMA-Journal of the American Medical 4 Frasuresmith N On 6-Month Survival Association, 1993, (270): 1819-1825 Reduction of Prefrontal Cortex Glucose-Metabolism Archives of General Psychiatry, 1989, (46): 5 Baxter LR Common to 3 Types Of Depression 243-250

A rating scale for depression Hamilton M Abstract: The appearance of yet another rating scale for measuring symptoms of mental disorder may seem unnecessary, since there are so many already in existence and many of them have been extensively used. Unfortunately, it cannot be said that per-fection has been achieved, and indeed, there is considerable room for improvement. Source: Journal of Neurology Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 1960, 23(1): 56-62

An inventory for measuring depression 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Beck AT; Erbaugh J; Ward CH; et al. Abstract: The difficulties inherent in obtaining consistent and adequate diagnoses for the purposes of research and therapy have been pointed out by a number of authors. Pasamanickin a recent article viewed the low interclinician agreement on diagnosis as an indictment of the present state of psychiatry and called for "the development of objective, measurable and verifiable criteria of classification based not on personal or parochial considerations, but on behavioral and other objectively measurable manifestations." Source: Archives of General Psychiatry, 1961, 4(6): 561-571

Collaborative Management to Achieve Treatment Guidelines — Impact On Depression in Primary-Care Katon W; Vonkorff M; Lin E; et al. Abstract: Objective: To compare the effectiveness of a multifaceted intervention in patients with depression in primary care with the effectiveness of ''usual care'' by the primary care physician. Design: A randomized controlled trial among primary care patients with major depression or minor depression. Patients: Over a 12-month period a total of 217 primary care patients who were recognized as depressed by their primary care physicians and were willing to take antidepressant medication were randomized, with 91 patients meeting criteria for major depression and 126 for minor depression. Interventions: lntervention patients received increased intensity and frequency of visits over the first 4 to 6 weeks of treatment (visits 1 and 3 with a primary care physician, visits 2 and 4 with a psychiatrist) and continued surveillance of adherence to medication regimens during the continuation and maintenance phases of treatment. Patient education in these visits was supplemented by videotaped and written materials. Main Outcome Measures: Primary outcome measures included short-term (30-day) and long-term (90-day) use of antidepressant medication at guideline dosage levels, satisfaction with overall care for depression and antidepressant medication, and reduction in depressive symptoms. Results: In patients with major depression, the intervention group had greater adherence than the usual care controls to adequate dosage of antidepressant medication for 90 days or more (75.5% vs 50.0%; P<0.01), were more likely to rate the quality of the care they received for depression as good to excellent (93.0% vs 75.0%; P<0.03), and were more likely to rate antidepressant medications as helping somewhat to helping a great deal (88.1% vs 63.3%; P<0.01). Seventy-four percent of intervention patients with major depression showed 50% or more

20 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts improvement on the Symptom Checklist-90 Depressive Symptom Scale compared with 43.8% of controls (P<0.01), and the intervention patients also demonstrated a significantly greater decrease in depression severity over time compared with controls (P<0.004). In patients with minor depression, the intervention group had significantly greater adherence than controls to adequate dosage of antidepressant medication for 90 days or more (79.7% vs 40.3%; P<0.001) and more often rated antidepressant medication as helping somewhat to helping a great deal (81.8% vs 61.4%; P<0.02). However, no significant differences were found between the intervention and control groups in the percentage of patients who were satisfied with the care they received for depression (94.4% vs 89.3%), in the percentage who experienced a 50% or more decrease in depressive symptoms, or in the decrease of depressive symptoms over time. Conclusion: A multifaceted intervention consisting of collaborative management by the primary care physician and a consulting psychiatrist, intensive patient education, and surveillance of continued refills of antidepressant medication improved adherence to antidepressant regimens in patients with major and with minor depression. It improved satisfaction with care and resulted in more favorable depressive outcomes in patients with major, but not minor, depression. Source: JAMA-Journal of the American Medical Association, 1995, (273): 1026-1031

Depression Following Myocardial-Infarction — Impact On 6-Month Survival Frasuresmith N; Lesperance F; Talajic, M Abstract: Objective: To determine if the diagnosis of major depression in patients hospitalized following myocardial infarction (MI) would have an independent impact on cardiac mortality over the first 6 months after discharge. Design: Prospective evaluation of the impact of depression assessed using a modified version of the National Institute of Mental Health Diagnostic Interview Schedule for major depressive episode. Cox proportional hazards regression was used to evaluate the independent impact of depression after control for significant clinical predictors in the data set. Setting: A large, university-affiliated hospital specializing in cardiac care, located in Montreal, Quebec. Patients: All consenting patients (N=222) who met established criteria for MI between August 1991 and July 1992 and who survived to be discharged from the hospital. Patients were interviewed between 5 and 15 days following the MI and were followed up for 6 months. There were no age limits (range, 24 to 88 years; mean, 60 years). The sample was 78% male. Primary Outcome Measure: Survival status at 6 months. Results: By 6 months, 12 patients《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 had died. All deaths were due to cardiac causes. Depression was a significant predictor of mortality (hazard ratio, 5.74; 95% confidence interval, 4.61 to 6.87; P=0.0006). The impact of depression remained after control for left ventricular dysfunction (Killip class) and previous MI, the multivariate significant predictors of mortality in the data set (adjusted hazard ratio, 4.29; 95% confidence interval, 3.14 to 5.44; P=0.013). Conclusion: Major depression in patients hospitalized following an MI is an independent risk factor for mortality at 6 months. Its impact is at least equivalent to that of left ventricular dysfunction (Killip class) and history of previous MI. Additional study is needed to determine whether treatment of depression can influence post-MI survival and to assess possible underlying mechanisms. Source: JAMA-Journal of the American Medical Association, 1993, (270): 1819-1825

Reduction of Prefrontal Cortex Glucose-Metabolism Common to 3 Types Of Depression Baxter LR; Schwartz JM; Phelps ME; et al. Abstract: Using positron emission tomography, we studied cerebral glucose metabolism in drug-free, age- and sex-matched, right-handed patients with unipolar depression (n=10), bipolar depression (n=10), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) with secondary depression (n=10), OCD without major depression (n=14), and normal controls (n=12). Depressed patients were matched for depression on the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale, and subjects with OCD without depression and OCD with depression had similar levels of OCD without depression and OCD with depression had similar levels of OCD pathology. We also studied six non-sex-matched patients with mania. Mean (+/- SD) glucose metabolic rates for the left dorsal anterolateral prefrontal cortex, divided by the rate for the ipsilateral hemisphere as a whole (ALPFC/hem), were similar in the primary depressions (unipolar depression =1.05+/-0.05; bipolar depression =1.04+/-0.05), and were significantly lower than those in normal controls (1.12+/-0.06) or OCD without depression (1.15+/-0.05). Results for the right hemisphere were similar. Values in subjects with OCD with depression (1.10+/-0.05) were also significantly lower than in subjects with OCD without depression, and values in subjects with bipolar depression were lower than those in manic subjects (1.12+/-0.03) on this measure in the left hemisphere, although results were not significant in the right hemisphere. There was a significant correlation between the HAM-D score and the left ALPFC/hem. With medication for depression (n=12), the left ALPFC/hem increased significantly and the percentage change in the Hamilton scale score correlated with the percentage change in the left ALPFC/hem. Source: Archives of General Psychiatry, 1989, (46): 243-250

21 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 ·Highly Cited Papers·

Citation frenquency: 646 Incidence and relative factors in post-stroke depression LONG Jie; LIU Yong-zhen; CAI Zhuo-ji Abstract: Objective: To investigate the incidence and relative factors of post-stroke depression (PSD). Methods: 520 patients with stroke were assessed by 17-item Hamilton Depression Rating Scales (HAMD). A selfdesigned register form was analysed in 520 stroke survivors. A multiple factor analysis with the logistic regression method was carried out on the basis of these data. Results: Among them, 178 cases (34.2%) were identified as depression. The minor, moderate and major incedenses were 20.2%, 10.4% and 3.7% respectively. In addition, stepwise regression analysis shows that important risk factors involved in PSD contained depression history, sex, family harmony, accompanying disease, neurological deficit and stoke course. Conclusion: The factors above were the major predictive factors and useful for PSD prevention. Keywords: cerebrovascular disorders; depression; logistic models Source: Chinese Journal of Neurology, 2001, 34(3): 145-148

Citation frenquency: 175 A prospective study of depression after cerebral strokes ZHANG Tong; MENG Jia-mei; XIANG Man-jun; et al. Abstract: Among 81 patients there were 61 who had cerebral hemispheric stroke for the first time and survived for more than 12 months were followed up in order to observe the incidence and evolution of depression after the strakes and the factors related to the depression. The results were as follows. (1) Depression scores were the highest within 3 months after the strokes and decreased gradually afterwards. (2) The distance from the frontal pole of the cerebrum to the most anterior point of the intracerebral lesion was related with the severity of the depression after the stresses. (3) The severity of the neurological deficits, the quality and progress of life, and complications during the recovery period were among the main relating factors in positive correlation with the severity of the post-stroke depression. There was no definite correlation between the severity of the post-stroke depression and the location of the intracerebral stroke lesions, other ischemic lesions shown in the CT scans, and《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 the patient’s sexes and ages. Keywords: cerebrovascular disorders; depression Source: Chinese Journal of Neurology, 1996, 29(2): 73-76

Citation frenquency: 173 Analysis of TCM different syndromes composition ratio in 1977 patients with depression HU Sui-yu; ZHANG Hong-geng; ZHENG Lin; et al. Abstract: Objective: To explore the kinds of Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) syndromes of depression to establish the criteria of common TCM syndromes of depression. Methods: According to the ways of clinical epidemiology, TCM Bianzheng and syndromes' indexes were investigated in 1977 depression patients with unipolar and bipolar affective disorder in 8 investigation sites such as Hunan, Tianjin, Beijing, Shenzhen, Guanxi, Hujian and Guizhuo. Results: There were 12 kinds of syndromes in depression. According to order of composition ratio, the first four syndroms respectively were Gan-Yu-Qi-Zhi, Gan-Yu-Pi-Xi, Gan-Yu-Tan-Zu, Xin-Pi-Liang-Xu, the ratios of which were 29.7%, 24.5%, 13.4 % and 12.8% respectively. Conclusions: The common TCM syndromes of depression are such as the followings: Gan-Yu-Qi-Zhi, Gan-Yu-Pi-Xi, Gan-Yu-Tan-Zu, Xin-Pi-Liang-Xu. There are some relationships between common TCM syndromes of depression and 4 sub-types of unipolar disorder. Keywords: depression; clinical epidemiology; TCM syndromes;composition ratio Source: Journal of Chinese Physician, 2003, 5(10): 1312-1314

Citation frenquency: 157 Postpartum depression CHEN Yan-jie; ZHONG You-bin Abstract: It was reported that the incidence of postpartum depression is about 3.5%-33% abroad, and 3.8%-16.7% nationally. Its clinical manifestation involves several aspects such as emotion, cognition, behavior and living etc. The onset of postpartum depression usually happen during the two weeks followed parturition and the symptoms are most evident in 4-6 weeks. The onset are mainly related to the baby or husband. The causes include multi-factors. But the prerequisite are related to endocrine change due to childbirth and personality. While the main promoter are some stress incidents and antepartum and intrapartum complications. The diagnosis mainly depends on the self-rating scale of vario us symptoms, but is present still lack of objective index at present. After parturient fill the scale by themselves, 22 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts doctors can assess according to the results. The treatment of postpartum depression mainly depends on psychotherapy, while about one-third patients need drug therapy. Keywords: depression; poctpartum; disease causes; prevention and cure Source: Journal of Practical Obstetrics and Gynecology, 2000, 16(1): 13-15

Citation frenquency:123 Investigation on the relationship between depression and TCM depression syndrome QU Miao; TANG Qi-sheng Abstract: In this paper, the difference and commonness between depression and TCM depression syndrome are discussed from on the basis of medical literature, clinical symptoms, etiology and pathogenesis. The authors hold that TCM depression syndrome include many diseases of various kinds of pathogenesis, including the disease caused by emotional factors. The description of depression in TCM is only the latter, and depression and the TCM depression syndrome should not be considered as the same. The authors put forward that in the TCM differentiation of depression, emphasis should be put on the aspect of deficiency, and the therapy of tonifying kidney and supplementing deficiency can achieve rather good clinical results in treating depression. Keywords: depression; TCM depression syndrome; correlational study Source: Journal of Beijing University of Traditional Chinese Medicine, 2004, 27(1): 11-13

Citation frenquency: 121 Effects of acupuncture on the hypothalaMus-pituitary-adrenal axis in the patient of depression XU Hong; SUN Zhong-ren; LI Li-ping; et al. Abstract: To observe the clinical effectiveness of acupuncture in the patient of depression, and explore the neuroendocrine mechanism of acupuncture in anti-depression. Methods: 60 cases of depression were randomly divided into acupuncture group and medication group. They were respectively treated by acupuncture at Neiguan (PC 6), Taichong (LR 3), Sanyinjiao (SP 6), and oral western medicine for 4 weeks. Dex amethasone suppression test (DST) before and after treatment were made and then the plasma cortisone and corticotropin (ACTH) were determined. Results: The markedly effective rate was 73% in the acupuncture group with a less reverse effect; there were significant differences before and《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 after treatment in the plasma cortisone and ACTH levels in the two groups (all P<0.05), and their levels tend to normal with alleviation of clinical symptoms. Conclusion: Acupuncture has a better therapeutic effect on depression and can markedly decrease plasma cortical and ACTH levels in the patient of depression. Keywords: depression/ acup-moxther; hydrocortisone/ blood; corticotropin/blood Source: Chinese Acupuncture & Moxibustion, 2001, 24(2): 78-80

Citation frenquency: 121 Probe of screen standards and factors on postpartum depression JIN Yan-zhi; PENG Tao; WANG Lian; et al Abstract: The authors analyzed 167women delivered from February to April in 1992 in our hospital by using EPDS. The results shown that the positive rate of EPDS was11.39% (19/167). Some social and psychological factors such as lacking support from the women’s relatives, poor marital relationship seems to significantly associated with postnatal depression. PPD will seriously affect women’s physical, mental health and welling being, her child’s early education causing delayed development and her family causing a great deal of suffering, even causing divorce and suicide. EPDS is sensitive and feasible to identify the high risk women in order to treat them as early as possible. Keywords: EPDS (Edinbugh postnatal depression scale); Postpartum; depression Source: Maternal and Child Health Care of China, 1995, 10(5): 287-288

Citation frenquency: 17200 A rating scale for depression Hamilton M Abstract: see also “Classic Papers”

Citation frenquency: 16720 An inventory for measuring depression Beck AT; Erbaugh J; Ward CH; et al. Abstract: see also “Classic Papers”

23 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Citation frenquency: 12142 The hospital anxiety and depression scale Zigmond, AS; Snaith, RP Abstract: A self-assessment scale has been developed and found to be a reliable instrument for detecting states of depression and anxiety in the setting of an hospital medical outpatient clinic. The anxiety and depressive subscales are also valid measures of severity of the emotional disorder. It is suggested that the introduction of the scales into general hospital practice would facilitate the large task of detection and management of emotional disorder in patients under investigation and treatment in medical and surgical departments. Keywords: Psychiatric status rating scales; anxiety disorders; depressive disorders Source: Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 1983, 67(6): 361-370

Citation frenquency: 5840 New depression scale designed to be sensitive to change Montgomery SA; Asberg M Abstract: The construction of a depression rating scale designed to be particularly sensitive to treatment effects is described. Ratings of 54 English and 52 Swedish patients on a 65 item comprehensive psychopathology scale were used to identify the 17 most commonly occurring symptoms in primary depressive illness in the combined sample. Ratings on these 17 items for 64 patients participating in studies of four different antidepressant drugs were used to create a depression scale consisting of the 10 items which showed the largest changes with treatment and the highest correlation to overall change. The inner-rater reliability of the new depression scale was high. Scores on the scale correlated significantly with scores on a standard rating scale for depression, the Hamilton Rating Scale (HRS), indicating its validity as a general severity estimate. Its capacity to differentiate between responders and non-responders to antidepressant treatment was better than the HRS, indicating greater sensitivity to change. The practical and ethical implications in terms of smaller sample sizes in clinical trials are discussed. Source: British Journal of Psychiatry, 1979, 134(4): 382-389

Citation frenquency: 5111 Development and《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 validation of a geriatric depression screening scale: a preliminary report Yesavage JA; Brink, TL; Rose TL; et al. Abstract: A new Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS) designed specifically for rating depression in the elderly was tested for reliability and validity and compared with the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRS-D) and the Zung Self-Rating Depression Scale (SDS). In constructing the GDS a 100-item questionnaire was administered to normal and severely depressed subjects. The 30 questions most highly correlated with the total scores were then selected and readministered to new groups of elderly subjects. These subjects were classified as normal, mildly depressed or severely depressed on the basis of Research Diagnostic Criteria (RDC) for depression. The GDS, HRS-D and SDS were all found to be internally consistent measures, and each of the scales was correlated with the subject's number of RDC symptoms. However, the GDS and the HRS-D were significantly better correlated with RDC symptoms than was the SDS. The authors suggest that the GDS represents a reliable and valid self-rating depression screening scale for elderly populations. Source: Journal of Psychiatric Research, 1983, 17(1): 37-49

Citation frenquency: 4715 A self-rating depression scale Zung WWK Abstract: The fact that there is a need for assessing depression, whether as an affect, a symptom, or a disorder is obvious by the numerous scales and inventories available and in use today. The need to assess depression simply and specifically as a psychiatric disorder has not been met by most scales available today. We became acutely aware of this situation in a research project where we needed to correlate both the presence and severity of a depressive disorder in patients with other parameters such as arousal response during sleep and changes with treatment of the depressive disorder. It was felt that the general depression scales used were insufficient for our purpose and that the more specific scales were also inadequate. These inadequacies related to factors such as the length of a scale or inventory being too long and too time consuming, especially for a patient. Source: Archives of General Psychiatry, 1965, 12(1): 63-70

24 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frenquency: 3676 Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene Caspi A; Sugden K; Moffitt TE; et al. Abstract: In a prospective-longitudinal study of a representative birth cohort, we tested why stressful experiences lead to depression in some people but not in others. A functional polymorphism in the promoter region of the serotonin transporter (5-HTT) gene was found to moderate the influence of stressful life events on depression. Individuals with one or two copies of the short allele of the 5-HTT promoter polymorphism exhibited more depressive symptoms, diagnosable depression, and suicidality in relation to stressful life events than individuals homozygous for the long allele. This epidemiological study thus provides evidence of a gene-by-environment interaction, in which an individual's response to environmental insults is moderated by his or her genetic makeup. Keywords: serotonin transporter; major depression; mood disorders; events; history; perspectives; liability; genomics; onset Source: Science, 2003, 301(5631): 386-389 Email: Caspi, A; [email protected]

Citation frenquency: 3494 The PHQ-9 - Validity of a brief depression severity measure Kroenke K; Spitzer RL; Williams JBW Abstract: OBJECTIVE: While considerable attention has focused on improving the detection of depression, assessment of severity Is also important in guiding treatment decisions. Therefore, we examined the validity of a brief, new measure of depression severity. MEASUREMENTS: The Patient Health Questionnaire (PHQ) is a self-administered version of the PRIME-MD diagnostic instrument for common mental disorders. The PHQ-9 is the depression module, which scores each of the 9 DSM-IV criteria as "0" (not at all) to "3" (nearly every day). The PHQ-9 was completed by 6000 patients in 8 primary care clinics and 7 obstetrics-gynecology clinics. Construct validity was assessed using the 20-item Short-Form General Health Survey, self-reported sick days and clinic visits. and symptom-related difficulty. Criterion validity was assessed against an Independent structured mental health professional (MHP) interview in a sample of 580 patients. RESULTS: As PHQ-9 depression severity Increased, there was a substantial decrease in functional status on all 6 SF-20 subscales. Also, symptom-related difficulty, sick days, and health care utilization increased. Using the MHP reinterview as the criterion standard, a PHQ-9 score greater than or equal to 10 had a sensitivity of 88% and a specificity of 88% for major depression. PHQ-9 scores of 5. 10, 15. and 20 represented mild, moderate《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅, moderately severe, and severe depression, respectively. Results were similar in the primary care and obstetrics-gynecology samples. CONCLUSION: In addition to making criteria-based diagnoses of depressive disorders, the PHQ-9 Is also a reliable and valid measure of depression severity. These characteristics plus Its brevity make the PHQ-9 a useful clinical and research tool. Keywords: depression; diagnosis; screening; psychological tests; health status Source: Journal of General Internal Medicine, 2001, 16(9): 606-613

Citation frenquency: 2884 The epidemiology of major depressive disorder - Results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R) Kessler RC; Berglund P; Demler O; et al. Abstract: Context Uncertainties exist about prevalence and correlates of major depressive disorder (MDD). Objective: To present nationally representative data on prevalence and correlates of MDD by Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition (DSM-IV) criteria, and on study patterns and correlates of treatment and treatment adequacy from the recently completed National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R). Design: Face-to-face household survey,conducted from February 2001 to December 2002. Setting: The 48 contiguous United States. Participants: Household residents ages 18 years or older (N=9090) who responded to the NCS-R survey. Main: Outcome Measures Prevalence and correlates of MDD using the World Health Organization's (WHO) Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI), 12-month severity with the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology Self-Report (QIDS-SR), the Sheehan Disability Scale (SDS), and the WHO disability assessment scale (WHO-DAS). Clinical reinterviews used the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV. Results: The prevalence of CIDI MDD for lifetime was 16.2% (95% confidence interval [CI], 15.1-17.3) (32.6-35.1 million US adults) and for 12-month was 6.6% (95% CI; 5.9-7.3) (13.1-14.2 million US adults). Virtually all CIDI 12-month cases were independently classified as clinically significant using the QIDS-SR, with 10.4% mild, 38.6% moderate, 38.0% severe, and 12.9% very severe. Mean episode duration was 16 weeks (95% Cl, 15.1-17.3). Role impairment as measured by SIDS was substantial as indicated by 59.3% of 12-month cases with severe or very severe role impairment. Most lifetime (72.1%) and 12-month (78.5%) cases had comorbid CIDI/DSM-IV 25 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 disorders, with MDD only rarely primary. Although 51.6% (95% Cl, 46.1-57.2) of 12-month cases received health care treatment for MDD, treatment was adequate in only 41.9% (95% Cl, 35.9-47.9) of these cases, resulting in 21.7% (95% Cl, 18.1-25.2) of 12-month MDD being adequately treated. Sociodemographic correlates of treatment were far less numerous than those of prevalence. Conclusions: Major depressive disorder is a common disorder, widely distributed in the population, and usually associated with substantial symptom severity and role impairment. While the recent increase in treatment is encouraging, inadequate treatment is a serious concern. Emphasis on screening and expansion of treatment needs to be accompanied by a parallel emphasis on treatment quality improvement. Keywords: International Diagnostic Interview; Randomized Controlled Trial; Impulse-Control Disorders; United-tates; Primary-Care; Psychiatric-Disorders; Mental-Disorders; Quality Improvement; Anxiety Disorders; Bipolar Disorder Source: JAMA-Journal of the Ameracan Medical Association, 2003, 289(23): 3095-3105

Citation frenquency: 2881 Detection of postnatal depression. Development of the 10-item Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale Cox JL; Holden JM; Sagovsky, R Abstract: The development of a 10-item self-report scale (EPDS) to screen for Postnatal Depression in the community is described. After extensive pilot interviews a validation study was carried out on 84 mothers using the Research Diagnostic Criteria for depressive illness obtained from Goldberg's Standardised Psychiatric Interview. The EPDS was found to have satisfactory sensitivity and specificity, and was also sensitive to change in the severity of depression over time. The scale can be completed in about 5 minutes and has a simple method of scoring. The use of the EPDS in the secondary prevention of Postnatal Depression is discussed. Source: British Journal of Psychiatry,1987, 150(6): 782-786

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅

26 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts ·Recommended Papers·

Application and prospect of functional magnetic resonance imaging reveals changes in brain structure and function in depression FANG Jun-fang; WANG Qian; WANG Bin; et al. Abstract: Depression is a mood disorder that is caused by a variety of factors, its main manifestation is depression, pessimism, some even become suicidal. Studies have found that depression is due to the reduction of certain brain nerve connections and neurotransmitter. With the development of functional magnetic resonance imaging, more and more people apply functional magnetic resonance imaging to studying depression, in order to elucidate the mechanism. Compared with the traditional imaging method, it can respond to changes in brain white matter microstructure and function image corresponding brain regions, which is conducive to a more intuitive analysis of the relationship between structure and function of brain. Keywords: depression; brain diseases; magnetic resonance imaging; magnetic resonance spectroscopy Source: Chinese Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging, 2015, 6(1): 52-57 Email: WANG Bin; [email protected]

Association of post-stroke depression with vascular events in elderly patients LIANG Chen; CHEN Wen-quan; GAO She-rong; et al. Abstract: Objective: To investigate the risk factors of post-stroke depression (PSD) and its relationship to vascular events. Methods: From July 2011 to April 2014, in the Seventh Agricultural Division Hospital of Xinjiang Production and Construction Corps, 326 elderly PSD patients were enrolled in this study. Their clinical data were divided, according to Hamilton Depression Rating Scale into PSD group (83 cases), and non-PSD group (243 cases). The follow-up lasted to July 2014. The PSD-related factors and their relationship to vascular events were analyzed. Results: The detection rates of hypertension, diabetes, coronary heart disease (CHD) were higher in PSD group than in non-PSD group (χ2=6.374, 6.481, 7.096, P<0.05), and NIHSS scores higher, the difference was significant (u=3724, P<0.001). The incidence of vascular events was 16.9% (14/83) in PSD group, 8.2% (20/243) in non-PSD group, the difference was significant (χ2=4.374, P<0.05). Logistic regression analysis showed that diabetes [OR=2.961, 95% CI (1.192, 7.358), P<0.05], hyperlipidemia [OR=2.383, 95% CI (1.134, 5.007), P<0.05] and PSD [OR=4.592, 95% CI (1.823, 11.567), P<0.05] were risk factors of vascular events. Conclusion: Elderly stroke patients with hypertension, diabetes, CHD or severe neurologic impairment are easy to be complicated by PSD. Diabetes, hyperlipidemia, PSD are independent《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 risk factors of vascular events during follow up. Keywords: stroke; depressive disorder; vascular diseases; aged Source: Chinese General Practice, 2015, 18(5): 513-516 Email: LIANG Chen; [email protected]

Relationship between insomnia disorder and depression: Update and future direction ZHANG Ji-hui; LIU Ya-ping; PAN Ji-yang Abstract: Both insomnia disorder and major depressive disorder are one of the most common mental disorders in adults and children. Previously, researchers considered that insomnia (symptom) is a secondary symptom of depression and will subside after the remission of depression. Recently, more evidence suggests that insomnia (symptom) is not only an independent risk factor of the onset and the relapse of depression, but also a residual symptom of remitted depression. In these regards, the newly published The Fifth Edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) and The International Classification of Sleep Disorders-Third Edition (ICSD-3) suggest that insomnia disorder is a comorbid condition rather than a secondary symptom of other mental disorders, which will exert great impacts on the diagnosis and management as well as the clinical research of insomnia disorder. This review discusses the recent advances in the relationship between insomnia and depression, in terms of syndromal and symptomatic levels. Keywords: insomnia; depression; comorbidity; review Source: Chinese Mental Health Journal, 2015, 29(2): 81-86 Email: ZHANG Ji-Hui; [email protected]

The Disconnected Brain of Major Depression Disorder: Evidence from Graph Theory Analysis LIU Wei; Li Hai-jiang; QIU Jiang Abstract: Complex network analysis, based on graph theory and neuroimaging data, allows investigators to describe the large-scale brain networks using several topological characteristics. This approach overcomes the shortcoming of traditional neuroimaging research that can only focus on a few brain regions either individually or in combination. This review concluded includes the following issues: 1) the concepts of complex brain network analysis; 2) the researches of depression depressive disorder based on graph theory; 3) weaknesses, conclusions and future directions of brain network research. Convergent evidence shows that Major Depressive Disorder (MDD) patients show small-world architecture in brain networks, but some of their nodal characteristics evolved with the development of disease, and the whole brain network tended to be a random network. Regional abnormality mainly existed within the default mode network (DMN) and prefrontal-limbic circuits. In future studies, construction of whole brain networks in cognitive tasks and Minimum Spanning Tree (MST)

27 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 may provide more information about the disrupted brain connectome of MDD. Keywords: major depression disorder; complex brain network; graph theory; human connectome Source: Advances in Psychological Science, 2015, 23(1): 85-92 Email: QIU Jiang; [email protected]

A clinical observation on acupuncture combined with western medicine for 88 cases of mild to moderate depression MA Xue-hong; YANG Xiu-yan; XU Ke; et al. Abstract: To observe the therapeutic effect of acupuncture combined with western medicine for depression based on patient-reported outcomes (PROs). Methods: Totally 88 cases of mild to moderate depression were randomized into the electro-acupuncture (EA) group (28 cases), manual acupuncture group (25 cases), and western medicine group (35 cases). The western medicine group was given Paroxetine Hydrochloride Tablets, 10 mg/d during the first two days and 20 mg/d from the 3rd day of treatment for a total of six weeks. The manual acupuncture group and EA group were added with acupuncture or EA on the main acupoints of Baihui (GV20) and Yintang (EXHN3) and basic acupoints of Fengfu (GV16), Fengchi (GB20, bilateral), Dazhui (GV14), Neiguan (PC6, bilateral) and Sanyinjiao (SP6, bilateral) on the basis of western medicine group. The manual acupuncture group and EA group were given acupuncture 30 min each time and once every other day for six weeks. The therapeutic effect was evaluated according to the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression-17 items (HAMD-17) and the Measure Yourself Medical Outcome Profile (MYMOP). Results: The total effective rate of the EA group, manual acupuncture group and western medicine group were 89.28%, 92.00% and 85.71% respectively. The total effective rates of the EA group and manual acupuncture group were superior to that of the western medicine group. There were significant differences between before and after treatment in the scores of MYMOP in all groups (P<0.05). The scores of MYMOP in the EA group and manual acupuncture group were significantly lower than those in the western medicine group after treatment (P<0.05). There was no significant difference between the EA group and manual acupuncture group in the scores of MYMOP after treatment (P>0.05). Conclusion: The combo therapy of acupuncture and western medicine can obviously reduce the scores of HAMD-17 and MYMOP, relieve the main symptoms, and improve the overall health status and activities in mild to moderate depression patients, with a better efficacy as compared with simple western medicine. Keywords: depression; acupuncture treatment; Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression-17 items; Measure Yourself Medical Outcome Profile Source: Journal of Traditional Chinese Medicine, 2014, 55(6): 493-496 Email: TU Ya; [email protected]

Progress on depression《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 due to liver stagnation and spleen deficiency: a literature review DONG Hong-tan; HAN Gang; ZHU Xiao-chen; et al. Abstract: Liver stagnation and spleen deficiency syndrome is one of the common syndromes of depression, which is generally transformed from the syndrome of stagnation of liver qi. So far, the basic research on depression due to liver stagnation and spleen deficiency generally acknowledged that when liver stagnation and spleen deficiency comes up, the following phenomena appear: the imbalance in the body's nerve-endocrine-immune system, the abnormality of the brain gut axis as well as the dysfunction of EEG. The effector mechanism of clinical treatment of liver stagnation and spleen deficiency syndrome of depression is probably closely related to neural-endocrine-immune network, signaling pathway as well as gene expression. This paper presents comprehensively research achievements and literature on depression due to liver stagnation and spleen deficiency syndrome in clinical epidemiological investigation standardization of syndromes, pathophysiological basis, clinical effect and effect mechanism in recent decade, At last, we discussed the problems existing in the research, and put forward ideas and suggestions for future study. Keywords: depression; liver stagnation and spleen deficiency; review Source: Global Traditional Chinese Medicine, 2014, 7(2): 146-150 Email: GUO Rong-juan; [email protected]

Depression of Elderly Residents in the Central Districts of Chengdu City: A Study on Epidemiological Screening and Risk Factors WANG Wei-wen; LIAO Xiao-yang; YANG Zhi-yi; et al. Abstract: To screen depression in urban elderly residents in the central districts of Chengdu city and to explore risk factors related to depression. Methods: The Patient Health Questionnaire (PHQ-2) and a self-designed questionnaire of social basic information were used to conduct household face-to-face survey among all urban elderly residents (aged between 35-70) in two urban communities selected by multi-stage cluster sampling method. The prevalence was calculated using SPSS 18.0 soft ware. The logistic regression model was applied for depression major risk factors. Results: A total of 1015 urban elderly residents were interviewed, with 616 women and 399 men. The average age is 58.90±9.48 years old. 59 patients were screened as depression with the overall prevalence of depression 4.33% (44/1015). The prevalence in male (2.95%, 10/339) was lower than that in female (5.52%, 34/616) with significant differences. After population standardization, the significant difference between male and female prevalence rates was found (3.41% vs. 6.37%, χ2=6.021, P<0.05). The results of multivariate logistic regression analysis showed that, the risk of depression will increase in 45 to 55 years old people than over 65 years old people (OR=3.465, 95%CI 1.470 to 8.173), and the risk of depression would decrease in stable marital status people than

28 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts divorced people (OR=0.174, 95%CI 0.040 to 0.747). Household income increased per 500 yuan would reduces the risk of depression to 0.724 (OR=0.724, 95%CI 0.583 to 0.898). Conclusion: The prevalence of depression in urban female adults is higher than that of male adults in the central districts of Chengdu. The middle age, divorced status and low income are the main risk factors to depression. Keywords: depression; urban community; elderly resident; patient health questionnaire 2 (phq-2); epidemiological survey; risk factor Source: Chinese Journal of Evidence-Based Medicine, 2014, 14(1): 21-24 Email: WANG Wei-wen; [email protected]

Correlation between forced swimming test and tail suspension test in Kunming mice SUN Shi-guang; LIU Jian; LU Yan; et al. Abstract: OBJECTIVE: To explore the correlation between forced swimming test (FST) and tail suspension test (TST) as animal models of depression in Kunming mice. METHODS: The behavior of adult male Kunming mice in TST and FST was recorded by sequence for six minutes and at a one-week intertribal interval. The following parameters were evaluated: the latency to the first bout of immobility (latency) and the percentage of duration of immobility during the last 4 min of the 6-min trial (immobility/%). Subsequently, factor analysis, cluster analysis, correlation analysis, consistency check and survival analysis were calculated for these parameters. RESULTS: ① Factor analysis revealed that the variance of FST and TST contributed respectively to FST-depression factor and TST-depression factor. ② The two groups were shaped by cluster analysis, whatever the original or transformed data. ③ Correlation analysis displayed a good intercorrelation between variances of either FST or TST, and a good intracorrelation for the parameter Latency between FST and TST. ④ Only Kappa reflected a fair consistency on evaluation of FST and TST when the parameter “latency” was considered. ⑤ Significant difference between FST- and TST-median survival of the parameter “latency” was found, suggesting that the later had more effect on decurtating the latency to the first bout of immobility. CONCLUSION: FST and TST variances account for two different factors, and the parameter “latency” is worth considering for evaluation of consistency and effectiveness between FST and TST. Attention should be paid to heterogeneity of animal models when FST is combined with TST as a “behavionomics”. Keywords: depression; animal model; forced swimming test; tail suspension test; correlation Source: Chinese Journal of Pharmacology and Toxicology, 2014, 28(1): 107-112 Email: SUN Shi-guang; [email protected]

Effect of group psychotherapy on the efficacy and quality of life of patients with depression SONG Li; YU Xue; ZHANG Hui-fang; et al. Abstract: Objective: To study the《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 effect of group psychotherapy on the efficacy and quality of life of patients with depression. Methods: A total of 122 inpatients who had met CCM D-3 diagnostic criteria for depression were randomly divided into study group (n=60) and control group (n=62) for an 8- week observation. The study group received group psychotherapy combined medication, while the control group was only treated with medication. HAMD and WHO. QOL-100 were adopted for the evaluation before and after treatment. Results: After 8 weeks' treatment, the total scores of HAMD of two groups were obviously decreased, but the score o f the study group decreased more significantly than that of the control group (t=4.82, P<0.01). The scores of QOLs of both groups were improved. The total score of the QOL (t=2.94, P<0.01), scores of psychology domain (t=2.44, P<0.05), independence domain (t=2.98, P<0.01) and social relationship domain (t=2.25, P<0.05) in study group were significantly higher than those in control group. Conclusion: Group psychotherapy can be effective in improving the depression symptoms, increase their quality of life and help them return to the society. Keywords: group psychotherapy; depression; efficacy; quality of life Source: China Journal of Health Psychology, 2013, 21(1): 51-53 Email: SONG Li; [email protected]

Regulative effects of music electroacupuncture on expressions of hippocampus monoamine neurotransmitters in rats with chronic stress depression TANG Yin-shan; YU Ren-feng; JI Qian; et al. Abstract: Objective: To observe the influences of music electroacupuncture on hippocampus monoamine neurotransmitters 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT), dopamine (DA) and norepinephrine (NE), in rats with chronic stress depression. Methods: SD rats were randomly divided into blank group, model group, flouxetine group and music electroacupuncture group. The rat model of chronic stress depression was established by applying chronic stress combining separation in all groups except blank group. The behavior changes of rats were reviewed through open-field test, sucrose consumption detection and body weight measure. The expressions of 5-HT, DA and NE were detected by using radioimmunoassay. Results: Compared with blank group, number of horizontally crossed grids, standing times, sucrose consumption and body weight decreased significantly in model group (P<0.01). Compared with model group, number of horizontally crossed grids, standing times, sucrose consumption and body weight increased significantly in flouxetine group and music electroacupuncture group (P<0.05). Compared with blank group, the content of 5-HT, DA and NE decreased significantly in model group (P<0.01). Compared with model group, the content of 5-HT, DA and NE increased in flouxetine group (P<0.05), and increased in music electroacupuncture group (P<0.01 P<0.05). Compared with flouxetine group, the content of 5-HT increased in music electroacupuncture group (P<0.05). Conclusion: Music electroacupuncture can relieve the ethologic symptoms in rats with chronic stress depression, so it has anti-depression

29 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 effect. Music electroacupuncture can improve the levels of 5-HT, DA and NE, which may be one of its anti-depression mechanisms. Keywords: music electroacupuncture; chronic stress; depression; 5-hydroxytryptamine; dopamine; norepinephrine; rats Source: Journal of Beijing University of Traditional Chinese Medicine, 2013, 36(4): 263-267 Email: LI Zhi-gang; [email protected]

Anxiety, Depression, and Cigarette Smoking: A Transdiagnostic Vulnerability Framework to Understanding Emotion-Smoking Comorbidity Leventhal AM; Zvolensky MJ Abstract: Research into the comorbidity between emotional psychopathology and cigarette smoking has often focused upon anxiety and depression's manifest symptoms and syndromes, with limited theoretical and clinical advancement. This article presents a novel framework to understanding emotion-smoking comorbidity. We propose that transdiagnostic emotional vulnerabilities-core biobehavioral traits reflecting maladaptive responses to emotional states that underpin multiple types of emotional psychopathology-link various anxiety and depressive psychopathologies to smoking. This framework is applied in a review and synthesis of the empirical literature on 3 transdiagnostic emotional vulnerabilities implicated in smoking: (a) anhedonia (Anh; diminished pleasure/interest in response to rewards), (b) anxiety sensitivity (AS; fear of anxiety-related sensations), and (c) distress tolerance (DT; ability to withstand distressing states). We conclude that Anh, AS, and DT collectively (a) underpin multiple emotional psychopathologies, (b) amplify smoking's anticipated and actual affect-enhancing properties and other mechanisms underlying smoking, (c) promote progression across the smoking trajectory (i.e., initiation, escalation/progression, maintenance, cessation/relapse), and (d) are promising targets for smoking intervention. After existing gaps are identified, an integrative model of transdiagnostic processes linking emotional psychopathology to smoking is proposed. The model's key premise is that Anh amplifies smoking's anticipated and actual pleasure-enhancing effects, AS amplifies smoking's anxiolytic effects, and poor DT amplifies smoking's distress terminating effects. Collectively, these processes augment the reinforcing properties of smoking for individuals with emotional psychopathology to heighten risk of smoking initiation, progression, maintenance, cessation avoidance, and relapse. We conclude by drawing clinical and scientific implications from this framework that may generalize to other comorbidities. Keywords: anxiety; depression; smoking; comorbidity; nicotine dependence Source: Psychological Bulletin, 2015, 141(1): 176-212 Email: Leventhal AM; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Treatment-Resistant Bipolar Depression: A Randomized Controlled Trial of Electroconvulsive Therapy Versus Algorithm-Based Pharmacological Treatment Schoeyen HK; Kessler U; Andreassen OA; et al. Abstract: Objective: Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is regarded by many clinicians as the most effective treatment for treatment-resistant bipolar depression, but no randomized controlled trials have been conducted, to the authors' knowledge. They compared efficacy measures of ECT and algorithm-based pharmacological treatment in treatment-resistant bipolar depression. Method: This multicenter, randomized controlled trial was carried out at seven acute-care psychiatric inpatient clinics throughout Norway and included 73 bipolar disorder patients with treatment-resistant depression. The patients were randomly assigned to receive either ECT or algorithm-based pharmacological treatment. ECT included three sessions per week for up to 6 weeks, right unilateral placement of stimulus electrodes, and brief pulse stimulation. Results: Linear mixed-effects modeling analysis revealed that ECT was significantly more effective than algorithm-based pharmacological treatment. The mean scores at the end of the 6-week treatment period were lower for the ECT group than for the pharmacological treatment group: by 6.6 points on the Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale (SE=2.05, 95% CI=2.5-10.6), by 9.4 points on the 30-item version of the Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology-Clinician-Rated (SE=2.49, 95% CI=4.6-14.3), and by 0.7 points on the Clinical Global Impression for Bipolar Disorder (SE=0.31, 95% CI=0.13-1.36). The response rate was significantly higher in the ECT group than in the group that received algorithm-based pharmacological treatment (73.9% versus 35.0%), but the remission rate did not differ between the groups (34.8% versus 30.0%). Conclusion: Remission rates remained modest regardless of treatment choice for this challenging clinical condition. Keywords: rating-scale; disorder; metaanalysis; unipolar; efficacy; ECT; recommendations; guidelines; inpatients; episode Source: American Journal of Psychiatry, 2015, 172(1): 41-51 Email: Schoeyen HK; [email protected]

Efficacy and safety of deep transcranial magnetic stimulation for major depression: a prospective multicenter randomized controlled trial Levkovitz Y; Isserles M; Padberg F; et al. Abstract: Major depressive disorder (MDD) is a prevalent and disabling condition, and many patients do not respond to available treatments. Deep transcranial magnetic stimulation (dTMS) is a new technology allowing non-surgical stimulation of relatively deep brain areas. This is the first double-blind randomized controlled multicenter study evaluating the efficacy and safety of dTMS in MDD. We

30 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts recruited 212 MDD outpatients, aged 22-68 years, who had either failed one to four antidepressant trials or not tolerated at least two antidepressant treatments during the current episode. They were randomly assigned to monotherapy with active or sham dTMS. Twenty sessions of dTMS (18 Hz over the prefrontal cortex) were applied during 4 weeks acutely, and then biweekly for 12 weeks. Primary and secondary efficacy endpoints were the change in the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS-21) score and response/remission rates at week 5, respectively. dTMS induced a 6.39 point improvement in HDRS-21 scores, while a 3.28 point improvement was observed in the sham group (p=0.008), resulting in a 0.76 effect size. Response and remission rates were higher in the dTMS than in the sham group (response: 38.4 vs. 21.4%, p=0.013; remission: 32.6 vs. 14.6%, p=0.005). These differences between active and sham treatment were stable during the 12-week maintenance phase. dTMS was associated with few and minor side effects apart from one seizure in a patient where a protocol violation occurred. These results suggest that dTMS constitutes a novel intervention in MDD, which is efficacious and safe in patients not responding to antidepressant medications, and whose effect remains stable over 3 months of maintenance treatment. Keywords: deep transcranial magnetic stimulation; major depressive disorder; treatment resistance; response; remission; maintenance treatment Source: World Psychiatry, 2015, 14(1): 64-73

Metabotropic glutamate receptor 3 activation is required for long-term depression in medial prefrontal cortex and fear extinction Walker AG; Wenthur CJ; Xiang ZX; et al. Abstract: Clinical studies have revealed that genetic variations in metabotropic glutamate receptor 3 (mGlu3) affect performance on cognitive tasks dependent upon the prefrontal cortex (PFC) and may be linked to psychiatric conditions such as schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and addiction. We have performed a series of studies aimed at understanding how mGlu3 influences PFC function and cognitive behaviors. In the present study, we found that activation of mGlu3 can induce long-term depression in the mouse medial PFC (mPFC) in vitro. Furthermore, in vivo administration of a selective mGlu3 negative allosteric modulator impaired learning in the mPFC-dependent fear extinction task. The results of these studies implicate mGlu3 as a major regulator of PFC function and cognition. Additionally, potentiators of mGlu3 may be useful in alleviating prefrontal impairments associated with several CNS disorders. Keywords: GRM3; medial prefrontal cortex; fear extinction; long-term depression; group II mGlu receptors Source: Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 2015, 112(4): 1196-1201 Email: Conn, PJ; [email protected]《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅

Enhancing Depression Mechanisms in Midbrain Dopamine Neurons Achieves Homeostatic Resilience Friedman AK; Walsh JJ; Juarez B; et al. Abstract: Typical therapies try to reverse pathogenic mechanisms. Here, we describe treatment effects achieved by enhancing depression-causing mechanisms in ventral tegmental area (VTA) dopamine (DA) neurons. In a social defeat stress model of depression, depressed (susceptible) mice display hyperactivity of VTA DA neurons, caused by an up-regulated hyperpolarization-activated current (I-h). Mice resilient to social defeat stress, however, exhibit stable normal firing of these neurons. Unexpectedly, resilient mice had an even larger Ih, which was observed in parallel with increased potassium (K+) channel currents. Experimentally further enhancing Ih or optogenetically increasing the hyperactivity of VTA DA neurons in susceptible mice completely reversed depression-related behaviors, an antidepressant effect achieved through resilience-like, projection-specific homeostatic plasticity. These results indicate a potential therapeutic path of promoting natural resilience for depression treatment. Keywords: ventral tegmental area; social defeat stress; reward circuit; I-H; channels; susceptibility; inhibition; BDNF Source: Science, 2014, 344(6181): 313-319 Email: Han MH; [email protected]

The association between low vitamin D and depressive disorders Milaneschi Y; Hoogendijk W; Lips P; et al. Abstract: It has been hypothesized that hypovitaminosis D is associated with depression but epidemiological evidence is limited. We investigated the association between depressive disorders and related clinical characteristics with blood concentrations of 25-hydroxyvitamin D [25(OH)D] in a large cohort. The sample consisted of participants (aged 18-65 years) from the Netherlands Study of Depression and Anxiety (NESDA) with a current (N=1102) or remitted (N=790) depressive disorder (major depressive disorder, dysthymia) defined according to DSM-IV criteria, and healthy controls (N=494). Serum levels of 25(OH) D measured and analyzed in multivariate analyses adjusting for sociodemographics, sunlight, urbanization, lifestyle and health. Of the sample, 33.6% had deficient or insufficient serum 25(OH) D (<50 nmol l-1). As compared with controls, lower 25(OH) D levels were found in participants with current depression (P=0.001, Cohen's d=0.21), particularly in those with the most severe symptoms (P=0.001, Cohen's d=0.44). In currently depressed persons, 25(OH) D was inversely associated with symptom severity (beta=-0.19, s.e. -0.07, P=0.003) suggesting a dose-response gradient, and with risk (relative risk =0.90, 95% confidence interval =0.82-0.99, P=0.03) of having a depressive disorders at 2-year follow-up. This large

31 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 cohort study indicates that low levels of 25(OH) D were associated to the presence and severity of depressive disorder suggesting that hypovitaminosis D may represent an underlying biological vulnerability for depression. Future studies should elucidate whether-the highly prevalent-hypovitaminosis D could be cost-effectively treated as part of preventive or treatment interventions for depression. Keywords: vitamin D; parathyroid hormone; depressive disorder Source: Molecular Psychiatry, 2014, 19(4): 444-451 Email: Milaneschi Y; [email protected]

From Stress to Inflammation and Major Depressive Disorder: A Social Signal Transduction Theory of Depression Slavich GM; Irwin MR Abstract: Major life stressors, especially those involving interpersonal stress and social rejection, are among the strongest proximal risk factors for depression. In this review, we propose a biologically plausible, multilevel theory that describes neural, physiologic, molecular, and genomic mechanisms that link experiences of social-environmental stress with internal biological processes that drive depression pathogenesis. Central to this social signal transduction theory of depression is the hypothesis that experiences of social threat and adversity up-regulate components of the immune system involved in inflammation. The key mediators of this response, called proinflammatory cytokines, can in turn elicit profound changes in behavior, which include the initiation of depressive symptoms such as sad mood, anhedonia, fatigue, psychomotor retardation, and social-behavioral withdrawal. This highly conserved biological response to adversity is critical for survival during times of actual physical threat or injury. However, this response can also be activated by modern-day social, symbolic, or imagined threats, leading to an increasingly proinflammatory phenotype that may be a key phenomenon driving depression pathogenesis and recurrence, as well as the overlap of depression with several somatic conditions including asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, chronic pain, metabolic syndrome, cardiovascular disease, obesity, and neurodegeneration. Insights from this theory may thus shed light on several important questions including how depression develops, why it frequently recurs, why it is strongly predicted by early life stress, and why it often co-occurs with symptoms of anxiety and with certain physical disease conditions. This work may also suggest new opportunities for preventing and treating depression by targeting inflammation. Keywords: early life stress; social threat; cytokines; mechanisms; disease Source: Psychological Bulletin, 2014, 140(3): 774-815 Email: Slavich GM; [email protected]

Rapid regulation《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of depression-related behaviours by control of midbrain dopamine neurons Chaudhury D; Walsh JJ; Friedman AK; et al. Abstract: Ventral tegmental area (VTA) dopamine neurons in the brain's reward circuit have a crucial role in mediating stress responses (1-4), including determining susceptibility versus resilience to social-stress-induced behavioural abnormalities (5). VTA dopamine neurons show two in vivo patterns of firing: low frequency tonic firing and high frequency phasic firing (6-8). Phasic firing of the neurons, which is well known to encode reward signals (6, 7, 9), is upregulated by repeated social-defeat stress, a highly validated mouse model of depression (5, 8, 10-13). Surprisingly, this pathophysiological effect is seen in susceptible mice only, with no apparent change in firing rate in resilient individuals (5, 8). However, direct evidence-in real time-linking dopamine neuron phasic firing in promoting the susceptible (depression-like) phenotype is lacking. Here we took advantage of the temporal precision and cell-type and projection-pathway specificity of optogenetics to show that enhanced phasic firing of these neurons mediates susceptibility to social-defeat stress in freely behaving mice. We show that optogenetic induction of phasic, but not tonic, firing in VTA dopamine neurons of mice undergoing a subthreshold social-defeat paradigm rapidly induced a susceptible phenotype as measured by social avoidance and decreased sucrose preference. Optogenetic phasic stimulation of these neurons also quickly induced a susceptible phenotype in previously resilient mice that had been subjected to repeated social-defeat stress. Furthermore, we show differences in projection-pathway specificity in promoting stress susceptibility: phasic activation of VTA neurons projecting to the nucleus accumbens (NAc), but not to the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC), induced susceptibility to social-defeat stress. Conversely, optogenetic inhibition of the VTA-NAc projection induced resilience, whereas inhibition of the VTA-mPFC projection promoted susceptibility. Overall, these studies reveal novel firing-pattern-and neural-circuit-specific mechanisms of depression. Keywords: ventral tegmental area; social defeat stress; antidepressant action; reward circuit; IN-VIVO; susceptibility; stimulation; inhibition; expression; responses Source: Nature, 2013, 493(7433): 532-538 Email: Han MH; [email protected]

Dopamine neurons modulate neural encoding and expression of depression-related behaviour Tye KM; Mirzabeko, JJ; Warde, MR; et al. Abstract: Major depression is characterized by diverse debilitating symptoms that include hopelessness and anhedonia (1). Dopamine neurons involved in reward and motivation (2-9) are among many neural populations that have been hypothesized to be relevant (10), and certain antidepressant treatments, including medications and brain stimulation therapies, can influence the complex dopamine system. Until now it has not been possible to test this hypothesis directly, even in animal models, as existing therapeutic interventions are unable to

32 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts specifically target dopamine neurons. Here we investigated directly the causal contributions of defined dopamine neurons to multidimensional depression-like phenotypes induced by chronic mild stress, by integrating behavioural, pharmacological, optogenetic and electrophysiological methods in freely moving rodents. We found that bidirectional control (inhibition or excitation) of specified midbrain dopamine neurons immediately and bidirectionally modulates (induces or relieves) multiple independent depression symptoms caused by chronic stress. By probing the circuit implementation of these effects, we observed that optogenetic recruitment of these dopamine neurons potently alters the neural encoding of depression-related behaviours in the downstream nucleus accumbens of freely moving rodents, suggesting that processes affecting depression symptoms may involve alterations in the neural encoding of action in limbic circuitry. Keywords: stress-induced anhedonia; ventral tegmental area; social defeat; animal-model; aversive stimuli; reward circuit; gaba neurons; susceptibility; mice; inhibition Source: Nature, 2013, 493(7433): 537-541 Email: Tye KM ; [email protected]

The neuroprogressive nature of major depressive disorder: pathways to disease evolution and resistance, and therapeutic implications Moylan S; Maes M; Wray NR; et al. Abstract: In some patients with major depressive disorder (MDD), individual illness characteristics appear consistent with those of a neuroprogressive illness. Features of neuroprogression include poorer symptomatic, treatment and functional outcomes in patients with earlier disease onset and increased number and length of depressive episodes. In such patients, longer and more frequent depressive episodes appear to increase vulnerability for further episodes, precipitating an accelerating and progressive illness course leading to functional decline. Evidence from clinical, biochemical and neuroimaging studies appear to support this model and are informing novel therapeutic approaches. This paper reviews current knowledge of the neuroprogressive processes that may occur in MDD, including structural brain consequences and potential molecular mechanisms including the role of neurotransmitter systems, inflammatory, oxidative and nitrosative stress pathways, neurotrophins and regulation of neurogenesis, cortisol and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis modulation, mitochondrial dysfunction and epigenetic and dietary influences. Evidence-based novel treatments informed by this knowledge are discussed. Keywords: cytokines; depression; inflammation; neuroprogression; nitrosative stress; oxidative stress Source: Molecular Psychiatry, 2013, 18(5): 595-606 Email: Moylan S; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Burden of Depressive Disorders by Country, Sex, Age, and Year: Findings from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2010 Ferrari AJ; Charlson FJ; Norman RE; et al. Abstract: Background: Depressive disorders were a leading cause of burden in the Global Burden of Disease (GBD) 1990 and 2000 studies. Here, we analyze the burden of depressive disorders in GBD 2010 and present severity proportions, burden by country, region, age, sex, and year, as well as burden of depressive disorders as a risk factor for suicide and ischemic heart disease. Methods and Findings: Burden was calculated for major depressive disorder (MDD) and dysthymia. A systematic review of epidemiological data was conducted. The data were pooled using a Bayesian meta-regression. Disability weights from population survey data quantified the severity of health loss from depressive disorders. These weights were used to calculate years lived with disability (YLDs) and disability adjusted life years (DALYs). Separate DALYs were estimated for suicide and ischemic heart disease attributable to depressive disorders. Depressive disorders were the second leading cause of YLDs in 2010. MDD accounted for 8.2% (5.9%-10.8%) of global YLDs and dysthymia for 1.4% (0.9%-2.0%). Depressive disorders were a leading cause of DALYs even though no mortality was attributed to them as the underlying cause. MDD accounted for 2.5% (1.9%-3.2%) of global DALYs and dysthymia for 0.5% (0.3%-0.6%). There was more regional variation in burden for MDD than for dysthymia; with higher estimates in females, and adults of working age. Whilst burden increased by 37.5% between 1990 and 2010, this was due to population growth and ageing. MDD explained 16 million suicide DALYs and almost 4 million ischemic heart disease DALYs. This attributable burden would increase the overall burden of depressive disorders from 3.0% (2.2%-3.8%) to 3.8% (3.0%-4.7%) of global DALYs. Conclusions: GBD 2010 identified depressive disorders as a leading cause of burden. MDD was also a contributor of burden allocated to suicide and ischemic heart disease. These findings emphasize the importance of including depressive disorders as a public-health priority and implementing cost-effective interventions to reduce its burden. Keywords: systematic analysis; lifetime prevalence; major depression; 21 regions; disability; health; injuries; recall; common Source: Plos Medicine, 2013, 10(11): 331-343 Email: Ferrari AJ; [email protected]

Editor in charge: WANG Shuai-shuai, WANG Wei

33 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

High Impact Papers

Highly Cited Papers TOP5 Source: Web of Science Publication date: 2013.1—2015.2 Retrieval date: 2015.3.6

Acoustics Citation frequency: 88 EFSUMB Guidelines and Recommendations on the Clinical Use of Ultrasound Elastography. Part 1: Basic Principles and Technology Bamber, J; Cosgrove, D; Dietrich, CF; et al. Abstract: The technical part of these Guidelines and Recommendations, produced under the auspices of EFSUMB, provides an introduction to the physical principles and technology on which all forms of current commercially available ultrasound elastography are based. A difference in shear modulus is the common underlying physical mechanism that provides tissue contrast in all elastograms. The relationship between the alternative technologies is considered in terms of the method used to take advantage of this. The practical advantages and disadvantages associated with each of the techniques are described, and guidance is provided on optimisation of scanning technique, image display, image interpretation and some of the known image artefacts. Keywords: acoustic radiation force; in-vivo demonstration; transient elastography; elastic properties; soft-tissue; liver fibrosis; hepatitis-c; breast; strain; contrast Source: Ultraschall in Der Medizin, 2013, 34(2): 169–184 Email: Bamber, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 72 EFSUMB Guidelines and Recommendations on the Clinical Use of Ultrasound Elastography. Part 2: Clinical Applications Cosgrove, D; Piscaglia, F; Bamber, J; et al. Abstract: The clinical part of these《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Guidelines and Recommendations produced under the auspices of the European Federation of Societies for Ultrasound in Medicine and Biology EFSUMB assesses the clinically used applications of all forms of elastography, stressing the evidence from meta-analyses and giving practical advice for their uses and interpretation. Diffuse liver disease forms the largest section, reflecting the wide experience with transient and shear wave elastography. Then follow the breast, thyroid, gastro-intestinal tract, endoscopic elastography, the prostate and the musculo-skeletal system using strain and shear wave elastography as appropriate. The document is intended to form a reference and to guide clinical users in a practical way. Keywords: radiation force impulse; real-time elastography; chronic hepatitis-c; liver stiffness measurement; shear-wave elastography; malignant thyroid-nodules; associazione medici endocrinologi; inflammatory-bowel-disease; prostate-cancer detection; focal pancreatic lesions Source: Ultraschall in Der Medizin, 2013, 34(3): 238–253 Email: Cosgrove, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 58 Guidelines and Good Clinical Practice Recommendations for Contrast Enhanced Ultrasound (CEUS) in the Liver - Update 2012 A WFUMB-EFSUMB Initiative in Cooperation with Representatives of AFSUMB, AIUM, ASUM, FLAUS and ICUS Claudon, M; Dietrich, CF; Choi, BI; et al. Abstract: Initially, a set of guidelines for the use of ultrasound contrast agents was published in 2004 dealing only with liver applications. A second edition of the guidelines in 2008 reflected changes in the available contrast agents and updated the guidelines for the liver, as well as implementing some non-liver applications. Time has moved on, and the need for international guidelines on the use of CEUS in the liver has become apparent. The present document describes the third iteration of recommendations for the hepatic use of contrast enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) using contrast specific imaging techniques. This joint WFUMB-EFSUMB initiative has implicated experts from major leading ultrasound societies worldwide. These liver CEUS guidelines are simultaneously published in the official journals of both organizing federations (i.e., Ultrasound in Medicine and Biology for WFUMB and Ultraschall in der Medizin/European Journal of Ultrasound for EFSUMB). These guidelines and recommendations provide general advice on the use of all currently clinically available ultrasound contrast agents (UCA). They are intended to create standard protocols for the use and administration of UCA in liver applications on an international basis and improve the management of patients worldwide. Keywords: small hepatocellular-carcinoma; gastrointestinal stromal tumors; guided radiofrequency ablation; hepatic-artery thrombosis; degum multicenter trial; intraoperative ultrasonography; colorectal-cancer; b-mode; peripheral cholangiocarcinoma; quantitative assessment

34 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Source: Ultraschall in Der Medizin, 2013, 34(1): 11–29 Email: Dietrich, CF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 45 Non-invasive prenatal testing for aneuploidy: current status and future prospects Benn, P; Cuckle, H; Pergament, E Abstract: Non-invasive prenatal testing (NIPT) for aneuploidy using cell-free DNA in maternal plasma is revolutionizing prenatal screening and diagnosis. We review NIPT in the context of established screening and invasive technologies, the range of cytogenetic abnormalities detectable, cost, counseling and ethical issues. Current NIPT approaches involve whole-genome sequencing, targeted sequencing and assessment of single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) differences between mother and fetus. Clinical trials have demonstrated the efficacy of NIPT for Down and Edwards syndromes, and possibly Patau syndrome, in high-risk women. Universal NIPT is not cost-effective, but using NIPT contingently in women found at moderate or high risk by conventional screening is cost-effective. Positive NIPT results must be confirmed using invasive techniques. Established screening, fetal ultrasound and invasive procedures with microarray testing allow the detection of a broad range of additional abnormalities not yet detectable by NIPT. NIPT approaches that take advantage of SNP information potentially allow the identification of parent of origin for imbalances, triploidy, uniparental disomy and consanguinity, and separate evaluation of dizygotic twins. Fetal fraction enrichment, improved sequencing and selected analysis of the most informative sequences should result in tests for additional chromosomal abnormalities. Providing adequate prenatal counseling poses a substantial challenge given the broad range of prenatal testing options now available. Keywords: free fetal dna; confined placental mosaicism; cell-free dna; balanced chromosome rearrangements; maternal plasma; parental origin; down-syndrome; x-chromosome; messenger-rna; trisomies 13 Source: Ultrasound in Obstetrics & Gynecology, 2013, 42(1): 15–33 Email: Benn, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 42 Guidelines and good clinical practice recommendations for contrast enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) in the liver - update 2012 a WFUMB-EFSUMB initiative in cooperation with representatives of afsumb, aium, asum, flaus and icus Claudon, M; Dietrich, CF; Choi, BI; et al. Abstract: Initially, a set of guidelines《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 for the use of ultrasound contrast agents was published in 2004 dealing only with liver applications. A second edition of the guidelines in 2008 reflected changes in the available contrast agents and updated the guidelines for the liver, as well as implementing some non-liver applications. Time has moved on, and the need for international guidelines on the use of CEUS in the liver has become apparent. The present document describes the third iteration of recommendations for the hepatic use of contrast enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) using contrast specific imaging techniques. This joint WFUMB-EFSUMB initiative has implicated experts from major leading ultrasound societies worldwide. These liver CEUS guidelines are simultaneously published in the official journals of both organizing federations (i.e., Ultrasound in Medicine and Biology for WFUMB and Ultraschall in der Medizin/European Journal of Ultrasound for EFSUMB). These guidelines and recommendations provide general advice on the use of all currently clinically available ultrasound contrast agents (UCA). They are intended to create standard protocols for the use and administration of UCA in liver applications on an international basis and improve the management of patients worldwide. Keywords: small hepatocellular-carcinoma; gastrointestinal stromal tumors; guided radiofrequency ablation; hepatic-artery thrombosis; degum multicenter trial; intraoperative ultrasonography; colorectal-cancer; b-mode; peripheral cholangiocarcinoma; quantitative assessment Source: Ultrasound in Medicine and Biology, 2013, 39(2): 187–210 Email: Dietrich, CF; [email protected]

Agricultural Engineering Citation frequency: 38 Role and significance of beta-glucosidases in the hydrolysis of cellulose for bioethanol production Singhania, RR; Patel, AK; Sukumaran, RK; et al. Abstract: One of the major challenges in the bioconversion of lignocellulosic biomass into liquid biofuels includes the search for a glucose tolerant beta-gulucosidase. Beta-glucosidase is the key enzyme component present in cellulase and completes the final step during cellulose hydrolysis by converting the cellobiose to glucose. This reaction is always under control as it gets inhibited by its product glucose. It is a major bottleneck in the efficient biomass conversion by cellulase. To circumvent this problem several strategies have been adopted which we have discussed in the article along with its production strategies and general properties. It plays a very significant role in bioethanol production from biomass through enzymatic route. Hence several amendments took place in the commercial preparation of cellulase for biomass hydrolysis, which contains higher and improved beta-glucosidase for efficient biomass conversion. This article presents beta-glucosidase as the key component for bioethanol from biomass through enzymatic route. Keywords: trichoderma-reesei cellulase; myceliophthora sp imi-387099; pichia-pastoris; family 3; paecilomyces-thermophila; differential

35 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 expression; functional expression; aspergillus-fumigatus; glycosyl hydrolases; enhanced production Source: Bioresource Technology, 2013, 127: 500–507 Email: Singhania, RR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 36 Hydrothermal liquefaction (HTL) of microalgae for biofuel production: State of the art review and future prospects Barreiro, DL; Prins, W; Ronsse, F; et al. Abstract: Among the various types of biomass, microalgae have the potential of becoming a significant energy source for biofuel production in the coming years. Currently, research is mainly focusing on optimization of the cultivation methods and the conversion of just a single microalgae fraction (lipids for biodiesel production). Hydrothermal liquefaction is a method for thermochemical conversion of wet microalgae, producing a liquid energy carrier called 'bio-oil' or 'biocrude', next to gaseous, aqueous and solid by-products. A review of the available literature is presented here, analyzing the influence of parameters such as temperature, holding time and catalyst dosage on the yield and properties of the different product fractions. Also, the strain selection and the status of the technology for hydrothermal processes are analyzed. Finally, based on the findings obtained from the literature review, directions for future research are suggested. Keywords: supercritical water; oil production; chlorella-protothecoides; dunaliella-tertiolecta; nannochloropsis sp; bio-oil; thermochemical liquefaction; catalytic gasification; marine microalgae; renewable fuels Source: Biomass & Bioenergy, 2013, 53: 113–127 Email: Barreiro, DL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 36 Inhibitory effect of lignin during cellulose bioconversion: The effect of lignin chemistry on non-productive enzyme adsorption Rahikainen, JL; Martin-Sampedro, R; Heikkinen, H; et al. Abstract: The effect of lignin as an inhibitory biopolymer for the enzymatic hydrolysis of lignocellulosic biomass was studied; specially addressing the role of lignin in non-productive enzyme adsorption. Botanical origin and biomass pre-treatment give rise to differences in lignin structure and the effect of these differences on enzyme binding and inhibition were elucidated. Lignin was isolated from steam explosion (SE) pre-treated and non-treated spruce and wheat straw and used for the preparation of ultrathin films for enzyme binding studies. Binding of Trichoderma《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 reesei Cel7A (CBHI) and the corresponding Cel7A-core, lacking the linker and the cellulose-binding domain, to the lignin films was monitored using a quartz crystal microbalance (QCM). SE pre-treatment altered the lignin structure, leading to increased enzyme adsorption. Thus, the positive effect of SE pre-treatment, opening the cell wall matrix to make polysaccharides more accessible, may be compromised by the structural changes of lignin that increase non-productive enzyme adsorption. Keywords: steam-explosion pretreatment; trichoderma-reesei; cellobiohydrolase-i; wheat-straw; thin-films; hydrolysis; wood; softwood; surface; delignification Source: Bioresource Technology, 2013, 133: 270–278 Email: Rahikainen, JL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Biosynthesis, characterisation and anti-bacterial effect of plant-mediated silver nanoparticles using Artemisia nilagirica Vijayakumar, M; Priya, K; Nancy, FT; et al. Abstract: Currently, there is an increasing commercial demand for nanoparticles due to their wide applicability in various markets, such as medicine, catalysis, electronics, chemistry and energy. In this report, a simple and eco-friendly chemical reaction for the synthesis of silver nanoparticles (AgNPs) from Artemisia nilagirica (Asteraceae) has been developed. Silver nitrate was used as the metal precursor and hydrazine hydrate as a reducing agent. Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and energy-dispersive spectroscopy (EDX) were used to characterise the nanoparticles obtained from A. nilagirica. The morphology of the AgNPs was determined by SEM and the average diameter of the particles was determined as 70-90 nm. The EDX analysis of the nanoparticles dispersion, using a range of 2-4 keV. confirmed the presence of elemental silver, with no other impurity peaks detected. In addition, the characterised AgNPs has the potential for various medical and industrial applications. The results showed that microbial susceptibility to AgNPs is different for each microorganism. Keywords: antimicrobial activity; escherichia-coli; microscopy; reduction; bacteria; extract Source: Industrial Crops and Products, 2013, 41: 235–240 Email: Vijayakumar, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 30 Development of model for mechanical properties of tapioca starch based edible films Maran, JP; Sivakumar, V; Sridhar, R; et al. Abstract: Eco-efficient products are the new generation of bio-based products prepared with sustainable materials, which agree with

36 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts ecological and economic requirements including environmentally acceptable disposal of post-user waste. Increasing environmental concerns associated with handling of plastic waste has emphasized the importance of developing biodegradable edible films from starch. The objective of this study is to develop models and study the individual and interactive effects of the process variables on the mechanical properties of tapioca starch-based edible films using Box-Behnken design. Box-Behnken design with four factors at three levels was employed to evaluate the individual and interactive effects of process parameters (tapioca starch 1-3 g; glycerol 0.5-1.0 ml; agar 0.5-1.0 g; and span 80:0.1-0.5 ml) on the tensile strength, elongation. Young's modulus, puncture force, and puncture deformation respectively. The results were analyzed using Pareto analysis of variance (ANOVA). For each response, second order polynomial regression models were developed and it showed good fit of the experimental data with high coefficient of determination (R-2) and a close agreement between experimental and predicted values was found. The response surface and contour plots were constructed for representing the relationship between the process parameters and the responses. Keywords: response-surface methodology; water-vapor permeability; box-behnken design; physical-properties; cassava starch; microstructural characterization; functional-properties; plasticized starch; tensile properties; thermal-properties Source: Industrial Crops and Products, 2013, 42: 159–168 Email: Sivakumar, V; [email protected]

Agriculture Dairy Animal Science Citation frequency: 31 Recent developments in altering the fatty acid composition of ruminant-derived foods Shingfield, KJ; Bonnet, M; Scollan, ND Abstract: There is increasing evidence to indicate that nutrition is an important factor involved in the onset and development of several chronic human diseases including cancer, cardiovascular disease (CVD), type II diabetes and obesity. Clinical studies implicate excessive consumption of medium-chain saturated fatty acids (SFA) and trans-fatty acids (TFA) as risk factors for CVD, and in the aetiology of other chronic conditions. Ruminant-derived foods are significant sources of medium-chain SFA and TFA in the human diet, but also provide high-quality protein, essential micronutrients and several bioactive lipids. Altering the fatty acid composition of ruminant-derived foods offers the opportunity to align the consumption of fatty acids in human populations with public health policies without the need for substantial changes in eating habits. Replacing conserved forages with fresh grass or dietary plant oil and oilseed supplements can be used to lower medium-chain and total SFA content and increase cis-9 18:1, total conjugated linoleic acid (CLA), n-3 and n-6 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) to a variable《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 extent in ruminant milk. However, inclusion of fish oil or marine algae in the ruminant diet results in marginal enrichment of 20- or 22-carbon PUFA in milk. Studies in growing ruminants have confirmed that the same nutritional strategies improve the balance of n-6/n-3 PUFA, and increase CLA and long-chain n-3 PUFA in ruminant meat, but the potential to lower medium-chain and total SFA is limited. Attempts to alter meat and milk fatty acid composition through changes in the diet fed to ruminants are often accompanied by several-fold increases in TFA concentrations. In extreme cases, the distribution of trans 18:1 and 18:2 isomers in ruminant foods may resemble that of partially hydrogenated plant oils. Changes in milk fat or muscle lipid composition in response to diet are now known to be accompanied by tissue-specific alterations in the expression of one or more lipogenic genes. Breed influences both milk and muscle fat content, although recent studies have confirmed the occurrence of genetic variability in transcript abundance and activity of enzymes involved in lipid synthesis and identified polymorphisms for several key lipogenic genes in lactating and growing cattle. Although nutrition is the major factor influencing the fatty acid composition of ruminant-derived foods, further progress can be expected through the use of genomic or marker-assisted selection to increase the frequency of favourable genotypes and the formulation of diets to exploit this genetic potential. Keywords: conjugated linoleic-acid; stearoyl-coa desaturase; japanese black cattle; lactating dairy-cows; subcutaneous adipose-tissue; element-binding protein-1; fed maize silage; mammary lipogenic enzymes; sunflower-seed oil; red-clover silage Source: Animal, 2013, 7: 132–162 Email: Shingfield, KJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 30 Genomic imputation and evaluation using high-density Holstein genotypes VanRaden, PM; Null, DJ; Sargolzaei, M; et al. Abstract: Genomic evaluations for 161341 Holsteins were computed by using 311725 of 777962 markers on the IIlumina BovineHD Genotyping BeadChip (HD). Initial edits with 1741 HD genotypes from 5 breeds revealed that 636967 markers were usable but that half were redundant. Holstein genotypes were from 1510 animals with HD markers, 82358 animals with 45187 (50K) markers, 1797 animals with 8031 (8K) markers, 20177 animals with 6836 (6K) markers, 52270 animals with 2683 (3K) markers; and 3229 nongenotyped dams (OK) with >90% of haplotypes imputable because they had 4 or more genotyped progeny. The Holstein HD genotypes were from 1142 US, Canadian, British; and Italian sires, 196 other sires, 138 cows in a US Department of Agriculture research herd (Beltsville; MD), and 34 other females. Percentages of correctly imputed genotypes were tested by applying the programs findhap and FImpute to a simulated chromosome for an earlier population that had only 1112 animals with HD genotypes and none with 8K genotypes. For each chip, 1% of

37 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 the genotypes were missing and 0.02% were incorrect initially. After imputation of missing markers with findhap; percentages of genotypes correct were 99.9% from HD; 99.0% from 50K, 94.6% from 6K, 90.5% from 3K, and 93.5% from OK. With FImpute, 99.96% were correct from HD, 99.3% from 50K, 94.7% from 6K, 91.1% from 3K, and 95.1% from OK genotypes. Accuracy for the 3K and 6K genotypes further improved by approximately 2 percentage points if imputed first to 50K and then to HD instead of imputing all genotypes directly to HD. Evaluations were tested by using imputed actual genotypes and August 2008 phenotypes to predict deregressed evaluations of US bulls proven after August 2008. For 28 traits tested; the estimated genomic reliability averaged 61.1% when using 311725 markers vs. 60.7% when using 45187 markers vs. 29.6% from the traditional parent average. Squared correlations with future data were slightly greater for 16 traits and slightly less for 12 with HD than with 50K evaluations. The observed 0.4 percentage point average increase in reliability was less favorable than the 0.9 expected from simulation but was similar to actual gains from other HD studies. The largest HD and 50K marker effects were often located at very similar positions. The single-breed evaluation tested here and previous single-breed or multibreed evaluations have not produced large gains. Increasing the number of HD genotypes used for imputation above 1;074 did not improve the reliability of Holstein genomic evaluations. Keywords: predictions; traits; panels Source: Journal of Dairy Science, 2013, 96(1): 668–678 Email: VanRaden, PM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 29 Prospects from agroecology and industrial ecology for animal production in the 21st century Dumont, B; Fortun-Lamothe, L; Jouven, M; et al. Abstract: Agroecology and industrial ecology can be viewed as complementary means for reducing the environmental footprint of animal farming systems: agroecology mainly by stimulating natural processes to reduce inputs, and industrial ecology by closing system loops, thereby reducing demand for raw materials, lowering pollution and saving on waste treatment. Surprisingly, animal farming systems have so far been ignored in most agroecological thinking. On the basis of a study by Altieri, who identified the key ecological processes to be optimized, we propose five principles for the design of sustainable animal production systems: (i) adopting management practices aiming to improve animal health, (ii) decreasing the inputs needed for production, (iii) decreasing pollution by optimizing the metabolic functioning of farming systems, (iv) enhancing diversity within animal production systems to strengthen their resilience and (v) preserving biological diversity in agroecosystems by adapting management practices. We then discuss how these different principles combine to generate environmental, social and economic《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 performance in six animal production systems (ruminants, pigs, rabbits and aquaculture) covering a long gradient of intensification. The two principles concerning economy of inputs and reduction of pollution emerged in nearly all the case studies, a finding that can be explained by the economic and regulatory constraints affecting animal production. Integrated management of animal health was seldom mobilized, as alternatives to chemical drugs have only recently been investigated, and the results are not yet transferable to farming practices. A number of ecological functions and ecosystem services (recycling of nutrients, forage yield, pollination, resistance to weed invasion, etc.) are closely linked to biodiversity, and their persistence depends largely on maintaining biological diversity in agroecosystems. We conclude that the development of such ecology-based alternatives for animal production implies changes in the positions adopted by technicians and extension services, researchers and policymakers. Animal production systems should not only be considered holistically, but also in the diversity of their local and regional conditions. The ability of farmers to make their own decisions on the basis of the close monitoring of system performance is most important to ensure system sustainability. Keywords: recirculating aquaculture systems; crop-livestock systems; life-cycle assessment; carp cyprinus-carpio; farming systems; grazing intensity; sustainable aquaculture; pollinating insects; species richness; food-production Source: Animal, 2013, 7(6): 1028–1043 Email: Dumont, B; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 Gastrointestinal health and function in weaned pigs: a review of feeding strategies to control post-weaning diarrhoea without using in-feed antimicrobial compounds Heo, JM; Opapeju, FO; Pluske, JR; et al. Abstract: For the last several decades, antimicrobial compounds have been used to promote piglet growth at weaning through the prevention of subclinical and clinical disease. There are, however, increasing concerns in relation to the development of antibiotic-resistant bacterial strains and the potential of these and associated resistance genes to impact on human health. As a consequence, European Union (EU) banned the use of antibiotics as growth promoters in swine and livestock production on 1 January 2006. Furthermore, minerals such as zinc (Zn) and copper (Cu) are not feasible alternatives/replacements to antibiotics because their excretion is a possible threat to the environment. Consequently, there is a need to develop feeding programs to serve as a means for controlling problems associated with the weaning transition without using antimicrobial compounds. This review, therefore, is focused on some of nutritional strategies that are known to improve structure and function of gastrointestinal tract and (or) promote post-weaning growth with special emphasis on probiotics, prebiotics, organic acids, trace minerals and dietary protein source and level.

38 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Keywords: enterotoxigenic escherichia-coli; conjugated linoleic-acid; antibiotic growth promoters; small-intestinal morphology; medium-chain triglycerides; digestive enzyme-activity; spray-dried porcine; cereal nonstarch polysaccharides; receptor gene-expression; human colonic microbiota Source: Journal of Animal Physiology and Animal Nutrition, 2013, 97(2): 207–237 Email: Nyachoti, CM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 22 Accuracy of prediction of genomic breeding values for residual feed intake and carcass and meat quality traits in Bos taurus, Bos indicus, and composite beef cattle Bolormaa, S; Pryce, JE; Kemper, K; et al. Abstract: The aim of this study was to assess the accuracy of genomic predictions for 19 traits including feed efficiency, growth, and carcass and meat quality traits in beef cattle. The 10181 cattle in our study had real or imputed genotypes for 729068 SNP although not all cattle were measured for all traits. Animals included Bos taurus, Brahman, composite, and crossbred animals. Genomic EBV (GEBV) were calculated using 2 methods of genomic prediction [BayesR and genomic BLUP (GBLUP)] either using a common training dataset for all breeds or using a training dataset comprising only animals of the same breed. Accuracies of GEBV were assessed using 5-fold cross-validation. The accuracy of genomic prediction varied by trait and by method. Traits with a large number of recorded and genotyped animals and with high heritability gave the greatest accuracy of GEBV. Using GBLUP, the average accuracy was 0.27 across traits and breeds, but the accuracies between breeds and between traits varied widely. When the training population was restricted to animals from the same breed as the validation population, GBLUP accuracies declined by an average of 0.04. The greatest decline in accuracy was found for the 4 composite breeds. The BayesR accuracies were greater by an average of 0.03 than GBLUP accuracies, particularly for traits with known genes of moderate to large effect mutations segregating. The accuracies of 0.43 to 0.48 for IGF-I traits were among the greatest in the study. Although accuracies are low compared with those observed in dairy cattle, genomic selection would still be beneficial for traits that are hard to improve by conventional selection, such as tenderness and residual feed intake. BayesR identified many of the same quantitative trait loci as a genomewide association study but appeared to map them more precisely. All traits appear to be highly polygenic with thousands of SNP independently associated with each trait. Keywords: single nucleotide polymorphism; phenotypic characterization; genotypes; tenderness; multibreed; efficiency; temperate; genetics; descent; impact 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Source: Journal of Animal Science, 2013, 91(7): 3088–3104 Email: Bolormaa, S; [email protected]

Agriculture Multidisciplinary Citation frequency: 55 The knowns, known unknowns and unknowns of sequestration of soil organic carbon Stockmann, U; Adams, MA; Crawford, JW; et al. Abstract: Soil contains approximately 2344 Gt (1 gigaton = 1 billion tonnes) of organic carbon globally and is the largest terrestrial pool of organic carbon. Small changes in the soil organic carbon stock could result in significant impacts on the atmospheric carbon concentration. The fluxes of soil organic carbon vary in response to a host of potential environmental and anthropogenic driving factors. Scientists worldwide are contemplating questions such as:What is the average net change in soil organic carbon due to environmental conditions or management practices? How can soil organic carbon sequestration be enhanced to achieve some mitigation of atmospheric carbon dioxide? and Will this secure soil quality? These questions are far reaching, because maintaining and improving the world's soil resource is imperative to providing sufficient food and fibre to a growing population. Additional challenges are expected through climate change and its potential to increase food shortages. This review highlights knowledge of the amount of carbon stored in soils globally, and the potential for carbon sequestration in soil. It also discusses successful methods and models used to determine and estimate carbon pools and fluxes. This knowledge and technology underpins decisions to protect the soil resource. Keywords: land-use change; microbial community structure; natural c-13 abundance; matter dynamics; litter decomposition; climate-change; nitrogen mineralization; temperature sensitivity; environmental-change; agricultural soils Source: Agriculture Ecosystems & Environment, 2013, 164: 80–99 Email: Stockmann, U; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 Using sediment tracing to assess processes and spatial patterns of erosion in grazed rangelands, Burdekin River basin, Australia Wilkinson, SN; Hancock, GJ; Bartley, R; et al. Abstract: Identifying how agricultural practices can be changed to reduce sediment loss requires knowledge of the erosion processes and spatial areas contributing to end of catchment sediment loads. The Burdekin River basin in northeast Australia is a priority for such

39 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 knowledge because of its large size (130000 km2), ongoing public investment in changing agricultural practices, and because sediment exports are known to affect the health of a significant aquatic ecosystem, the Great Barrier Reef (GBR). This study applied sediment tracing techniques within the Burdekin River basin to identify the contributions of surface versus subsurface soil, and spatial areas to fine sediment export. Tracer properties included fallout radionuclides and geochemistry. The contributions of each sediment source to river sediment were identified with 95% confidence intervals using a Monte-Carlo numerical mixing model. Between 77% and 89% of fine sediment loss in the study area was derived from subsurface soil sources. High-resolution monitoring of river suspended sediment concentrations indicated that sediment sources were in close proximity to the drainage network, since concentrations were higher on the rising limb than the falling limb of large hydrographs. Gully erosion is likely to be the dominant subsurface soil erosion process, although channel bank erosion and hillslope filling cannot be discounted. The results contrast with previous sediment budget spatial modelling, which predicted that hillslope erosion was the dominant sediment source in the area, thus demonstrating the need to independently verify modelling predictions where input datasets are poor. The contribution of surface soil to river sediment was generally similar between catchments which were currently grazed and two catchments where livestock grazing ceased 7 years ago. Concurrent increases in vegetation cover in the non-grazed catchments indicate that surface erosion rates had declined, suggesting that subsurface soil erosion rates had also declined by a similar amount. The estimated contributions of spatial source areas within the large study catchments had narrower confidence intervals when source areas were defined using sediment from geologically distinct river tributaries, rather than using soil sampled from geological units in the catchment, since tributary sediment had less-variable geochemistry than catchment soil. Programs to reduce fine sediment losses from the Burdekin River basin should primarily focus on reducing sub-surface soil erosion proximal to the basin's drainage network. Understanding the biophysical processes of pollutant generation is important to help guide on-ground activities to improve water quality. Keywords: great-barrier-reef; grazing land management; suspended sediment; fallout radionuclides; gully erosion; water-quality; catchment; coral; queensland; impacts Source: Agriculture Ecosystems & Environment, 2013, 180: 90–102 Email: Wilkinson, SN; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 Does landscape composition affect pest abundance and their control by natural enemies? A review Veres, A; Petit, S; Conord, C; et al. Abstract: Landscape management could contribute to sustainable pest control. Landscape composition, in particular, could either directly impact a pest abundance by affecting《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 its dispersal, mortality or reproduction, or indirectly by affecting its natural enemies. We performed an analysis of the scientific literature to assess how the proportion of different land covers at the landscape level is related to the abundance of pests or to their control by natural enemies. Of 72 independent case studies, 45 reported an effect of landscape composition. Results confirmed the suspected suppressive effect of landscape scale amounts of semi-natural areas on in-field pests: landscapes with higher proportions of semi-natural areas exhibited lower pest abundance or higher pest control in fields. Contrarily, there was no clear direction in relationships between pests and pest control and landscape when the latter was described as the overall proportion of cultivated area or as that of crops host to particular pests. The analysis of original articles indicates that this lack of direction may be due to the diversity of land use intensity in the studied landscapes and to a too rough categorizing of land covers. This pleads for a better consideration of the functionality of crops and of their management in landscapes. Keywords: winter oilseed rape; biological-control; land-use; agricultural landscapes; parasitoid interactions; ecosystem service; farming practices; biodiversity; diversity; agroecosystems Source: Agriculture Ecosystems & Environment, 2013, 166: 110–117 Email: Lavigne, C; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 23 Nitrogen losses from the soil/plant system: a review Cameron, KC; Di, HJ; Moir, JL Abstract: Losses of nitrogen from the soil/plant system not only reduce soil fertility and plant yield but can also create adverse impacts on the environment. Ammonia emissions into the atmosphere contribute to acid rain and represent an indirect source of nitrous oxide greenhouse gas emissions. Nitrate leaching losses into rivers and lakes can cause eutrophication resulting in excessive growth of aquatic weeds and algae, which can reduce fish populations and the recreational value of the water. Nitrate contamination of drinking water supplies can cause health risks. Legislation that is designed to limit nitrate leaching losses from land has become a constraint on agricultural land use in many countries. Nitrous oxide emissions into the atmosphere contribute to the depletion of the ozone layer and also make a significant contribution to climate change. This review describes the nitrogen cycle in temperate soil/plant systems, the processes involved in each of the individual nitrogen loss pathways, the factors affecting the amounts of losses and the methods that are available to reduce these losses. The review has shown that careful management of temperate soil/plant systems using best management practices and newly developed technologies can increase the sustainability of agriculture and reduce its impact on the environment. Keywords: nitrification inhibitor dicyandiamide; surface-applied urea; ammonia-oxidizing bacteria; nitrate leaching losses; dairy shed

40 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts effluent; 3,4-dimethylpyrazole phosphate dmpp; grazed pasture soil; new-zealand pasture; filled pore-space; oxide emissions Source: Annals of Applied Biology, 2013, 162(2): 145–173 Email: Cameron, KC; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 21 Concentrations and Profiles of Bisphenol A and Other Bisphenol Analogues in Foodstuffs from the United States and Their Implications for Human Exposure Liao, CY; Kannan, K Abstract: As the concern over the safety of bisphenol A (BPA) continues to grow, this compound is gradually being replaced, in industrial applications, with compounds such as bisphenol F (BPF) and bisphenol S (BPS). Occurrence of bisphenols, including BPA and BPS, has been reported in paper products and in environmental matrices. Information on the occurrence of bisphenols, other than BPA, in foodstuffs, however, is scarce. In this study, several bisphenol analogues, including BPA, BPF, and BPS, were analyzed in foodstuffs (N = 267) collected from Albany, NY, USA, using high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS/MS). Foodstuffs were divided into nine categories of beverages, dairy products, fats and oils, fish and seafood, cereals, meat and meat products, fruits, vegetables, and "others". Bisphenols were found in the majority (75%) of the food samples, and the total concentrations of bisphenols (Sigma BPs: sum of eight bisphenols) were in the range of below the limit of quantification (LOQ) to 1130 ng/g fresh weight, with an overall mean value of 4.38 ng/g. The highest overall mean concentration of Sigma BPs was found in the "others" category, which included condiments (preserved, ready-to-serve foods). A sample of mustard (dressing) and ginger, placed in the category of vegetables, contained the highest concentrations of 1130 ng/g for bisphenol F (BPF) and 237 ng/g for bisphenol P (BPP). Concentrations of BPs in beverages (mean = 0.341 ng/g) and fruits (0.698 ng/g) were low. The predominant bisphenol analogues found in foodstuffs were BPA and BPF, which accounted for 42 and 17% of the total BP concentrations, respectively. Canned foods contained higher concentrations of individual and total bisphenols in comparison to foods sold in glass, paper, or plastic containers. On the basis of measured concentrations and daily ingestion rates of foods, the daily dietary intakes of bisphenols (calculated from the mean concentration) were estimated to be 243, 142, 117, 63.6, and 58.6 ng/kg body weight (bw)/day for toddlers, infants, children, teenagers, and adults, respectively. Keywords: chromatography-mass spectrometry; diglycidyl ether bfdge; liquid infant formula; canned foods; polycarbonate baby; water bottles; migration; derivatives; products; dietary Source: Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 2013, 61(19): 4655–4662 Email: Kannan, K; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Agronomy Citation frequency: 76 Climate change, phenology, and phenological control of vegetation feedbacks to the climate system Richardson, AD; Keenan, TF; Migliavacca, M; et al. Abstract: Vegetation phenology is highly sensitive to climate change. Phenology also controls many feedbacks of vegetation to the climate system by influencing the seasonality of albedo, surface roughness length, canopy conductance, and fluxes of water, energy, CO and biogenic volatile organic compounds. In this review, we first discuss the environmental drivers of phenology, and the impacts of climate change on phenology, in different biomes. We then examine the vegetation-climate feedbacks that are mediated by phenology, and assess the potential impact on these feedbacks of shifts in phenology driven by climate change. We finish with an overview of phenological modeling and we suggest ways in which models might be improved using existing data sets. Several key weaknesses in our current understanding emerge from this analysis. First, we need a better understanding of the drivers of phenology, particularly in under-studied biomes (e.g. tropical forests). We do not have a mechanistic understanding of the role of photoperiod, even in well-studied biomes. In all biomes, the factors controlling senescence and dormancy are not well-documented. Second, for the most part (i.e. with the exception of phenology impacts on CO exchange) we have only a qualitative understanding of the feedbacks between vegetation and climate that are mediated by phenology. We need to quantify the magnitude of these feedbacks, and ensure that they are accurately reproduced by models. Third, we need to work towards a new understanding of phenological processes that enables progress beyond the modeling paradigms currently in use. Accurate representation of phenological processes in models that couple the land surface to the climate system is particularly important, especially when such models are being used to predict future climate. Keywords: terrestrial biosphere model; net ecosystem productivity; volatile organic-compounds; northern hardwood forest; carbon-dioxide exchange; spring starting earlier; boreal aspen forest; leaf bud burst; deciduous forest; interannual variability Source: Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 2013, 169: 156–173 Email: Richardson, AD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 60 Hyperaccumulators of metal and metalloid trace elements: Facts and fiction van der Ent, A; Baker, AJM; Reeves, RD; et al. Abstract: Plants that accumulate metal and metalloid trace elements to extraordinarily high concentrations in their living biomass have

41 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 inspired much research worldwide during the last decades. Hyperaccumulators have been recorded and experimentally confirmed for elements such as nickel, zinc, cadmium, manganese, arsenic and selenium. However, to date, hyperaccumulation of lead, copper, cobalt, chromium and thallium remain largely unconfirmed. Recent uses of the term in relation to rare-earth elements require critical evaluation. Since the mid-1970s the term 'hyperaccumulator' has been used millions of times by thousands of people, with varying degrees of precision, aptness and understanding that have not always corresponded with the views of the originators of the terminology and of the present authors. There is therefore a need to clarify the circumstances in which the term 'hyperaccumulator' is appropriate and to set out the conditions that should be met when the terms are used. We outline here the main considerations for establishing metal or metalloid hyperaccumulation status of plants, (re)define some of the terminology and note potential pitfalls. Unambiguous communication will require the international scientific community to adopt standard terminology and methods for confirming the reliability of analytical data in relation to metal and metalloid hyperaccumulators. Keywords: rare-earth-elements; thlaspi-caerulescens; arabidopsis-halleri; new-caledonia; cadmium hyperaccumulator; manganese accumulation; nickel accumulation; contaminated soils; hyper-accumulator; ultramafic soils Source: Plant and Soil, 2013, 362(1-2): 319–334 Email: van der Ent, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 54 Improvement of the Oryza sativa Nipponbare reference genome using next generation sequence and optical map data Kawahara, Y; de la Bastide, M; Hamilton, JP; et al. Abstract: Rice research has been enabled by access to the high quality reference genome sequence generated in 2005 by the International Rice Genome Sequencing Project (IRGSP). To further facilitate genomic-enabled research, we have updated and validated the genome assembly and sequence for the Nipponbare cultivar of Oryza sativa (japonica group). The Nipponbare genome assembly was updated by revising and validating the minimal tiling path of clones with the optical map for rice. Sequencing errors in the revised genome assembly were identified by re-sequencing the genome of two different Nipponbare individuals using the Illumina Genome Analyzer II/IIx platform. A total of 4886 sequencing errors were identified in 321 Mb of the assembled genome indicating an error rate in the original IRGSP assembly of only 0.15 per 10000 nucleotides. A small number (five) of insertions/deletions were identified using longer reads generated using the Roche 454 pyrosequencing platform. As the re-sequencing data were generated from two different individuals, we were《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 able to identify a number of allelic differences between the original individual used in the IRGSP effort and the two individuals used in the re-sequencing effort. The revised assembly, termed Os-Nipponbare-Reference-IRGSP-1.0, is now being used in updated releases of the Rice Annotation Project and the Michigan State University Rice Genome Annotation Project, thereby providing a unified set of pseudomolecules for the rice community. A revised, error-corrected, and validated assembly of the Nipponbare cultivar of rice was generated using optical map data, re-sequencing data, and manual curation that will facilitate on-going and future research in rice. Detection of polymorphisms between three different Nipponbare individuals highlights that allelic differences between individuals should be considered in diversity studies. Keywords: single-nucleotide polymorphisms; rice genome; annotation; dna; association; resolution; alignment; resource; japonica; indica Source: Rice, 2013, 6: 4 Email: Itoh, T; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 49 Biochar and its effects on plant productivity and nutrient cycling: a meta-analysis Biederman, LA; Harpole, WS Abstract: Biochar is a carbon-rich coproduct resulting from pyrolyzing biomass. When applied to the soil it resists decomposition, effectively sequestering the applied carbon and mitigating anthropogenic CO2 emissions. Other promoted benefits of biochar application to soil include increased plant productivity and reduced nutrient leaching. However, the effects of biochar are variable and it remains unclear if recent enthusiasm can be justified. We evaluate ecosystem responses to biochar application with a meta-analysis of 371 independent studies culled from 114 published manuscripts. We find that despite variability introduced by soil and climate, the addition of biochar to soils resulted, on average, in increased aboveground productivity, crop yield, soil microbial biomass, rhizobia nodulation, plant K tissue concentration, soil phosphorus (P), soil potassium (K), total soil nitrogen (N), and total soil carbon (C) compared with control conditions. Soil pH also tended to increase, becoming less acidic, following the addition of biochar. Variables that showed no significant mean response to biochar included belowground productivity, the ratio of aboveground:belowground biomass, mycorrhizal colonization of roots, plant tissue N, and soil P concentration, and soil inorganic N. Additional analyses found no detectable relationship between the amount of biochar added and aboveground productivity. Our results provide the first quantitative review of the effects of biochar on multiple ecosystem functions and the central tendencies suggest that biochar holds promise in being a win-win-win solution to energy, carbon storage, and ecosystem function. However, biochar's impacts on a fourth component, the downstream nontarget environments, remain unknown and present a critical research gap.

42 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Keywords: arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi; soil microbial biomass; coastal-plain soil; climate-change; black carbon; nitrogen-fixation; activated carbon; chemical-properties; charcoal hearths; field experiment Source: Global Change Biology Bioenergy, 2013, 5(2): 202–214 Email: Biederman, LA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 48 Yield gap analysis with local to global relevance-A review van Ittersum, MK; Cassman, KG; Grassini, P; et al. Abstract: Yields of crops must increase substantially over the coming decades to keep pace with global food demand driven by population and income growth. Ultimately global food production capacity will be limited by the amount of land and water resources available and suitable for crop production, and by biophysical limits on crop growth. Quantifying food production capacity on every hectare of current farmland in a consistent and transparent manner is needed to inform decisions on policy, research, development and investment that aim to affect future crop yield and land use, and to inform on-ground action by local farmers through their knowledge networks. Crop production capacity can be evaluated by estimating potential yield and water-limited yield levels as benchmarks for crop production under, respectively, irrigated and rainfed conditions. The differences between these theoretical yield levels and actual farmers' yields define the yield gaps, and precise spatially explicit knowledge about these yield gaps is essential to guide sustainable intensification of agriculture. This paper reviews methods to estimate yield gaps, with a focus on the local-to-global relevance of outcomes. Empirical methods estimate yield potential from 90 to 95th percentiles of farmers' yields, maximum yields from experiment stations, growers' yield contests or boundary functions; these are compared with crop simulation of potential or water-limited yields. Comparisons utilize detailed data sets from western Kenya, Nebraska (USA) and Victoria (Australia). We then review global studies, often performed by non-agricultural scientists, aimed at yield and sometimes yield gap assessment and compare several studies in terms of outcomes for regions in Nebraska, Kenya and The Netherlands. Based on oar review we recommend key components for a yield gap assessment that can be applied at local to global scales. Given lack of data for some regions, the protocol recommends use of a tiered approach with preferred use of crop growth simulation models applied to relatively homogenous climate zones for which measured weather data are available. Within such zones simulations are performed for the dominant soils and cropping systems considering current spatial distribution of crops. Need for accurate agronomic and current yield data together with calibrated and validated crop models and upscaling methods is emphasized. The bottom-up application of this global protocol allows verification of estimated yield gaps with on-farm data and experiments. Keywords: crop water productivity;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 high-resolution; use efficiency; food security; vegetation model; irrigated maize; surface climate; western kenya; weather data; wheat yield Source: Field Crops Research, 2013, 143: 4–17 Email: van Ittersum, MK; [email protected]

Allergy Citation frequency: 58 Update on allergy immunotherapy: American Academy of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology/European Academy of Allergy and Clinical Immunology/PRACTALL consensus report Burks, AW; Calderon, MA; Casale, T; et al. Abstract: Allergy immunotherapy (AIT) is an effective treatment for allergic asthma and rhinitis, as well as venom-induced anaphylaxis. In addition to reducing symptoms, AIT can change the course of allergic disease and induce allergen-specific immune tolerance. In current clinical practice immunotherapy is delivered either subcutaneously or sublingually; some allergens, such as grass pollen, can be delivered through either route, whereas others, such as venoms, are only delivered subcutaneously. Both subcutaneous and sublingual immunotherapy appear to have a duration of efficacy of up to 12 years, and both can prevent the development of asthma and new allergen sensitivities. In spite of the advances with AIT, safer and more effective AIT strategies are needed, especially for patients with asthma, atopic dermatitis, or food allergy. Novel approaches to improve AIT include use of adjuvants or recombinant allergens and alternate routes of administration. As part of the PRACTALL initiatives, the European Academy of Allergy and Clinical Immunology and the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology nominated an expert team to develop a comprehensive consensus report on the mechanisms of AIT and its use in clinical practice, as well as unmet needs and ongoing developments in AIT. This resulting report is endorsed by both academies. Keywords: grass-pollen immunotherapy; oral tolerance induction; t-regulatory-cells; cows milk allergy; sublingual immunotherapy; double-blind; subcutaneous immunotherapy; rush immunotherapy; systemic reactions; food allergy Source: Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 2013, 131(5): 1288-U65 Email: Burks, AW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 52 Corticosteroid resistance in patients with asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease Barnes, PJ Abstract: Reduced responsiveness to the anti-inflammatory effects of corticosteroids is a major barrier to effective management of asthma

43 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 in smokers and patients with severe asthma and in the majority of patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). The molecular mechanisms leading to steroid resistance are now better understood, and this has identified new targets for therapy. In patients with severe asthma, several molecular mechanisms have been identified that might account for reduced steroid responsiveness, including reduced nuclear translocation of glucocorticoid receptor (GR) alpha after binding corticosteroids. This might be due to modification of the GR by means of phosphorylation as a result of activation of several kinases (p38 mitogen-activated protein kinase alpha, p38 mitogen-activated protein kinase gamma, and c-Jun N-terminal kinase 1), which in turn might be due to reduced activity and expression of phosphatases, such as mitogen-activated protein kinase phosphatase 1 and protein phosphatase A2. Other mechanisms proposed include increased expression of GR beta, which competes with and thus inhibits activated GR alpha; increased secretion of macrophage migration inhibitory factor; competition with the transcription factor activator protein 1; and reduced expression of histone deacetylase (HDAC) 2. HDAC2 appears to mediate the action of steroids to switch off activated inflammatory genes, but in patients with COPD, patients with severe asthma, and smokers with asthma, HDAC2 activity and expression are reduced by oxidative stress through activation of phosphoinositide 3-kinase delta. Strategies for managing steroid resistance include alternative anti-inflammatory drugs, but a novel approach is to reverse steroid resistance by increasing HDAC2 expression, which can be achieved with theophylline and phosphoinositide 3-kinase delta inhibitors. Long-acting beta(2)-agonists can also increase steroid responsiveness by reversing GR alpha phosphorylation. Identifying the molecular mechanisms of steroid resistance in asthmatic patients and patients with COPD can thus lead to more effective anti-inflammatory treatments. Keywords: glucocorticoid-receptor-beta; migration inhibitory factor; blood mononuclear-cells; histone deacetylase 2; inhaled combination therapy; regulatory t-cells; gene-expression; airway inflammation; insensitive asthma; bronchial-asthma Source: Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 2013, 131(3): 636–645 Email: Barnes, PJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 46 Empiric 6-food elimination diet induced and maintained prolonged remission in patients with adult eosinophilic esophagitis: A prospective study on the food cause of the disease Lucendo, AJ; Arias, A; Gonzalez-Cervera, J; et al. Abstract: Background: Although empiric exclusion from the diet of the 6 food groups most likely to trigger allergies achieves eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE) remission in children, data on its prolonged efficacy and effects on adults are lacking. Objective: We sought to evaluate the efficacy of a 6-food elimination diet in inducing and maintaining prolonged remission in patients with adult EoE. 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Methods: Sixty-seven consecutive patients with adult EoE were prospectively recruited and treated exclusively with a diet avoiding cereals, milk, eggs, fish/seafood, legumes/peanuts, and soy for 6 weeks. Subsequent challenge was undertaken by sequentially reintroducing all excluded single foods, followed by endoscopy and biopsies, which were developed every 6 weeks in case of response (eosinophil peak count reduction to <15/high-power field [hpf]). A food was considered a trigger for EoE and removed from the diet if pathologic eosinophilic infiltration (≥15 eosinophils/hpf) reappeared. Food-specific serum IgE measurements and skin prick tests were performed before initiating the diet. Results: Forty-nine (73.1%) patients exhibited significantly reduced eosinophil peak counts (<15 eosinophils/hpf) before sequential single-food reintroduction. A single offending food antigen was identified in 35.71% of patients, 2 food triggers were identified in 30.95%, and 3 or more food triggers were identified in 33.3%. Cow's milk was the most common food antigen (61.9%), followed by wheat (28.6%), eggs (26.2%), and legumes (23.8%). Prior allergy tests showed no concordance with food-reintroduction challenge results. All patients who continued to avoid the offending foods maintained histopathologic and clinical EoE remission for up to 3 years. Conclusions: An empiric 6-food elimination diet effectively induced remission of active adult EoE, which was maintained for up to 3 years with individually tailored, limited exclusion diets. Keywords: causative foods; patch tests; skin prick; children; allergy; prevalence; identification; population; therapy Source: Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 2013, 131(3): 797–804 Email: Lucendo, AJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 44 Sublingual immunotherapy for peanut allergy: A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled multicenter trial Fleischer, DM; Burks, AW; Vickery, BP; et al. Abstract: Background: There are presently no available therapeutic options for patients with peanut allergy. Objective: We sought to investigate the safety, efficacy, and immunologic effects of peanut sublingual immunotherapy (SLIT). Methods: After a baseline oral food challenge (OFC) of up to 2 g of peanut powder (approximately 50% protein; median successfully consumed dose [SCD], 46 mg), 40 subjects, aged 12 to 37 years (median, 15 years), were randomized 1:1 across 5 sites to daily peanut or placebo SLIT. A 5-g OFC was performed after 44 weeks, followed by unblinding; placebo-treated subjects then crossed over to higher dose peanut SLIT, followed by a subsequent crossover Week 44 5-g OFC. Week 44 OFCs from both groups were compared with baseline OFCs;

44 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts subjects successfully consuming 5 g or at least 10-fold more peanut powder than the baseline OFC threshold were considered responders. Results: After 44 weeks of SLIT, 14 (70%) of 20 subjects receiving peanut SLIT were responders compared with 3 (15%) of 20 subjects receiving placebo (P <0.001). In peanut SLIT responders, median SCD increased from 3.5 to 496 mg. After 68 weeks of SLIT, median SCD significantly increased to 996 mg (compared with Week 44, P =0.05). The median SCD at the Week 44 Crossover OFC was significantly higher than baseline (603 vs 71 mg, P =0.02). Seven (44%) of 16 crossover subjects were responders; median SCD increased from 21 to 496 mg among responders. Of 10855 peanut doses through the Week 44 OFCs, 63.1% were symptom free; excluding oral-pharyngeal symptoms, 95.2% were symptom free. Conclusions: Peanut SLIT safely induced a modest level of desensitization in a majority of subjects compared with placebo. Longer duration of therapy showed statistically significant increases in the SCD. Keywords: quality-of-life; oral tolerance induction; hazelnut food allergy; cows milk allergy; natural-history; anaphylactic reactions; resource implications; budget impact; kiwi fruit; children Source: Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 2013, 131(1): 119-184 Email: Fleischer, DM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 43 The multifunctional role of filaggrin in allergic skin disease McAleer, MA; Irvine, AD Abstract: Filaggrin is a major structural protein in the stratum corneum of the epidermis. Mutations in the filaggrin gene are the most significant known genetic risk factor for the development of atopic dermatitis. Mutations in the human filaggrin gene (FLG) also confer risk for the associated allergic diseases of food allergy, asthma, and allergic rhinitis. These discoveries have highlighted the importance of skin barrier function in the pathogenesis of atopic diseases and have motivated a surge in research characterizing the filaggrin-deficient skin barrier and its consequences. In this review we discuss the mechanisms through which mutations in this protein contribute to the pathogenesis of atopic dermatitis and associated atopic conditions. We focus on recent human and murine discoveries characterizing the filaggrin-deficient epidermis with respect to biophysical, immunologic, and microbiome abnormalities. Keywords: thymic stromal lymphopoietin; transepidermal water-loss; down-regulates filaggrin; of-function mutations; in-vivo expression; atopic-dermatitis; staphylococcus-aureus; null mutations; t-cells; epithelial-cells Source: Journal of Allergy and Clinical《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Immunology, 2013, 131(2): 280–291 Email: Irvine, AD; [email protected]

Anatomy Morphology Citation frequency: 31 Hippocampal microRNA-132 mediates stress-inducible cognitive deficits through its acetylcholinesterase target Shaltiel, G; Hanan, M; Wolf, Y; et al. Abstract: Diverse stress stimuli induce long-lasting cognitive deficits, but the underlying molecular mechanisms are still incompletely understood. Here, we report three different stress models demonstrating that stress-inducible increases in microRNA-132 (miR-132) and consequent decreases in its acetylcholinesterase (AChE) target are causally involved. In a mild model of predator scent-induced anxiety, we demonstrate long-lasting hippocampal elevation of miR-132, accompanied by and associated with reduced AChE activity. Using lentiviral-mediated suppression of "synaptic" AChE-S mRNA, we quantified footshock stress-inducible changes in miR-132 and AChE and its corresponding cognitive damages. Stressed mice showed long-lasting impairments in the Morris water maze. In contrast, pre-stress injected AChE-suppressing lentivirus, but not a control virus, reduced hippocampal levels of both miR-132 and AChE and maintained similar cognitive performance to that of na < ve, non-stressed mice. To dissociate between miR-132 and synaptic AChE-S as potential causes for stress-inducible cognitive deficits, we further used engineered TgR mice with enforced over-expression of the soluble "readthrough" AChE-R variant without the 3'-untranslated region binding site for miR-132. TgR mice displayed excess AChE-R in hippocampal neurons, enhanced c-fos labeling and correspondingly intensified reaction to the cholinergic agonist pilocarpine. They further showed excessive hippocampal expression of miR-132, accompanied by reduced host AChE-S mRNA and the GTPase activator p250GAP target of miR-132. At the behavioral level, TgR mice showed abnormal nocturnal locomotion patterns and serial maze mal-performance in spite of their reduced AChE-S levels. Our findings attribute stress-inducible cognitive impairments to cholinergic-mediated induction of miR-132 and consequently suppressed ACHE-S, opening venues for intercepting these miR-132-mediated damages. Keywords: long-term potentiation; anterior cingulate cortex; messenger-RNA; readthrough acetylcholinesterase; circadian-clock; fear memory; in-vivo; c-fos; expression; brain Source: Brain Structure & Function, 2013, 218(1): 59–72 Email: Soreq, H; [email protected]

45 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Citation frequency: 28 Novel sex-determining genes in fish and sex chromosome evolution Kikuchi, K; Hamaguchi, S Abstract: Although the molecular mechanisms underlying many developmental events are conserved across vertebrate taxa, the lability at the top of the sex-determining (SD) cascade has been evident from the fact that four master SD genes have been identified: mammalian Sry; chicken DMRT1; medaka Dmy; and Xenopus laevis DM-W. This diversity is thought to be associated with the turnover of sex chromosomes, which is likely to be more frequent in fishes and other poikilotherms than in therian mammals and birds. Recently, four novel candidates for vertebrate SD genes were reported, all of them in fishes. These include amhy in the Patagonian pejerrey, Gsdf in Oryzias luzonensis, Amhr2 in fugu and sdY in rainbow trout. These studies provide a good opportunity to infer patterns from the seemingly chaotic picture of sex determination systems. Here, we review recent advances in our understanding of the master SD genes in fishes. Keywords: anti-mullerian hormone; turtle trachemys-scripta; germ-cell proliferation; medaka oryzias-latipes; cytochrome-b gene; dm-domain gene; inhibiting substance; y-chromosome; odontesthes-bonariensis; patagonina-hatcheri Source: Developmental Dynamics, 2013, 242(4): 339–353 Email: Kikuchi, K; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 26 Analysis of the subcomponents and cortical terminations of the perisylvian superior longitudinal fasciculus: a fiber dissection and DTI tractography study Martino, J; Hamer, PCD; Berger, MS; et al. Abstract: The anatomy of the perisylvian component of the superior longitudinal fasciculus (SLF) has recently been reviewed by numerous diffusion tensor imaging tractography (DTI) studies. However, little is known about the exact cortical terminations of this tract. The aim of the present work is to isolate the different subcomponents of this tract with fiber dissection and DTI tractography, and to identify the exact cortical connections. Twelve postmortem human hemispheres (6 right and 6 left) were dissected using the cortex-sparing fiber dissection. In addition, three healthy brains were analyzed using DTI-based tractography software. The different components of the perisylvian SLF were isolated and the fibers were followed until the cortical terminations. Three segments of the perisylvian SLF were identified: (1) anterior segment, connecting the supramarginal gyrus and superior temporal gyrus with the precentral gyrus, (2) posterior segment, connecting the posterior《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 portion of the middle temporal gyrus with the angular gyrus, and (3) long segment of the arcuate fasciculus that connects the middle and inferior temporal gyri with the precentral gyrus and posterior portion of the inferior and middle frontal gyri. In the present study, three different components of the perisylvian SLF were identified. For the first time, our dissections revealed that each component was connected to a specific cortical area within the frontal, parietal and temporal lobes. By accurately depicting not only the trajectory but also cortical connections of this bundle, it is possible to develop new insights into the putative functional role of this tract. Keywords: human brain; white-matter; language pathways; arcuate fasciculus; anatomic dissection; temporal-lobe; in-vivo; occipitofrontal fasciculus; neurocognitive networks; functional-anatomy Source: Brain Structure & Function, 2013, 218(1): 105–121 Email: Martino, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 Predictions not commands: active inference in the motor system Adams, RA; Shipp, S; Friston, KJ Abstract: The descending projections from motor cortex share many features with top-down or backward connections in visual cortex; for example, corticospinal projections originate in infragranular layers, are highly divergent and (along with descending cortico-cortical projections) target cells expressing NMDA receptors. This is somewhat paradoxical because backward modulatory characteristics would not be expected of driving motor command signals. We resolve this apparent paradox using a functional characterisation of the motor system based on Helmholtz's ideas about perception; namely, that perception is inference on the causes of visual sensations. We explain behaviour in terms of inference on the causes of proprioceptive sensations. This explanation appeals to active inference, in which higher cortical levels send descending proprioceptive predictions, rather than motor commands. This process mirrors perceptual inference in sensory cortex, where descending connections convey predictions, while ascending connections convey prediction errors. The anatomical substrate of this recurrent message passing is a hierarchical system consisting of functionally asymmetric driving (ascending) and modulatory (descending) connections: an arrangement that we show is almost exactly recapitulated in the motor system, in terms of its laminar, topographic and physiological characteristics. This perspective casts classical motor reflexes as minimising prediction errors and may provide a principled explanation for why motor cortex is agranular. Keywords: ventral premotor cortex; classical receptive-field; posterior parietal cortex; optimal feedback-control; upper-limb motoneurons; visual cortical areas; free-energy principle; dorsal column nuclei; frontal-lobe inputs; mouse barrel cortex

46 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Source: Brain Structure & Function, 2013, 218(3): 611–643 Email: Adams, RA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 Frontal terminations for the inferior fronto-occipital fascicle: anatomical dissection, DTI study and functional considerations on a multi-component bundle Sarubbo, S; De Benedictis, A; Maldonado, IL; et al. Abstract: The anatomy and functional role of the inferior fronto-occipital fascicle (IFOF) remain poorly known. We accurately analyze its course and the anatomical distribution of its frontal terminations. We propose a classification of the IFOF in different subcomponents. Ten hemispheres (5 left, 5 right) were dissected with Klingler's technique. In addition to the IFOF dissection, we performed a 4-T diffusion tensor imaging study on a single healthy subject. We identified two layers of IFOF. The first one is superficial and antero-superiorly directed, terminating in the inferior frontal gyrus. The second is deeper and consists of three portions: posterior, middle and anterior. The posterior component terminates in the middle frontal gyrus (MFG) and dorso-lateral prefrontal cortex. The middle component terminates in the MFG and lateral orbito-frontal cortex. The anterior one is directed to the orbito-frontal cortex and frontal pole. In vivo tractography study confirmed these anatomical findings. We suggest that the distribution of IFOF fibers within the frontal lobe corresponds to a fine functional segmentation. IFOF can be considered as a "multi-function" bundle, with each anatomical subcomponent subserving different brain processing. The superficial layer and the posterior component of the deep layer, which connects the occipital extrastriate, temporo- basal and inferior frontal cortices, might subserve semantic processing. The middle component of the deep layer could play a role in a multimodal sensory-motor integration. Finally, the anterior component of the deep layer might be involved in emotional and behavioral aspects. Keywords: diffusion tensor tractography; white-matter tracts; human brain; prefrontal cortex; fiber tracts; language; association; disconnection; pathways; connectivity Source: Brain Structure & Function, 2013, 218(1): 21–37 Email: Duffau, H; [email protected]

Andrology Citation frequency: 16 High-energy diets may induce a pre-diabetic state altering testicular glycolytic 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅metabolic profile and male reproductive parameters Rato, L; Alves, MG; Dias, TR; et al. Abstract: Diabetes mellitus is a metabolic disorder that may arise from diet habits and is growing to epidemic proportions. Young male diabetic patients present high infertility/subfertility prevalence resulting from impaired reproductive function and poor semen quality. We aimed to evaluate the effects of a high-energy diet (HED) on glucose tolerance/insulin levels and correlate the observed effects on male reproductive function with overall testicular metabolism. After 1month, HED fed rats showed increased glycaemic levels, impaired glucose tolerance and hypoinsulinaemia. Moreover, an imbalance of intratesticular and serum testosterone levels was observed, whereas those of 17-estradiol were not altered. High-energy diet also affected the reproductive parameters, with HED rats exhibiting a significant increase in abnormal sperm morphology. Glycolytic metabolism was favoured in testicles of HED rats with an increased expression of both glucose transporters 1 (GLUT1) and 3 (GLUT3) and the enzyme phosphofrutokinase 1. Moreover, lactate production and the expression of metabolism-associated genes and proteins involved in lactate production and transport were also enhanced by HED. Alanine testicular content was decreased and thus intratesticular lactate/alanine ratio in HED rats was increased, suggesting increased oxidative stress. Other energetic substrates such as acetate and creatine were not altered in testis from HED rats, but intratesticular glycine content was increased in those animals. Taken together, these results suggest that HED induces a pre-diabetic state that may impair reproductive function by modulating overall testicular metabolism. This is the first report on testicular metabolic features and mechanisms related with the onset of a pre-diabetic state. Keywords: rat sertoli-cells; diabetes-mellitus; insulin-secretion; glucose-tolerance; oxidative stress; body-weight; in-vitro; transport; hyperglycemia; testis Source: Andrology, 2013, 1(3): 495–504 Email: Oliveira, PF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 15 Digit ratio (2D:4D) in Klinefelter's syndrome Manning, JT; Kilduff, LP; Trivers, R Abstract: The ratio of second to fourth digit length (2D:4D) is a correlate of prenatal testosterone. High 2D:4D is associated with low prenatal testosterone, and reduced sensitivity to testosterone. Klinefelter's syndrome (KS; 47 XXY) affects the endocrine system, such that low testosterone levels are found in KS foetuses, new-borns and adults. To date, there are no published data regarding the pattern of 2D:4D in KS males. Here we consider 2D:4D in KS individuals (n = 51), their relatives (16 fathers and 15 mothers) and an unaffected control

47 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 sample of 153 men and 153 women. Adult KS individuals were taller than their fathers and had shorter fingers than fathers and male controls. Compared with fathers, male controls and mothers, KS males had shorter fingers relative to height. With regard to 2D:4D, KS individuals had higher 2D:4D than fathers (right and left hands), male controls (right and left hands) and mothers (left hands). Among KS males older than 13 years there were 34 individuals currently prescribed testosterone and nine not prescribed. In comparison to the former, the latter individuals had higher right 2D:4D and higher right-left 2D:4D. We conclude that KS males have mean 2D:4D values similar to those found in female population norms. In addition, testosterone supplementation in KS males may be most common for individuals with low right 2D:4D. Keywords: androgen receptor polymorphism; finger length; testosterone; 2nd; patterns; males; 2d/4d; inactivation; phenotype; children Source: Andrology, 2013, 1(1): 94–99 Email: Manning, JT; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 13 Microdissection testicular sperm extraction: an update Dabaja, AA; Schlegel, PN Abstract: Patients with non-obstructive azoospermia (NOA) were once considered to be infertile with few treatment options due to the absence of sperm in the ejaculate. In the last two decades, the advent of intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI), and the application of various testicular sperm retrieval techniques, including fine needle aspiration (FNA), conventional testicular sperm extraction (TESE) and microdissection testicular sperm extraction (micro-TESE) have revolutionized treatment in this group of men. Because most men with NOA will have isolated regions of spermatogenesis within the testis, studies have illustrated that sperm can be retrieved in most men with NOA, including Klinefelter's syndrome (KS), prior history of chemotherapy and cryptorchidism. Micro-TESE, when compared with conventional TESE has a higher sperm retrieval rate (SRR) with fewer postoperative complications and negative effects on testicular function. In this article, we will compare the efficacy of the different procedures of sperm extraction, discuss the medical treatment and the role of testosterone optimization in men with NOA and describe the micro-TESE surgical technique. Furthermore, we will update our overall experience to allow counseling on the prognosis of sperm retrieval for the specific subsets of NOA. Keywords: nonobstructive azoospermia; klinefelter-syndrome; enzymatic digestion; men; injection; tissue; retrieval; spermatogenesis; multiple; spermatozoa Source: Asian Journal of Andrology, 2013, 15(1): 35–39 Email: Schlegel, PN; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 11 Obesity leads to higher risk of sperm DNA damage in infertile patients Dupont, C; Faure, C; Sermondade, N; et al. Abstract: There has been a growing interest over the past few years in the impact of male nutrition on fertility. Infertility has been linked to male overweight or obesity, and conventional semen parameter values seem to be altered in case of high body mass index (BMI). A few studies assessing the impact of BMI on sperm DNA integrity have been published, but they did not lead to a strong consensus. Our objective was to explore further the relationship between sperm DNA integrity and BMI, through a 3-year multicentre study. Three hundred and thirty male partners in subfertile couples were included. Using the terminal uridine nick-end labelling (TUNEL) assay, we observed an increased rate of sperm DNA damage in obese men (odds ratio (95% confidence interval): 2.5 (1.2-5.1)). Keywords: body-mass index; assisted reproductive technology; in-vitro fertilization; blastocyst development; oxidative stress; embryo quality; impact; parameters; integrity; men Source: Asian Journal of Andrology, 2013, 15(5): 622–625 Email: Dupont, C; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 11 Oxidative status in granulosa cells of infertile women undergoing IVF Karuputhula, NB; Chattopadhyay, R; Chakravarty, B; et al. Abstract: Studies on elevated reactive oxygen species (ROS) levels in granulosa cells (GC) and its subsequent effect on fertilization are limited. Oxidative stress (OS) mediated alterations in GC of infertile women undergoing in vitro fertilization (IVF) and embryo transfer (ET) was investigated. GC were obtained from 28 women with endometriosis (Group A), 26 women with polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) (Group B), and 32 women with tubal factor infertility (Group C). GC characteristics including cell count, viability, morphology and number of oocytes retrieved, and oocyte quality were assessed. OS parameters such as ROS, mitochondrial membrane potential (MMP), and DNA fragmentation were also studied and IVF outcome parameters assessed. An similar to 20 fold increase in GC ROS generation was observed in Group B as compared to Group C. Though not as high as Group B, Group A also showed significantly high ROS levels compared with Group C. More than 100-fold decrease in MMP in Group B compared with Group C was observed. A similar trend was observed in Group A, where MMP decreased 7 fold. Significant apoptosis was evident in Groups A and B supported by depolarization of MMP and significant increase in DNA damage. IVF outcome parameters including fertilization rate, good quality embryo formation rate, and pregnancy outcome were

48 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts adversely affected in Group B. It is hypothesized that similar to 20 fold increase in ROS generation in GC of PCOS women plays an adverse role in affecting the IVF success rate. It was of note that the IVF outcome parameters of women with endometriosis were not affected. Keywords: in-vitro fertilization; polycystic-ovary-syndrome; follicular-fluid; apoptosis; program; proliferation; receptor; quality; oocytes; embryos Source: Systems Biology in Reproductive Medicine, 2013, 59(2): 91–98 Email: Chaudhury, K; [email protected]

Anesthesiology Citation frequency: 79 Management of severe perioperative bleeding Guidelines from the European Society of Anaesthesiology Kozek-Langenecker, SA; Afshari, A; Albaladejo, P; et al. Abstract: The aims of severe perioperative bleeding management are three-fold. First, preoperative identification by anamesis and laboratory testing of those patients for whom the perioperative bleeding risk may be increased. Second, implementation of strategies for correcting preoperative anaemia and stabilisation of the macro- and microcirculations in order to optimise the patient's tolerance to bleeding. Third, targeted procoagulant interventions to reduce the amount of bleeding, morbidity, mortality and costs. The purpose of these guidelines is to provide an overview of current knowledge on the subject with an assessment of the quality of the evidence in order to allow anaesthetists throughout Europe to integrate this knowledge into daily patient care wherever possible. The Guidelines Committee of the European Society of Anaesthesiology (ESA) formed a task force with members of scientific subcommittees and individual expert members of the ESA. Electronic databases were searched without language restrictions from the year 2000 until 2012. These searches produced 20664 abstracts. Relevant systematic reviews with meta-analyses, randomised controlled trials, cohort studies, case-control studies and cross-sectional surveys were selected. At the suggestion of the ESA Guideline Committee, the Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network (SIGN) grading system was initially used to assess the level of evidence and to grade recommendations. During the process of guideline development, the official position of the ESA changed to favour the Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and Evaluation (GRADE) system. This report includes general recommendations as well as specific recommendations in various fields of surgical interventions. The final draft guideline was posted on the ESA website for four weeks and the link was sent to all ESA members. Comments were collated and the guidelines amended as appropriate. When the final draft was complete, the Guidelines Committee and ESA Board ratified the guidelines. 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Keywords: activated factor-vii; recombinant-factor-viia; prothrombin complex concentrate; fresh-frozen plasma; von-willebrand-disease; red-blood-cell; randomized controlled-trial; orthotopic liver-transplantation; bypass graft-surgery; total hip-replacement Source: European Journal of Anaesthesiology, 2013, 30(6): 270–382 Email: Kozek-Langenecker, SA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 53 Effects of Fibrinogen Concentrate as First-line Therapy during Major Aortic Replacement Surgery A Randomized, Placebo-controlled Trial Rahe-Meyer, N; Solomon, C; Hanke, A; et al. Abstract: Background: Fibrinogen is suggested to play an important role in managing major bleeding. However, clinical evidence regarding the effect of fibrinogen concentrate (derived from human plasma) on transfusion is limited. The authors assessed whether fibrinogen concentrate can reduce blood transfusion when given as intraoperative, targeted, first-line hemostatic therapy in bleeding patients undergoing aortic replacement surgery. Methods: In this single-center, prospective, placebo-controlled, double-blind study, patients aged 18 yr or older undergoing elective thoracic or thoracoabdominal aortic replacement surgery involving cardiopulmonary bypass were randomized to fibrinogen concentrate or placebo, administered intraoperatively. Study medication was given if patients had clinically relevant coagulopathic bleeding immediately after removal from cardiopulmonary bypass and completion of surgical hemostasis. Dosing was individualized using the fibrin-based thromboelastometry test. If bleeding continued, a standardized transfusion protocol was followed. Results: Twenty-nine patients in the fibrinogen concentrate group and 32 patients in the placebo group were eligible for the efficacy analysis. During the first 24 h after the administration of study medication, patients in the fibrinogen concentrate group received fewer allogeneic blood components than did patients in the placebo group (median, 2 vs. 13 U; P < 0.001; primary endpoint). Total avoidance of transfusion was achieved in 13 (45%) of 29 patients in the fibrinogen concentrate group, whereas 32 (100%) of 32 patients in the placebo group received transfusion (P < 0.001). There was no observed safety concern with using fibrinogen concentrate during aortic surgery. Conclusions: Hemostatic therapy with fibrinogen concentrate in patients undergoing aortic surgery significantly reduced the transfusion of allogeneic blood products. Larger multicenter studies are necessary to confirm the role of fibrinogen concentrate in the management of perioperative bleeding in patients with life-threatening coagulopathy. Keywords: cardiopulmonary bypass-surgery; cardiac-surgery; transfusion; plasma; trauma; thromboelastometry; management;

49 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 thrombocytopenia; cryoprecipitate; hemostasis Source: Anesthesiology, 2013, 118(1): 40–50 Email: Rahe-Meyer, N; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 47 Protective Mechanical Ventilation during General Anesthesia for Open Abdominal Surgery Improves Postoperative Pulmonary Function Severgnini, P; Selmo, G; Lanza, C; et al. Abstract: Background: The impact of intraoperative ventilation on postoperative pulmonary complications is not defined. The authors aimed at determining the effectiveness of protective mechanical ventilation during open abdominal surgery on a modified Clinical Pulmonary Infection Score as primary outcome and postoperative pulmonary function. Methods: Prospective randomized, open-label, clinical trial performed in 56 patients scheduled to undergo elective open abdominal surgery lasting more than 2 h. Patients were assigned by envelopes to mechanical ventilation with tidal volume of 9 ml/kg ideal body weight and zero-positive end-expiratory pressure (standard ventilation strategy) or tidal volumes of 7 ml/kg ideal body weight, 10 cm H2O positive end-expiratory pressure, and recruitment maneuvers (protective ventilation strategy). Modified Clinical Pulmonary Infection Score, gas exchange, and pulmonary functional tests were measured preoperatively, as well as at days 1, 3, and 5 after surgery. Results: Patients ventilated protectively showed better pulmonary functional tests up to day 5, fewer alterations on chest x-ray up to day 3 and higher arterial oxygenation in air at days 1, 3, and 5 (mmHg; mean±SD): 77.1±13.0 versus 64.9±11.3 (P = 0.0006), 80.5±10.1 versus 69.7±9.3 (P = 0.0002), and 82.1±10.7 versus 78.5±21.7 (P = 0.44) respectively. The modified Clinical Pulmonary Infection Score was lower in the protective ventilation strategy at days 1 and 3. The percentage of patients in hospital at day 28 after surgery was not different between groups (7 vs. 15% respectively, P=0.42). Conclusion: A protective ventilation strategy during abdominal surgery lasting more than 2 h improved respiratory function and reduced the modified Clinical Pulmonary Infection Score without affecting length of hospital stay. Keywords: lower tidal volumes; acute lung injury; end-expiratory pressure; respiratory-distress-syndrome; randomized clinical-trial; college-of-physicians; cardiac-surgery; inflammatory response; noncardiothoracic surgery; cardiopulmonary bypass Source: Anesthesiology, 2013, 118(6): 1307–1321 Email: Severgnini, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 46 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Safety of Modern Starches Used During Surgery Van Der Linden, P; James, M; Mythen, M; et al. Abstract: Various hydroxyethyl starch (HES) preparations have been used for decades to augment blood volume. There has been concern recently regarding possible adverse outcomes when using HES in the intensive care setting, especially in patients with septic shock. However, the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties of HES preparations depend on their chemical composition and source material. Thus, different clinical conditions could result in differing effectiveness and safety for these preparations. Consequently, we assessed the safety of tetrastarches when used during surgery, using a formal search, that yielded 59 primary full publications of studies that met a priori inclusion criteria and randomly allocated 4529 patients with 2139 patients treated with tetrastarch compared with 2390 patients treated with a comparator. There were no indications that the use of tetrastarches during surgery induces adverse renal effects as assessed by change or absolute concentrations of serum creatinine or need for renal replacement therapy (39 trials, 3389 patients), increased blood loss (38 trials, 3280 patients), allogeneic erythrocyte transfusion (20 trials, 2151 patients; odds ratio for HES transfusion 0.73 [95% confidence interval = 0.61-0.87], P = 0.0005), or increased mortality (odds ratio for HES mortality = 0.51 [0.24-1.05], P =0.079). Keywords: randomized clinical-trial; major orthopedic-surgery; acute normovolemic hemodilution; impair blood-coagulation; primary hip-arthroplasty; 6-percent hes 130/0.42; hydroxyethyl starch; cardiac-surgery; volume replacement; renal-function Source: Anesthesia and Analgesia, 2013, 116(1): 35–48 Email: Weiskopf, RB; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 36 Managing New Oral Anticoagulants in the Perioperative and Intensive Care Unit Setting Levy, JH; Faraoni, D; Spring, JL; et al. Abstract: Managing patients in the perioperative setting receiving novel oral anticoagulation agents for thromboprophylaxis or stroke prevention with atrial fibrillation is an important consideration for clinicians. The novel oral anticoagulation agents include direct Factor Xa inhibitors rivaroxaban and apixaban, and the direct thrombin inhibitor dabigatran. In elective surgery, discontinuing their use is important, but renal function must also be considered because elimination is highly dependent on renal elimination. If bleeding occurs in patients who have received these agents, common principles of bleeding management as with any anticoagulant (including the known principles for warfarin) should be considered. This review summarizes the available data regarding the management of bleeding with novel oral anticoagulation agents. Hemodialysis is a therapeutic option for dabigatran-related bleeding, while in vitro studies showed that prothrombin

50 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts complex concentrates are reported to be useful for rivaroxaban-related bleeding. Additional clinical studies are needed to determine the best method for reversal of the novel oral anticoagulation agents when bleeding occurs. Keywords: direct thrombin inhibitor; prothrombin complex concentrate; factor xa inhibitors; nonvalvular atrial-fibrillation; total knee arthroplasty; vitamin-k antagonists; activated factor-vii; dabigatran etexilate; renal impairment; venous thromboembolism Source: Anesthesiology, 2013, 118(6): 1466–1474 Email: Levy, JH; [email protected]

Astronomy Astrophysics Citation frequency: 600 Nine-year wilkinson microwave anisotropy probe (wmap) observations: cosmological parameter results Hinshaw, G; Larson, D; Komatsu, E; et al. Abstract: We present cosmological parameter constraints based on the final nine-year Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP) data, in conjunction with a number of additional cosmological data sets. The WMAP data alone, and in combination, continue to be remarkably well fit by a six-parameter Delta CDM model. When WMAP data are combined with measurements of the high-l cosmic microwave background anisotropy, the baryon acoustic oscillation scale, and the Hubble constant, the matter and energy densities, Omega(b)h(2), Omega(c)h(2), and Omega(Lambda), are each determined to a precision of similar to 1.5%. The amplitude of the primordial spectrum is measured to within 3%, and there is now evidence for a tilt in the primordial spectrum at the 5 sigma level, confirming the first detection of tilt based on the five-year WMAP data. At the end of the WMAP mission, the nine-year data decrease the allowable volume of the six-dimensional Delta CDM parameter space by a factor of 68000 relative to pre-WMAP measurements. We investigate a number of data combinations and show that their Delta CDM parameter fits are consistent. New limits on deviations from the six-parameter model are presented, for example: the fractional contribution of tensor modes is limited to r < 0.13 (95% CL); the spatial curvature parameter is limited to Omega(k) = -0.0027(-0.0038)(+0.0039); the summed mass of neutrinos is limited to Sigma m(nu) < 0.44 eV (95% CL); and the number of relativistic species is found to lie within N-eff = 3.84 +/- 0.40, when the full data are analyzed. The joint constraint on N-eff and the primordial helium abundance, Y-He, agrees with the prediction of standard big bang nucleosynthesis. We compare recent Planck measurements of the Sunyaev-Zel' dovich effect with our seven-year measurements, and show their mutual agreement. Our analysis of the polarization pattern around temperature extrema is updated. This confirms a fundamental prediction of the standard cosmological model and provides a striking illustration《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of acoustic oscillations and adiabatic initial conditions in the early universe. Keywords: baryon acoustic-oscillations; south-pole telescope; digital sky survey; supernova legacy survey; hubble-space-telescope; background power spectrum; brightest cluster sample; massive galaxy clusters; ia supernovae; dark energy Source: Astrophysical Journal Supplement Series, 2013, 208(2) Email: Hinshaw, G; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 282 Nine-year wilkinson microwave anisotropy probe (wmap) observations: final maps and results Bennett, CL; Larson, D; Weiland, JL; et al. Abstract: We present the final nine-year maps and basic results from the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP) mission. The full nine-year analysis of the time-ordered data provides updated characterizations and calibrations of the experiment. We also provide new nine-year full sky temperature maps that were processed to reduce the asymmetry of the effective beams. Temperature and polarization sky maps are examined to separate cosmic microwave background (CMB) anisotropy from foreground emission, and both types of signals are analyzed in detail. We provide new point source catalogs as well as new diffuse and point source foreground masks. An updated template-removal process is used for cosmological analysis; new foreground fits are performed, and new foreground reduced CMB maps are presented. We now implement an optimal C-1 weighting to compute the temperature angular power spectrum. The WMAP mission has resulted in a highly constrained Delta CDM cosmological model with precise and accurate parameters in agreement with a host of other cosmological measurements. When WMAP data are combined with finer scale CMB, baryon acoustic oscillation, and Hubble constant measurements, we find that big bang nucleosynthesis is well supported and there is no compelling evidence for a non-standard number of neutrino species (N-eff = 3.84±0.40). The model fit also implies that the age of the universe is t(0) = 13.772±0.059 Gyr, and the fit Hubble constant is H-0 = 69.32±0.80 km s-1 Mpc-1. Inflation is also supported: the fluctuations are adiabatic, with Gaussian random phases; the detection of a deviation of the scalar spectral index from unity, reported earlier by the WMAP team, now has high statistical significance (n(s) = 0.9608±0.0080); and the universe is close to flat/Euclidean (Omega(k) = -0.0027(-0.0038)(+0.0039)). Overall, the WMAP mission has resulted in a reduction of the cosmological parameter volume by a factor of 68000 for the standard six-parameter Delta CDM model, based on CMB data alone. For a model including tensors, the allowed seven-parameter volume has been reduced by a factor 117000. Other cosmological observations are in accord with the CMB predictions, and the combined data reduces the cosmological parameter volume even further. With no significant anomalies and an adequate goodness of fit, the inflationary flat Delta CDM model and its precise and accurate parameters rooted in WMAP data stands as the standard model of cosmology.

51 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Keywords: nrao pmn surveys; observations cosmological interpretation; galactic foreground emission; systematic-error limits; angular power spectrum; point-source search; h-alpha emission; source catalog; radiometer characterization; background anisotropies Source: Astrophysical Journal Supplement Series, 2013, 208(2) Email: Bennett, CL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 245 Planetary candidates observed by kepler. iii. analysis of the first 16 months of data Batalha, NM; Rowe, JF; Bryson, ST; et al. Abstract: New transiting planet candidates are identified in 16 months (2009 May-2010 September) of data from the Kepler spacecraft. Nearly 5000 periodic transit-like signals are vetted against astrophysical and instrumental false positives yielding 1108 viable new planet candidates, bringing the total count up to over 2300. Improved vetting metrics are employed, contributing to higher catalog reliability. Most notable is the noise-weighted robust averaging of multiquarter photo-center offsets derived from difference image analysis that identifies likely background eclipsing binaries. Twenty-two months of photometry are used for the purpose of characterizing each of the candidates. Ephemerides (transit epoch, T-0, and orbital period, P) are tabulated as well as the products of light curve modeling: reduced radius (R-P / R-star), reduced semimajor axis (d / R-star), and impact parameter (b). The largest fractional increases are seen for the smallest planet candidates (201% for candidates smaller than 2R(circle plus). compared to 53% for candidates larger than 2R.) and those at longer orbital periods (124% for candidates outside of 50 day orbits versus 86% for candidates inside of 50 day orbits). The gains are larger than expected from increasing the observing window from 13 months (Quarters 1-5) to 16 months (Quarters 1-6) even in regions of parameter space where one would have expected the previous catalogs to be complete. Analyses of planet frequencies based on previous catalogs will be affected by such incompleteness. The fraction of all planet candidate host stars with multiple candidates has grown from 17% to 20%, and the paucity of short-period giant planets in multiple systems is still evident. The progression toward smaller planets at longer orbital periods with each new catalog release suggests that Earth-size planets in the habitable zone are forthcoming if, indeed, such planets are abundant. Keywords: solar-type stars; sun-like star; target stars; eclipsing binaries; habitable planets; input catalog; data release; low-mass; systems; metallicities Source: Astrophysical Journal Supplement Series, 2013, 204(2): 24 Email: Batalha, NM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 164 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅The baryon oscillation spectroscopic survey of SDSS-III Dawson, KS; Schlegel, DJ; Ahn, CP; et al. Abstract: The Baryon Oscillation Spectroscopic Survey (BOSS) is designed to measure the scale of baryon acoustic oscillations (BAO) in the clustering of matter over a larger volume than the combined efforts of all previous spectroscopic surveys of large-scale structure. BOSS uses 1.5 million luminous galaxies as faint as i = 19.9 over 10000 deg(2) to measure BAO to redshifts z < 0.7. Observations of neutral hydrogen in the Ly alpha forest in more than 150000 quasar spectra (g < 22) will constrain BAO over the redshift range 2.15 < z < 3.5. Early results from BOSS include the first detection of the large-scale three-dimensional clustering of the Ly alpha forest and a strong detection from the Data Release 9 data set of the BAO in the clustering of massive galaxies at an effective redshift z = 0.57. We project that BOSS will yield measurements of the angular diameter distance d(A) to an accuracy of 1.0% at redshifts z =0.3 and z =0.57 and measurements of H(z) to 1.8% and 1.7% at the same redshifts. Forecasts for Ly alpha forest constraints predict a measurement of an overall dilation factor that scales the highly degenerate D-A(z) and H-1(z) parameters to an accuracy of 1.9% at z similar to 2.5 when the survey is complete. Here, we provide an overview of the selection of spectroscopic targets, planning of observations, and analysis of data and data quality of BOSS. Keywords: digital-sky-survey; ly-alpha forest; broad-absorption-line; luminous red galaxies; active galactic nuclei; large-area telescope; principal component analysis; quasar target selection; high-redshift quasars; probing dark energy Source: Astronomical Journal, 2013, 145(1): 10 Email: Dawson, KS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 149 The average star formation histories of galaxies in dark matter halos from z=0-8 Behroozi, PS; Wechsler, RH; Conroy, C Abstract: We present a robust method to constrain average galaxy star formation rates (SFRs), star formation histories (SFHs), and the intracluster light (ICL) as a function of halo mass. Our results are consistent with observed galaxy stellar mass functions, specific star formation rates (SSFRs), and cosmic star formation rates (CSFRs) from z = 0 to z = 8. We consider the effects of a wide range of uncertainties on our results, including those affecting stellar masses, SFRs, and the halo mass function at the heart of our analysis. As they are relevant to our method, we also present new calibrations of the dark matter halo mass function, halo mass accretion histories, and halo-subhalo merger rates out to z = 8. We also provide new compilations of CSFRs and SSFRs; more recent measurements are now consistent with the buildup of the cosmic stellar mass density at all redshifts. Implications of our work include: halos near 10(12) M-circle dot are the most efficient at forming stars at all redshifts, the baryon conversion efficiency of massive halos drops markedly after z similar

52 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts to 2.5 (consistent with theories of cold-mode accretion), the ICL for massive galaxies is expected to be significant out to at least z similar to 1-1.5, and dwarf galaxies at low redshifts have higher stellar mass to halo mass ratios than previous expectations and form later than in most theoretical models. Finally, we provide new fitting formulae for SFHs that are more accurate than the standard declining tau model. Our approach places a wide variety of observations relating to the SFH of galaxies into a self-consistent framework based on the modern understanding of structure formation in Lambda CDM. Constraints on the stellar mass-halo mass relationship and SFRs are available for download online. Keywords: stellar mass function; brightest cluster galaxies; lyman-break galaxies; observations cosmological interpretation; extragalactic legacy survey; uv luminosity function; formation rate density; early release science; k-selected galaxies; medium-band survey Source: Astrophysical Journal, 2013, 770(1): 57

Automation Control Systems Citation frequency: 134 Data-driven monitoring for stochastic systems and its application on batch process Yin, S; Ding, SX; Sari, AHA; et al. Abstract: Batch processes are characterised by a prescribed processing of raw materials into final products for a finite duration and play an important role in many industrial sectors due to the low-volume and high-value products. Process dynamics and stochastic disturbances are inherent characteristics of batch processes, which cause monitoring of batch processes a challenging problem in practice. To solve this problem, a subspace-aided data-driven approach is presented in this article for batch process monitoring. The advantages of the proposed approach lie in its simple form and its abilities to deal with stochastic disturbances and process dynamics existing in the process. The kernel density estimation, which serves as a non-parametric way of estimating the probability density function, is utilised for threshold calculation. An industrial benchmark of fed-batch penicillin production is finally utilised to verify the effectiveness of the proposed approach. Keywords: principal component analysis; subspace identification; fault-detection; missing measurements; model; diagnosis; pca Source: International Journal of Systems Science, 2013, 44(7): 1366–1376 Email: Yin, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 119 Real-Time Implementation of Fault-Tolerant Control Systems With Performance Optimization 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Yin, S; Luo, H; Ding, SX Abstract: In this paper, two online schemes for an integrated design of fault-tolerant control (FTC) systems with application to Tennessee Eastman (TE) benchmark are proposed. Based on the data-driven design of the proposed fault-tolerant architecture whose core is an observer/ residual generator based realization of the Youla parameterization of all stabilization controllers, FTC is achieved by an adaptive residual generator for the online identification of the fault diagnosis relevant vectors, and an iterative optimization method for system performance enhancement. The performance and effectiveness of the proposed schemes are demonstrated through the TE benchmark model. Keywords: diagnosis; drives; identification; strategies; design Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2014, 61(5): 2402–2411 Email: Yin, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 93 Adaptive Sliding-Mode Control for Nonlinear Active Suspension Vehicle Systems Using T-S Fuzzy Approach Li, HY; Yu, JY; Hilton, C; et al. Abstract: This paper deals with the adaptive sliding-mode control problem for nonlinear active suspension systems via the Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy approach. The varying sprung and unsprung masses, the unknown actuator nonlinearity, and the suspension performances are taken into account simultaneously, and the corresponding mathematical model is established. The T-S fuzzy system is used to describe the original nonlinear system for the control-design aim via the sector nonlinearity approach. A sufficient condition is proposed for the asymptotical stability of the designing sliding motion. An adaptive sliding-mode controller is designed to guarantee the reachability of the specified switching surface. The condition can be converted to the convex optimization problems. Simulation results for a half-vehicle active suspension model are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed control schemes. Keywords: h-infinity control; time-delay; car model; feedback; design Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2013, 60(8): 3328–3338 Email: Li, HY; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 86 Network-Induced Constraints in Networked Control Systems-A Survey Zhang, LX; Gao, HJ; Kaynak, O Abstract: Networked control systems (NCSs) have, in recent years, brought many innovative impacts to control systems. However, great

53 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 challenges are also met due to the network-induced imperfections. Such network-induced imperfections are handled as various constraints, which should appropriately be considered in the analysis and design of NCSs. In this paper, the main methodologies suggested in the literature to cope with typical network-induced constraints, namely time delays, packet losses and disorder, time-varying transmission intervals, competition of multiple nodes accessing networks, and data quantization are surveyed; the constraints suggested in the literature on the first two types of constraints are updated in different categorizing ways; and those on the latter three types of constraints are extended. Keywords: limited information feedback; input-output stability; to-state stability; h-infinity control; linear-systems; predictive control; special-issue; communication delays; nonlinear-systems; packet drop Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Informatics, 2013, 9(1): 403–416 Email: Zhang, LX; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 69 Distributed H-infinity Filtering for a Class of Markovian Jump Nonlinear Time-Delay Systems Over Lossy Sensor Networks Dong, HL; Wang, ZD; Gao, HJ Abstract: This paper is concerned with the distributed H-infinity filtering problem for a class of discrete-time Markovian jump nonlinear time-delay systems with deficient statistics of mode transitions. The system measurements are collected through a lossy sensor network subject to randomly occurring quantization errors and randomly occurring packet dropouts. The description of deficient statistics of mode transitions that account for known, unknown, and uncertain transition probabilities is comprehensive. A distributed filter design scheme is outlined by explicitly characterizing the filter gains in terms of some matrix inequalities. Simulation results demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed filtering scheme. Keywords: missing measurements; wireless sensor; stochastic-systems; actuator networks; probabilities Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2013, 60(10): 4665–4672 Email: Dong, HL; [email protected]

Biochemical Research Methods Citation frequency: 376 GROMACS 4.5: a high-throughput and highly parallel open source molecular simulation toolkit 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Pronk, S; Pall, S; Schulz, R; et al. Abstract: Motivation: Molecular simulation has historically been a low-throughput technique, but faster computers and increasing amounts of genomic and structural data are changing this by enabling large-scale automated simulation of, for instance, many conformers or mutants of biomolecules with or without a range of ligands. At the same time, advances in performance and scaling now make it possible to model complex biomolecular interaction and function in a manner directly testable by experiment. These applications share a need for fast and efficient software that can be deployed on massive scale in clusters, web servers, distributed computing or cloud resources. Results: Here, we present a range of new simulation algorithms and features developed during the past 4 years, leading up to the GROMACS 4.5 software package. The software now automatically handles wide classes of biomolecules, such as proteins, nucleic acids and lipids, and comes with all commonly used force fields for these molecules built-in. GROMACS supports several implicit solvent models, as well as new free-energy algorithms, and the software now uses multithreading for efficient parallelization even on low-end systems, including windows-based workstations. Together with hand-tuned assembly kernels and state-of-the-art parallelization, this provides extremely high performance and cost efficiency for high-throughput as well as massively parallel simulations. Keywords: force-field; free-energy; biomolecular simulation; dynamics; model; refinement; transition; efficient; constant; proteins Source: Bioinformatics, 2013, 29(7): 845–854 Email: Lindahl, E; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 308 Integrative Genomics Viewer (IGV): high-performance genomics data visualization and exploration Thorvaldsdottir, H; Robinson, JT; Mesirov, JP Abstract: Data visualization is an essential component of genomic data analysis. However, the size and diversity of the data sets produced by today's sequencing and array-based profiling methods present major challenges to visualization tools. The Integrative Genomics Viewer (IGV) is a high-performance viewer that efficiently handles large heterogeneous data sets, while providing a smooth and intuitive user experience at all levels of genome resolution. A key characteristic of IGV is its focus on the integrative nature of genomic studies, with support for both array-based and next-generation sequencing data, and the integration of clinical and phenotypic data. Although IGV is often used to view genomic data from public sources, its primary emphasis is to support researchers who wish to visualize and explore their own data sets or those from colleagues. To that end, IGV supports flexible loading of local and remote data sets, and is optimized to provide high-performance data visualization and exploration on standard desktop systems.

54 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Keywords: sequence; format Source: Briefings in Bioinformatics, 2013, 14(2): 178–192 Email: Robinson, JT; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 127 STAR: ultrafast universal RNA-seq aligner Dobin, A; Davis, CA; Schlesinger, F; et al. Abstract: Motivation: Accurate alignment of high-throughput RNA-seq data is a challenging and yet unsolved problem because of the non-contiguous transcript structure, relatively short read lengths and constantly increasing throughput of the sequencing technologies. Currently available RNA-seq aligners suffer from high mapping error rates, low mapping speed, read length limitation and mapping biases. Results: To align our large (> 80 billon reads) ENCODE Transcriptome RNA-seq dataset, we developed the Spliced Transcripts Alignment to a Reference (STAR) software based on a previously undescribed RNA-seq alignment algorithm that uses sequential maximum mappable seed search in uncompressed suffix arrays followed by seed clustering and stitching procedure. STAR outperforms other aligners by a factor of > 50 in mapping speed, aligning to the human genome 550 million 2 x 76 bp paired-end reads per hour on a modest 12-core server, while at the same time improving alignment sensitivity and precision. In addition to unbiased de novo detection of canonical junctions, STAR can discover non-canonical splices and chimeric (fusion) transcripts, and is also capable of mapping full-length RNA sequences. Using Roche 454 sequencing of reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction amplicons, we experimentally validated 1960 novel intergenic splice junctions with an 80%-90% success rate, corroborating the high precision of the STAR mapping strategy. Keywords: splice junctions; alignment; reads; algorithms; sequence; genomes; encode Source: Bioinformatics, 2013, 29(1): 15–21 Email: Dobin, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 124 Cas9 as a versatile tool for engineering biology Mali, P; Esvelt, KM; Church, GM Abstract: RNA-guided Cas9 nucleases derived from clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR)-Cas systems have dramatically transformed our ability to edit the genomes of diverse organisms. We believe tools and techniques based on Cas9, a single unifying factor capable of colocalizing RNA, DNA and protein, will grant unprecedented control over cellular organization, regulation and behavior. Here we describe the 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Cas9 targeting methodology, detail current and prospective engineering advances and suggest potential applications ranging from basic science to the clinic. Keywords: rna-guided endonuclease; zinc-finger nucleases; crispr rna; gene-expression; transcription factors; lentiviral vector; mammalian-cells; seed sequence; immune-system; genome Source: Nature Methods, 2013, 10(10): 957–963 Email: Mali, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 117 Paper-based microfluidic point-of-care diagnostic devices Yetisen, AK; Akram, MS; Lowe, CR Abstract: Dipstick and lateral-flow formats have dominated rapid diagnostics over the last three decades. These formats gained popularity in the consumer markets due to their compactness, portability and facile interpretation without external instrumentation. However, lack of quantitation in measurements has challenged the demand of existing assay formats in consumer markets. Recently, paper-based microfluidics has emerged as a multiplexable point-of-care platform which might transcend the capabilities of existing assays in resource-limited settings. However, paper-based microfluidics can enable fluid handling and quantitative analysis for potential applications in healthcare, veterinary medicine, environmental monitoring and food safety. Currently, in its early development stages, paper-based microfluidics is considered a low-cost, lightweight, and disposable technology. The aim of this review is to discuss: (1) fabrication of paper-based microfluidic devices, (2) functionalisation of microfluidic components to increase the capabilities and the performance, (3) introduction of existing detection techniques to the paper platform and (4) exploration of extracting quantitative readouts via handheld devices and camera phones. Additionally, this review includes challenges to scaling up, commercialisation and regulatory issues. The factors which limit paper-based microfluidic devices to become real world products and future directions are also identified. Keywords: resource-poor settings; lab-on-paper; low-cost; electrochemical detection; 2-dimensional paper; colorimetric detection; developing-world; global health; whole-blood; electrochemiluminescence immunodevice Source: Lab on A Chip, 2013, 13(12): 2210–2251 Email: Yetisen, AK; [email protected]

55 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Biochemistry Molecular Biology Citation frequency: 696 MEGA6: Molecular Evolutionary Genetics Analysis Version 6.0 Tamura, K; Stecher, G; Peterson, D; et al. Abstract: We announce the release of an advanced version of the Molecular Evolutionary Genetics Analysis (MEGA) software, which currently contains facilities for building sequence alignments, inferring phylogenetic histories, and conducting molecular evolutionary analysis. In version 6.0, MEGA now enables the inference of timetrees, as it implements the RelTime method for estimating divergence times for all branching points in a phylogeny. A new Timetree Wizard in MEGA6 facilitates this timetree inference by providing a graphical user interface (GUI) to specify the phylogeny and calibration constraints step-by-step. This version also contains enhanced algorithms to search for the optimal trees under evolutionary criteria and implements a more advanced memory management that can double the size of sequence data sets to which MEGA can be applied. Both GUI and command-line versions of MEGA6 can be downloaded from www.megasoftware.net free of charge. Keywords: divergence times Source: Molecular Biology and Evolution, 2013, 30(12): 2725–2729 Email: Kumar, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 477 MAFFT Multiple Sequence Alignment Software Version 7: Improvements in Performance and Usability Katoh, K; Standley, DM Abstract: We report a major update of the MAFFT multiple sequence alignment program. This version has several new features, including options for adding unaligned sequences into an existing alignment, adjustment of direction in nucleotide alignment, constrained alignment and parallel processing, which were implemented after the previous major update. This report shows actual examples to explain how these features work, alone and in combination. Some examples incorrectly aligned by MAFFT are also shown to clarify its limitations. We discuss how to avoid misalignments, and our ongoing efforts to overcome such limitations. Keywords: protein sequences; unaligned sequences; rna sequences; database; tree; algorithm; accuracy; clustal; information; sensitivity Source: Molecular Biology and Evolution,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 2013, 30(4): 772–780 Email: Katoh, K; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 393 The Proteomics Identifications (PRIDE) database and associated tools: status in 2013 Vizcaino, JA; Cote, RG; Csordas, A; et al. Abstract: The PRoteomics IDEntifications (PRIDE, http://www.ebi.ac.uk/pride) database at the European Bioinformatics Institute is one of the most prominent data repositories of mass spectrometry (MS)-based proteomics data. Here, we summarize recent developments in the PRIDE database and related tools. First, we provide up-to-date statistics in data content, splitting the figures by groups of organisms and species, including peptide and protein identifications, and post-translational modifications. We then describe the tools that are part of the PRIDE submission pipeline, especially the recently developed PRIDE Converter 2 (new submission tool) and PRIDE Inspector (visualization and analysis tool). We also give an update about the integration of PRIDE with other MS proteomics resources in the context of the ProteomeXchange consortium. Finally, we briefly review the quality control efforts that are ongoing at present and outline our future plans. Keywords: peptide identifications; public repository; protein; standard; workflows; visualize; platform; datasets; library; service Source: Nucleic Acids Research, 2013, 41(D1): D1063-D1069 Email: Vizcaino, JA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 363 One-Step Generation of Mice Carrying Mutations in Multiple Genes by CRISPR/Cas-Mediated Genome Engineering Wang, HY; Yang, H; Shivalila, CS; et al. Abstract: Mice carrying mutations in multiple genes are traditionally generated by sequential recombination in embryonic stem cells and/or time-consuming inter-crossing of mice with a single mutation. The CRISPR/Cas system has been adapted as an efficient gene-targeting technology with the potential for multiplexed genome editing. We demonstrate that CRISPR/Cas-mediated gene editing allows the simultaneous disruption of five genes (Tet1, 2, 3, Sry, Uty - 8 alleles) in mouse embryonic stem (ES) cells with high efficiency. Coinjection of Cas9 mRNA and single-guide RNAs (sgRNAs) targeting Tet1 and Tet2 into zygotes generated mice with biallelic mutations in both genes with an efficiency of 80%. Finally, we show that coinjection of Cas9 mRNA/sgRNAs with mutant oligos generated precise point mutations simultaneously in two target genes. Thus, the CRISPR/Cas system allows the one-step generation of animals carrying

56 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts mutations in multiple genes, an approach that will greatly accelerate the in vivo study of functionally redundant genes and of epistatic gene interactions. Keywords: zinc-finger nucleases; embryo microinjection; postnatal-development; knockout rats; bacteria; systems; cells; cas9; tet2; endonuclease Source: Cell, 2013, 153(4): 910–918 Email: Jaenisch, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency:363 STRING v9.1: protein-protein interaction networks, with increased coverage and integration Franceschini, A; Szklarczyk, D; Frankild, S; et al. Abstract: Complete knowledge of all direct and indirect interactions between proteins in a given cell would represent an important milestone towards a comprehensive description of cellular mechanisms and functions. Although this goal is still elusive, considerable progress has been made-particularly for certain model organisms and functional systems. Currently, protein interactions and associations are annotated at various levels of detail in online resources, ranging from raw data repositories to highly formalized pathway databases. For many applications, a global view of all the available interaction data is desirable, including lower-quality data and/or computational predictions. The STRING database (http://string-db.org/) aims to provide such a global perspective for as many organisms as feasible. Known and predicted associations are scored and integrated, resulting in comprehensive protein networks covering > 1100 organisms. Here, we describe the update to version 9.1 of STRING, introducing several improvements: (i) we extend the automated mining of scientific texts for interaction information, to now also include full-text articles; (ii) we entirely re-designed the algorithm for transferring interactions from one model organism to the other; and (iii) we provide users with statistical information on any functional enrichment observed in their networks. Keywords: molecular interaction database; large gene lists; metabolic pathways; evolution; prediction; organisms; screens; visualization; enrichment; proteomics Source: Nucleic Acids Research, 2013, 41(D1): D808-D815 Email: von Mering, C; [email protected]

Biodiversity Conservation Citation frequency: 127 Collinearity:《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 a review of methods to deal with it and a simulation study evaluating their performance Dormann, CF; Elith, J; Bacher, S; et al. Abstract: Collinearity refers to the non independence of predictor variables, usually in a regression-type analysis. It is a common feature of any descriptive ecological data set and can be a problem for parameter estimation because it inflates the variance of regression parameters and hence potentially leads to the wrong identification of relevant predictors in a statistical model. Collinearity is a severe problem when a model is trained on data from one region or time, and predicted to another with a different or unknown structure of collinearity. To demonstrate the reach of the problem of collinearity in ecology, we show how relationships among predictors differ between biomes, change over spatial scales and through time. Across disciplines, different approaches to addressing collinearity problems have been developed, ranging from clustering of predictors, threshold-based pre-selection, through latent variable methods, to shrinkage and regularisation. Using simulated data with five predictor-response relationships of increasing complexity and eight levels of collinearity we compared ways to address collinearity with standard multiple regression and machine-learning approaches. We assessed the performance of each approach by testing its impact on prediction to new data. In the extreme, we tested whether the methods were able to identify the true underlying relationship in a training dataset with strong collinearity by evaluating its performance on a test dataset without any collinearity. We found that methods specifically designed for collinearity, such as latent variable methods and tree based models, did not outperform the traditional GLM and threshold-based pre-selection. Our results highlight the value of GLM in combination with penalised methods (particularly ridge) and threshold-based pre-selection when omitted variables are considered in the final interpretation. However, all approaches tested yielded degraded predictions under change in collinearity structure and the folk lore'-thresholds of correlation coefficients between predictor variables of |r| >0.7 was an appropriate indicator for when collinearity begins to severely distort model estimation and subsequent prediction. The use of ecological understanding of the system in pre-analysis variable selection and the choice of the least sensitive statistical approaches reduce the problems of collinearity, but cannot ultimately solve them. Keywords: latent root regression; principal component regression; sliced inverse regression; partial least-squares; dimension reduction; multiple-regression; climate-change; logistic-regression; ridge-regression; ecological data Source: Ecography, 2013, 36(1): 27–46 Email: Dormann, CF; [email protected]

57 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Citation frequency: 101 Impacts of ocean acidification on marine organisms: quantifying sensitivities and interaction with warming Kroeker, KJ; Kordas, RL; Crim, R; et al. Abstract: Ocean acidification represents a threat to marine species worldwide, and forecasting the ecological impacts of acidification is a high priority for science, management, and policy. As research on the topic expands at an exponential rate, a comprehensive understanding of the variability in organisms' responses and corresponding levels of certainty is necessary to forecast the ecological effects. Here, we perform the most comprehensive meta-analysis to date by synthesizing the results of 228 studies examining biological responses to ocean acidification. The results reveal decreased survival, calcification, growth, development and abundance in response to acidification when the broad range of marine organisms is pooled together. However, the magnitude of these responses varies among taxonomic groups, suggesting there is some predictable trait-based variation in sensitivity, despite the investigation of approximately 100 new species in recent research. The results also reveal an enhanced sensitivity of mollusk larvae, but suggest that an enhanced sensitivity of early life history stages is not universal across all taxonomic groups. In addition, the variability in species' responses is enhanced when they are exposed to acidification in multi-species assemblages, suggesting that it is important to consider indirect effects and exercise caution when forecasting abundance patterns from single-species laboratory experiments. Furthermore, the results suggest that other factors, such as nutritional status or source population, could cause substantial variation in organisms' responses. Last, the results highlight a trend towards enhanced sensitivity to acidification when taxa are concurrently exposed to elevated seawater temperature. Keywords: climate-change; coral; metaanalysis; carbon; temperature; responses; exposure; fish; ph; calcification Source: Global Change Biology, 2013, 19(6): 1884–1896 Email: Kroeker, KJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 60 The conservation status of the world's reptiles Bohm, M; Collen, B; Baillie, JEM; et al. Abstract: Effective and targeted conservation action requires detailed information about species, their distribution, systematics and ecology as well as the distribution of threat processes which affect them. Knowledge of reptilian diversity remains surprisingly disparate, and innovative means of gaining rapid insight into the status of reptiles are needed in order to highlight urgent conservation cases and inform environmental policy with appropriate《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 biodiversity information in a timely manner. We present the first ever global analysis of extinction risk in reptiles, based on a random representative sample of 1500 species (16% of all currently known species). To our knowledge, our results provide the first analysis of the global conservation status and distribution patterns of reptiles and the threats affecting them, highlighting conservation priorities and knowledge gaps which need to be addressed urgently to ensure the continued survival of the world's reptiles. Nearly one in five reptilian species are threatened with extinction, with another one in five species classed as Data Deficient. The proportion of threatened reptile species is highest in freshwater environments, tropical regions and on oceanic islands, while data deficiency was highest in tropical areas, such as Central Africa and Southeast Asia, and among fossorial reptiles. Our results emphasise the need for research attention to be focussed on tropical areas which are experiencing the most dramatic rates of habitat loss, on fossorial reptiles for which there is a chronic lack of data, and on certain taxa such as snakes for which extinction risk may currently be underestimated due to lack of population information. Conservation actions specifically need to mitigate the effects of human-induced habitat loss and harvesting, which are the predominant threats to reptiles. Keywords: molecular phylogeny; biodiversity conservation; global biodiversity; species-diversity; classification; vertebrates; amphibians; climate; distributions; radiation Source: Biological Conservation, 2013, 157: 372–385 Email: Bohm, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 50 Climate change and ocean acidification effects on seagrasses and marine macroalgae Koch, M; Bowes, G; Ross, C; et al. Abstract: Although seagrasses and marine macroalgae (macro-autotrophs) play critical ecological roles in reef, lagoon, coastal and open-water ecosystems, their response to ocean acidification (OA) and climate change is not well understood. In this review, we examine marine macro-autotroph biochemistry and physiology relevant to their response to elevated dissolved inorganic carbon [DIC], carbon 2- dioxide [CO2], and lower carbonate [CO3 ] and pH. We also explore the effects of increasing temperature under climate change and the interactions of elevated temperature and [CO2]. Finally, recommendations are made for future research based on this synthesis. A literature review of >100 species revealed that marine macro-autotroph photosynthesis is overwhelmingly C3 (= 85%) with most species capable of - utilizing HCO3 ; however, most are not saturated at current ocean [DIC]. These results, and the presence of CO2-only users, lead us to conclude that photosynthetic and growth rates of marine macro-autotrophs are likely to increase under elevated [CO2] similar to terrestrial

C3 species. In the tropics, many species live close to their thermal limits and will have to up-regulate stress-response systems to tolerate

58 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts sublethal temperature exposures with climate change, whereas elevated [CO2] effects on thermal acclimation are unknown. Fundamental linkages between elevated [CO2] and temperature on photorespiration, enzyme systems, carbohydrate production, and calcification dictate the need to consider these two parameters simultaneously. Relevant to calcifiers, elevated [CO2] lowers net calcification and this effect is amplified by high temperature. Although the mechanisms are not clear, OA likely disrupts diffusion and transport systems of H+ and DIC.

These fluxes control micro-environments that promote calcification over dissolution and may be more important than CaCO3 mineralogy in predicting macroalgal responses to OA. Calcareous macroalgae are highly vulnerable to OA, and it is likely that fleshy macroalgae will dominate in a higher CO2 ocean; therefore, it is critical to elucidate the research gaps identified in this review. Keywords: carbon-concentrating mechanisms; reactive oxygen-metabolism; crustose coralline algae; zostera-noltii hornemann; inorganic carbon; atmospheric CO 2; elevated CO 2; photosynthetic utilization; tropical seagrass; halophila-ovalis Source: Global Change Biology, 2013, 19(1): 103–132 Email: Koch, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 49 The Microbial Efficiency-Matrix Stabilization (MEMS) framework integrates plant litter decomposition with soil organic matter stabilization: do labile plant inputs form stable soil organic matter? Cotrufo, MF; Wallenstein, MD; Boot, CM; et al. Abstract: The decomposition and transformation of above- and below-ground plant detritus (litter) is the main process by which soil organic matter (SOM) is formed. Yet, research on litter decay and SOM formation has been largely uncoupled, failing to provide an effective nexus between these two fundamental processes for carbon (C) and nitrogen (N) cycling and storage. We present the current understanding of the importance of microbial substrate use efficiency and C and N allocation in controlling the proportion of plant-derived C and N that is incorporated into SOM, and of soil matrix interactions in controlling SOM stabilization. We synthesize this understanding into the Microbial Efficiency-Matrix Stabilization (MEMS) framework. This framework leads to the hypothesis that labile plant constituents are the dominant source of microbial products, relative to input rates, because they are utilized more efficiently by microbes. These microbial products of decomposition would thus become the main precursors of stable SOM by promoting aggregation and through strong chemical bonding to the mineral soil matrix. Keywords: stoichiometric controls; mineral associations; temperate soils; carbon; nitrogen; dynamics; mechanisms; bacterial; lignin; degradation 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Source: Global Change Biology, 2013, 19(4): 988–995 Email: Cotrufo, MF; [email protected]

Biology Citation frequency: 166 RNA-programmed genome editing in human cells Jinek, M; East, A; Cheng, A; et al. Abstract: Type II CRISPR immune systems in bacteria use a dual RNA-guided DNA endonuclease, Cas9, to cleave foreign DNA at specific sites. We show here that Cas9 assembles with hybrid guide RNAs in human cells and can induce the formation of double-strand DNA breaks ( DSBs) at a site complementary to the guide RNA sequence in genomic DNA. This cleavage activity requires both Cas9 and the complementary binding of the guide RNA. Experiments using extracts from transfected cells show that RNA expression and/or assembly into Cas9 is the limiting factor for Cas9-mediated DNA cleavage. In addition, we find that extension of the RNA sequence at the 3' end enhances DNA targeting activity in vivo. These results show that RNA-programmed genome editing is a facile strategy for introducing site-specific genetic changes in human cells. Keywords: bacteria; immunity; systems; nuclease; archaea Source: Elife, 2013, 2 Email: Doudna, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 77 The role of biotic interactions in shaping distributions and realised assemblages of species: implications for species distribution modelling Wisz, MS; Pottier, J; Kissling, WD; et al. Abstract: Predicting which species will occur together in the future, and where, remains one of the greatest challenges in ecology, and requires a sound understanding of how the abiotic and biotic environments interact with dispersal processes and history across scales. Biotic interactions and their dynamics influence species' relationships to climate, and this also has important implications for predicting future distributions of species. It is already well accepted that biotic interactions shape species' spatial distributions at local spatial extents, but the role of these interactions beyond local extents (e.g. 10 km2 to global extents) are usually dismissed as unimportant. In this review we consolidate evidence for how biotic interactions shape species distributions beyond local extents and review methods for integrating

59 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 biotic interactions into species distribution modelling tools. Drawing upon evidence from contemporary and palaeoecological studies of individual species ranges, functional groups, and species richness patterns, we show that biotic interactions have clearly left their mark on species distributions and realised assemblages of species across all spatial extents. We demonstrate this with examples from within and across trophic groups. A range of species distribution modelling tools is available to quantify species environmental relationships and predict species occurrence, such as: (i) integrating pairwise dependencies, (ii) using integrative predictors, and (iii) hybridising species distribution models (SDMs) with dynamic models. These methods have typically only been applied to interacting pairs of species at a single time, require a priori ecological knowledge about which species interact, and due to data paucity must assume that biotic interactions are constant in space and time. To better inform the future development of these models across spatial scales, we call for accelerated collection of spatially and temporally explicit species data. Ideally, these data should be sampled to reflect variation in the underlying environment across large spatial extents, and at fine spatial resolution. Simplified ecosystems where there are relatively few interacting species and sometimes a wealth of existing ecosystem monitoring data (e.g. arctic, alpine or island habitats) offer settings where the development of modelling tools that account for biotic interactions may be less difficult than elsewhere. Keywords: habitat distribution models; higher-order interactions; climate-change; plant-communities; north-america; soil biota; competitive interactions; ecological communities; spatial-distribution; environmental-change Source: Biological Reviews, 2013, 88(1): 15–30 Email: Wisz, MS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 55 Ribosome structures to near-atomic resolution from thirty thousand cryo-EM particles Bai, XC; Fernandez, IS; McMullan, G; et al. Abstract: Although electron cryo-microscopy (cryo-EM) single-particle analysis has become an important tool for structural biology of large and flexible macro-molecular assemblies, the technique has not yet reached its full potential. Besides fundamental limits imposed by radiation damage, poor detectors and beam-induced sample movement have been shown to degrade attainable resolutions. A new generation of direct electron detectors may ameliorate both effects. Apart from exhibiting improved signal-to-noise performance, these cameras are also fast enough to follow particle movements during electron irradiation. Here, we assess the potentials of this technology for cryo-EM structure determination. Using a newly developed statistical movie processing approach to compensate for beam-induced movement, we show that ribosome reconstructions with unprecedented resolutions may be calculated from almost two orders of magnitude fewer particles than used previously.《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Therefore, this methodology may expand the scope of high-resolution cryo-EM to a broad range of biological specimens. Keywords: electron cryomicroscopy; radiation-damage; transfer-rna; microscopy; ice; macromolecules; limitations; specimens; contrast; tilt Source: Elife, 2013, 2: e00461 Email: Scheres, SHW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 49 How does climate change cause extinction? Cahill, AE; Aiello-Lammens, ME; Fisher-Reid, MC; et al. Abstract: Anthropogenic climate change is predicted to be a major cause of species extinctions in the next 100 years. But what will actually cause these extinctions? For example, will it be limited physiological tolerance to high temperatures, changing biotic interactions or other factors? Here, we systematically review the proximate causes of climate-change related extinctions and their empirical support. We find 136 case studies of climatic impacts that are potentially relevant to this topic. However, only seven identified proximate causes of demonstrated local extinctions due to anthropogenic climate change. Among these seven studies, the proximate causes vary widely. Surprisingly, none show a straightforward relationship between local extinction and limited tolerances to high temperature. Instead, many studies implicate species interactions as an important proximate cause, especially decreases in food availability. We find very similar patterns in studies showing decreases in abundance associated with climate change, and in those studies showing impacts of climatic oscillations. Collectively, these results highlight our disturbingly limited knowledge of this crucial issue but also support the idea that changing species interactions are an important cause of documented population declines and extinctions related to climate change. Finally, we briefly outline general research strategies for identifying these proximate causes in future studies. Keywords: mytilus-edulis l.; land-use change; global-change; el-nino; biological invasions; species interactions; population declines; range margins; marine fishes; national-park Source: Proceedings of The Royal Society B-biological Sciences, 2013, 280(1750): 20121890 Email: Wiens, JJ; [email protected]

60 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Citation frequency: 47 Reprogramming DNA methylation in the mammalian life cycle: building and breaking epigenetic barriers Seisenberger, S; Peat, JR; Hore, TA; et al. Abstract: In mammalian development, epigenetic modifications, including DNA methylation patterns, play a crucial role in defining cell fate but also represent epigenetic barriers that restrict developmental potential. At two points in the life cycle, DNA methylation marks are reprogrammed on a global scale, concomitant with restoration of developmental potency. DNA methylation patterns are subsequently re-established with the commitment towards a distinct cell fate. This reprogramming of DNA methylation takes place firstly on fertilization in the zygote, and secondly in primordial germ cells (PGCs), which are the direct progenitors of sperm or oocyte. In each reprogramming window, a unique set of mechanisms regulates DNA methylation erasure and re-establishment. Recent advances have uncovered roles for the TET3 hydroxylase and passive demethylation, together with base excision repair (BER) and the elongator complex, in methylation erasure from the zygote. Deamination by AID, BER and passive demethylation have been implicated in reprogramming in PGCs, but the process in its entirety is still poorly understood. In this review, we discuss the dynamics of DNA methylation reprogramming in PGCs and the zygote, the mechanisms involved and the biological significance of these events. Advances in our understanding of such natural epigenetic reprogramming are beginning to aid enhancement of experimental reprogramming in which the role of potential mechanisms can be investigated in vitro. Conversely, insights into in vitro reprogramming techniques may aid our understanding of epigenetic reprogramming in the germline and supply important clues in reprogramming for therapies in regenerative medicine. Keywords: primordial germ-cells; embryonic stem-cells; mouse preimplantation embryos; maternal genomic imprints; zygotic paternal genome; base excision-repair; de-novo methylation; active-demethylation; transposable elements; repetitive sequences Source: Philosophical Transactions of The Royal Society B-biological Sciences, 2013, 368(1609): 20110330 Email: Reik, W; [email protected]

Biophysics Citation frequency: 122 Regulation of nucleosome dynamics by histone modifications 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Zentner, GE; Henikoff, S Abstract: Chromatin is a dynamic structure that must respond to myriad stimuli to regulate access to DNA, and chemical modification of histones is a major means by which the cell modulates nucleosome mobility and turnover. Histone modifications are linked to essentially every cellular process requiring DNA access, including transcription, replication and repair. Here we consider properties of the major types of histone modification in the context of their associated biological processes to view them in light of the cellular mechanisms that regulate nucleosome dynamics. Keywords: double-strand breaks; dna-replication; saccharomyces-cerevisiae; h2b ubiquitylation; active chromatin; set2 methylation; adp-ribosylation; gene-expression; h3 methylation; variant h3.3 Source: Nature Structural & Molecular Biology, 2013, 20(3): 259–266 Email: Henikoff, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 118 Investigation of the freely available easy-to-use software 'EZR' for medical statistics Kanda, Y Abstract: Although there are many commercially available statistical software packages, only a few implement a competing risk analysis or a proportional hazards regression model with time-dependent covariates, which are necessary in studies on hematopoietic SCT. In addition, most packages are not clinician friendly, as they require that commands be written based on statistical languages. This report describes the statistical software 'EZR' (Easy R), which is based on R and R commander. EZR enables the application of statistical functions that are frequently used in clinical studies, such as survival analyses, including competing risk analyses and the use of time-dependent covariates, receiver operating characteristics analyses, meta-analyses, sample size calculation and so on, by point-and-click access. Keywords: bone-marrow transplants; competing risk; cumulative incidence; clinician; tests; guide Source: Bone Marrow Transplantation, 2013, 48(3): 452–458 Email: Kanda, Y; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 117 Structure and function of long noncoding RNAs in epigenetic regulation Mercer, TR; Mattick, JS Abstract: Genomes of complex organisms encode an abundance and diversity of long noncoding RNAs (IncRNAs) that are expressed

61 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 throughout the cell and fulfill a wide variety of regulatory roles at almost every stage of gene expression. These roles, which encompass sensory, guiding, scaffolding and allosteric capacities, derive from folded modular domains in IncRNAs. In this diverse functional repertoire, we focus on the well-characterized ability for IncRNAs to function as epigenetic modulators. Many IncRNAs bind to chromatin-modifying proteins and recruit their catalytic activity to specific sites in the genome, thereby modulating chromatin states and impacting gene expression. Considering this regulatory potential in combination with the abundance of IncRNAs suggests that IncRNAs may be part of a broad epigenetic regulatory network. Keywords: x-chromosome inactivation; xist rna; antisense transcription; chromatin modification; binding proteins; gene-expression; encode regions; hox loci; sequences; evolution Source: Nature Structural & Molecular Biology, 2013, 20(3): 300–307 Email: Mattick, JS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 98 Natural products: A continuing source of novel drug leads Cragg, GM; Newman, DJ Abstract: Background: Nature has been a source of medicinal products for millennia, with many useful drugs developed from plant sources. Following discovery of the penicillins, drug discovery from microbial sources occurred and diving techniques in the 1970s opened the seas. Combinatorial chemistry (late 1980s), shifted the focus of drug discovery efforts from Nature to the laboratory bench. Scope of Review: This review traces natural products drug discovery, outlining important drugs from natural sources that revolutionized treatment of serious diseases. It is clear Nature will continue to be a major source of new structural leads, and effective drug development depends on multidisciplinary collaborations. Major Conclusions: The explosion of genetic information led not only to novel screens, but the genetic techniques permitted the implementation of combinatorial biosynthetic technology and genome mining. The knowledge gained has allowed unknown molecules to be identified. These novel bioactive structures can be optimized by using combinatorial chemistry generating new drug candidates for many diseases. General Significance: The advent of genetic techniques that permitted the isolation / expression of biosynthetic cassettes from microbes may well be the new frontier for natural products lead discovery. It is now apparent that biodiversity may be much greater in those organisms. The numbers of potential species involved in the microbial world are many orders of magnitude greater than those of plants and multi-celled animals. Coupling these《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 numbers to the number of currently unexpressed biosynthetic clusters now identified (>10 per species) the potential of microbial diversity remains essentially untapped. Keywords: solid-phase synthesis; uncultivated bacterial symbionts; microtubule-stabilizing agents; sponge kirkpatrickia-varialosa; compound library development; diversity-oriented synthesis; biosynthetic gene-cluster; metastatic breast-cancer; fungal cell-wall; marine actinomycete Source: Biochimica Et Biophysica Acta-general Subjects, 2013, 1830(6): 3670–3695 Email: Newman, DJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 81 Optimization of parameters for semiempirical methods VI: more modifications to the NDDO approximations and re-optimization of parameters Stewart, JJP Abstract: Modern semiempirical methods are of sufficient accuracy when used in the modeling of molecules of the same type as used as reference data in the parameterization. Outside that subset, however, there is an abundance of evidence that these methods are of very limited utility. In an attempt to expand the range of applicability, a new method called PM7 has been developed. PM7 was parameterized using experimental and high-level ab initio reference data, augmented by a new type of reference data intended to better define the structure of parameter space. The resulting method was tested by modeling crystal structures and heats of formation of solids. Two changes were made to the set of approximations: a modification was made to improve the description of noncovalent interactions, and two minor errors in the NDDO formalism were rectified. Average unsigned errors (AUEs) in geometry and Delta H (f) for PM7 were reduced relative to PM6; for simple gas-phase organic systems, the AUE in bond lengths decreased by about 5% and the AUE in Delta H (f) decreased by about 10%; for organic solids, the AUE in Delta H (f) dropped by 60% and the reduction was 33.3% for geometries. A two-step process (PM7-TS) for calculating the heights of activation barriers has been developed. Using PM7-TS, the AUE in the barrier heights for simple organic reactions was decreased from values of 12.6 kcal/mol-1 in PM6 and 10.8 kcal/mol-1 in PM7 to 3.8 kcal/mol-1. The origins of the errors in NDDO methods have been examined, and were found to be attributable to inadequate and inaccurate reference data. This conclusion provides insight into how these methods can be improved. Keywords: structure model chemistries; density-functional theory; molecular-orbital theory; h-bonding correction; interaction energies; ground-states; pm6 method; noncovalent complexes; barrier heights; solid-state Source: Journal of Molecular Modeling, 2013, 19(1): 1–32 Email: Stewart, JJP; [email protected]

62 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Biotechnology Applied Microbiology Citation frequency: 376 GROMACS 4.5: a high-throughput and highly parallel open source molecular simulation toolkit Pronk, S; Pall, S; Schulz, R; et al. Abstract: Motivation: Molecular simulation has historically been a low-throughput technique, but faster computers and increasing amounts of genomic and structural data are changing this by enabling large-scale automated simulation of, for instance, many conformers or mutants of biomolecules with or without a range of ligands. At the same time, advances in performance and scaling now make it possible to model complex biomolecular interaction and function in a manner directly testable by experiment. These applications share a need for fast and efficient software that can be deployed on massive scale in clusters, web servers, distributed computing or cloud resources. Results: Here, we present a range of new simulation algorithms and features developed during the past 4 years, leading up to the GROMACS 4.5 software package. The software now automatically handles wide classes of biomolecules, such as proteins, nucleic acids and lipids, and comes with all commonly used force fields for these molecules built-in. GROMACS supports several implicit solvent models, as well as new free-energy algorithms, and the software now uses multithreading for efficient parallelization even on low-end systems, including windows-based workstations. Together with hand-tuned assembly kernels and state-of-the-art parallelization, this provides extremely high performance and cost efficiency for high-throughput as well as massively parallel simulations. Keywords: force-field; free-energy; biomolecular simulation; dynamics; model; refinement; transition; efficient; constant; proteins Source: Bioinformatics, 2013, 29(7): 845–854 Email: Lindahl, E; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 358 Efficient genome editing in zebrafish using a CRISPR-Cas system Hwang, WY; Fu, YF; Reyon, D; et al. Abstract: In bacteria, foreign nucleic acids are silenced by clustered, regularly interspaced, short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) CRISPR-associated (Gas) systems. Bacterial type II CRISPR systems have been adapted to create guide RNAs that direct site-specific DNA cleavage by the Cas9 endonuclease in cultured cells. Here we show that the CRISPR-Cas system functions in vivo to induce targeted genetic modifications in zebrafish embryos with efficiencies similar to those obtained using nucleases and transcription activator like effector nucleases. 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Keywords: zinc-finger nucleases; talens; prokaryotes; bacteria; immunity Source: Nature Biotechnology, 2013, 31(3): 227–229 Email: Joung, JK; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 328 ZFN, TALEN, and CRISPR/Cas-based methods for genome engineering Gaj, T; Gersbach, CA; Barbas, CF Abstract: Zinc-finger nucleases (ZFNs) and transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENs) comprise a powerful class of tools that are redefining the boundaries of biological research. These chimeric nucleases are composed of programmable, sequence-specific DNA-binding modules linked to a nonspecific DNA cleavage domain. ZFNs and TALENs enable a broad range of genetic modifications by inducing DNA double-strand breaks that stimulate error-prone nonhomologous end joining or homology-directed repair at specific genomic locations. Here, we review achievements made possible by site-specific nuclease technologies and discuss applications of these reagents for genetic analysis and manipulation. In addition, we highlight the therapeutic potential of ZFNs and TALENs and discuss future prospects for the field, including the emergence of clustered regulatory interspaced short palindromic repeat (CRISPR)/Cas-based RNA-guided DNA endonucleases. Keywords: zinc-finger nucleases; targeted gene disruption; pluripotent stem-cells; dna-sequence specificity; double-strand breaks; transcription factors; in-vivo; embryo microinjection; effector nucleases; nicking enzyme Source: Trends in Biotechnology, 2013, 31(7): 397–405 Email: Barbas, CF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 286 TopHat2: accurate alignment of transcriptomes in the presence of insertions, deletions and gene fusions Kim, D; Pertea, G; Trapnell, C; et al. Abstract: TopHat is a popular spliced aligner for RNA-sequence (RNA-seq) experiments. In this paper, we describe TopHat2, which incorporates many significant enhancements to TopHat. TopHat2 can align reads of various lengths produced by the latest sequencing technologies, while allowing for variable-length indels with respect to the reference genome. In addition to de novo spliced alignment, TopHat2 can align reads across fusion breaks, which can occur after genomic translocations. TopHat2 combines the ability to identify novel

63 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 splice sites with direct mapping to known transcripts, producing sensitive and accurate alignments, even for highly repetitive genomes or in the presence of pseudogenes. TopHat2 is available at http://ccb.jhu.edu/software/tophat. Keywords: RNA-seq; human genome; pseudogenes; discovery; ultrafast; reads Source: Genome Biology, 2013, 14(4): R36 Email: Kim, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 266 High-frequency off-target mutagenesis induced by CRISPR-Cas nucleases in human cells Fu, YF; Foden, JA; Khayter, C; et al. Abstract: Clustered, regularly interspaced, short palindromic repeat (CRISPR) RNA-guided nucleases (RGNs) have rapidly emerged as a facile and efficient platform for genome editing. Here, we use a human cell-based reporter assay to characterize off-target cleavage of CRISPR-associated (Cas) 9-based RGNs. We find that single and double mismatches are tolerated to varying degrees depending on their position along the guide RNA (gRNA)-DNA interface. We also readily detected off-target alterations induced by four out of six RGNs targeted to endogenous loci in human cells by examination of partially mismatched sites. The off-target sites we identified harbored up to five mismatches and many were mutagenized with frequencies comparable to (or higher than) those observed at the intended on-target site. Our work demonstrates that RGNs can be highly active even with imperfectly matched RNA-DNA interfaces in human cells, a finding that might confound their use in research and therapeutic applications. Keywords: zinc-finger nucleases; systems; endonuclease; generation; bacteria; archaea; mice Source: Nature Biotechnology, 2013, 31(9): 822 Email: Joung, JK; [email protected]

Cardiac Cardiovascular Systems Citation frequency: 165 Fifth INTERMACS annual report: Risk factor analysis from more than 6,000 mechanical circulatory support patients Kirklin, JK; Naftel, DC; Kormos, RL et al. Abstract: The 5th annual report of the Interagency Registry for Mechanically Assisted Circulatory Support (INTERMACS) summarizes and analyzes the first 6 years of patient and data collection. The current analysis includes more than 6000 patients and updated risk factors for continuous flow pumps. Among《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 continuous flow pumps, actuarial survival is 80% at 1 year and 70% at 2 years. Quality of life indicators are generally favorable and adverse event burden will likely influence patient selections of advanced heart failure therapies. Source: Journal of Heart and Lung Transplantation, 2013, 32(2): 141–156 Email: Kirklin, JK; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 140 2013 ACC/AHA Guideline on the Treatment of Blood Cholesterol to Reduce Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Risk in Adults A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines Stone, NJ; Robinson, JG; Lichtenstein, AH; et al. Abstract: Atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease is the most important public health problem of our time in both Europe and the rest of the world, accounting for the greatest expenditure in most healthcare budgets. Achieving consistency of clinical care, incorporating new evidence and their synthesis into practical recommendations for clinicians is the task of various guideline committees throughout the world. Any change in a set of guidelines therefore can have far reaching consequences, particularly if they appear to be at variance with the existing guidelines. The present article discusses the recent American College of Cardiology (ACC)/American Heart Association (AHA) guidelines 2013 on the control of blood cholesterol to reduce atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease risk in adults. When compared with the ESC/EAS guidelines on lipid modification in 2011, the ACC/AHA guidelines of 2013 differ markedly. Specifically, (i) the scope is limited to randomized trials only, which excludes a significant body of data and promotes essentially a statin centric approach only; (ii) the abolition of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) targets in favour of specific statin regimens that produce a 30-50% reduction in LDL-C we believe will confuse many physicians and miss the opportunity for medication adherence and patient engagement in self-management; (iii) the absence of target LDL-C levels in very high-risk patients with high absolute risk or residual risk factors will discourage clinicians to consider the addition of lipid modification treatments and individualize patient care; (iv) a reduction in the threshold for treatment in primary prevention will result in a greater number of patients being prescribed statin therapy, which is potentially good in young patients with high life time risk, but will result in a very large number of older patients offered therapy; and (v) the mixed pool risk calculator used to asses CVD risk in the guidelines for primary prevention has not been fully evaluated. This article discusses the potential implications of adopting the ACC/AHA guidelines on patient care in Europe and beyond and concludes with the opinion that the ESC/EAS guidelines from 2011 seem to be the most wide ranging, pragmatic and appropriate choice for European countries. Keywords: randomized controlled-trial; type-2 diabetes-mellitus; primary-prevention trial; placebo-controlled trial; acute coronary

64 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts syndromes; density-lipoprotein cholesterol; clinical-practice guidelines; chronic kidney-disease; multiple chronic conditions; transient ischemic attack Source: Journal of The American College of Cardiology, 2014, 63(25): 2889–2934

Cell Tissue Engineering Citation frequency: 122 A TALEN Genome-Editing System for Generating Human Stem Cell-Based Disease Models Ding, QR; Lee, YK; Schaefer, EAK; et al. Abstract: Transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENs) are a new class of engineered nucleases that are easier to design to cleave at desired sites in a genome than previous types of nucleases. We report here the use of TALENs to rapidly and efficiently generate mutant alleles of 15 genes in cultured somatic cells or human pluripotent stem cells, the latter for which we differentiated both the targeted lines and isogenic control lines into various metabolic cell types. We demonstrate cell-autonomous phenotypes directly linked to disease-dyslipidemia, insulin resistance, hypoglycemia, lipodystrophy, motor-neuron death, and hepatitis C infection. We found little evidence of TALEN off-target effects, but each clonal line nevertheless harbors a significant number of unique mutations. Given the speed and ease with which we were able to derive and characterize these cell lines, we anticipate TALEN-mediated genome editing of human cells becoming a mainstay for the investigation of human biology and disease. Keywords: insulin-resistance; adipose-tissue; mice lacking; dna; effectors; perilipin; nucleases; sortilin; mutation; akt2 Source: Cell Stem Cell, 2013, 12(2): 238–251 Email: Musunuru, K; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 79 The Sox Family of Transcription Factors: Versatile Regulators of Stem and Progenitor Cell Fate Sarkar, A; Hochedlinger, K Abstract: Sox family transcription factors are well-established regulators of cell fate decisions during development. Accumulating evidence documents that they play additional roles in adult tissue homeostasis and regeneration. Remarkably, forced expression of Sox factors, in combination with other synergistic factors, reprograms differentiated cells into somatic or pluripotent stem cells. Dysregulation of Sox factors has been further implicated in diseases including cancer. Here, we review molecular and functional evidence linking Sox proteins with stem cell biology, cellular《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 reprogramming, and disease with an emphasis on Sox2. Keywords: sex-determining region; self-renewal; gene-expression; neural crest; dna-binding; tgf-beta; neuronal differentiation; reprogramming factors; human fibroblasts; identifies Sox2 Source: Cell Stem Cell, 2013, 12(1): 15–30 Email: Hochedlinger, K; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 73 Lack of Immune Response to Differentiated Cells Derived from Syngeneic Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells Guha, P; Morgan, JW; Mostoslavsky, G; et al. Abstract: The prospects for using autologous induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) in cell replacement therapy have been tempered by evidence that undifferentiated, syngeneic mouse iPSCs are immunogenic upon transplantation. However, the immunogenicity of more therapeutically relevant differentiated cells remains unexplored. Here, we differentiated mouse iPSCs into embryoid bodies (EBs) or representative cell types spanning the three embryonic germ layers and assessed their immunogenicity in vitro and after their transplantation into syngeneic recipients. We found no evidence of increased T cell proliferation in vitro, rejection of syngeneic iPSC-derived EBs/tissue-specific cells (TSCs) after transplantation, or an antigen-specific secondary immune response. Thus, differentiated cells derived from syngeneic iPSCs do not appear to be rejected after transplantation. We also found little evidence of an immune response to undifferentiated, syngeneic iPSCs. Our data support the idea that differentiated cells generated from autologous iPSCs could be applied for cell replacement therapy without eliciting immune rejection. Keywords: mouse Source: Cell Stem Cell, 2013, 12(4): 407–412 Email: Boyd, AS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 67 Stromal cells from the adipose tissue-derived stromal vascular fraction and culture expanded adipose tissue-derived stromal/stem cells: a joint statement of the International Federation for Adipose Therapeutics and Science (IFATS) and the International Society for Cellular Therapy (ISCT) Bourin, P; Bunnell, BA; Casteilla, L; et al. Abstract: Background aims. Adipose tissue is a rich and very convenient source of cells for regenerative medicine therapeutic approaches. However, a characterization of the population of adipose-derived stromal and stem cells (ASCs) with the greatest therapeutic potential

65 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 remains unclear. Under the authority of International Federation of Adipose Therapeutics and International Society for Cellular Therapy, this paper sets out to establish minimal definitions of stromal cells both as uncultured stromal vascular fraction (SVF) and as an adherent stromal/stem cells population. Methods. Phenotypic and functional criteria for the identification of adipose-derived cells were drawn from the literature. Results. In the SVF, cells are identified phenotypically by the following markers: CD45-CD235a-CD31-CD34+. Added value may be provided by both a viability marker and the following surface antigens: CD13, CD73, CD90 and CD105. The fibroblastoid colony-forming unit assay permits the evaluation of progenitor frequency in the SVF population. In culture, ASCs retain markers in common with other mesenchymal stromal/stem cells (MSCs), including CD90, CD73, CD 105, and CD44 and remain negative for CD45 and CD31. They can be distinguished from bone-marrow-derived MSCs by their positivity for CD36 and negativity for CD106. The CFU-F assay is recommended to calculate population doublings capacity of ASCs. The adipocytic, chondroblastic and osteoblastic differentiation assays serve to complete the cell identification and potency assessment in conjunction with a quantitative evaluation of the differentiation either biochemically or by reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction. Conclusions. The goal of this paper is to provide initial guidance for the scientific community working with adipose-derived cells and to facilitate development of international standards based on reproducible parameters. Keywords: mesenchymal stem-cells; human-bone-marrow; hematopoietic stem; progenitor cells; in-vitro; subpopulations; translation; features; surface Source: Cytotherapy, 2013, 15(6): 641–648 Email: Bourin, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 61 Modeling Alzheimer's Disease with iPSCs Reveals Stress Phenotypes Associated with Intracellular A beta and Differential Drug Responsiveness Kondo, T; Asai, M; Tsukita, K; et al. Abstract: Oligomeric forms of amyloid-beta peptide (A beta) are thought to play a pivotal role in the pathogenesis of Alzheimer's disease (AD), but the mechanism involved is still unclear. Here, we generated induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) from familial and sporadic AD patients and differentiated them into neural cells. A beta oligomers accumulated in iPSC-derived neurons and astrocytes in cells from patients with a familial amyloid precursor protein (APP)-E693 Delta mutation and sporadic AD, leading to endoplasmic reticulum (ER) and oxidative stress. The accumulated A beta oligomers were not proteolytically resistant, and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) treatment alleviated the stress responses in《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 the AD neural cells. Differential manifestation of ER stress and DHA responsiveness may help explain variable clinical results obtained with the use of DHA treatment and suggests that DHA may in fact be effective for a subset of patients. It also illustrates how patient-specific iPSCs can be useful for analyzing AD pathogenesis and evaluating drugs. Keywords: pluripotent stem-cells; endoplasmic-reticulum stress; oxidative stress; mouse model; in-vivo; protein; oligomers; memory; neurodegeneration; generation Source: Cell Stem Cell, 2013, 12(4): 487–496 Email: Iwata, N; [email protected]

Cell Biology Citation frequency: 363 One-Step Generation of Mice Carrying Mutations in Multiple Genes by CRISPR/Cas-Mediated Genome Engineering Wang, HY; Yang, H; Shivalila, CS; et al. Abstract: Mice carrying mutations in multiple genes are traditionally generated by sequential recombination in embryonic stem cells and/or time-consuming inter-crossing of mice with a single mutation. The CRISPR/Cas system has been adapted as an efficient gene-targeting technology with the potential for multiplexed genome editing. We demonstrate that CRISPR/Cas-mediated gene editing allows the simultaneous disruption of five genes (Tet1, 2, 3, Sry, Uty - 8 alleles) in mouse embryonic stem (ES) cells with high efficiency. Coinjection of Cas9 mRNA and single-guide RNAs (sgRNAs) targeting Tet1 and Tet2 into zygotes generated mice with biallelic mutations in both genes with an efficiency of 80%. Finally, we show that coinjection of Cas9 mRNA/sgRNAs with mutant oligos generated precise point mutations simultaneously in two target genes. Thus, the CRISPR/Cas system allows the one-step generation of animals carrying mutations in multiple genes, an approach that will greatly accelerate the in vivo study of functionally redundant genes and of epistatic gene interactions. Keywords: zinc-finger nucleases; embryo microinjection; postnatal-development; knockout rats; bacteria; systems; cells; cas9; tet2; endonuclease Source: Cell, 2013, 153(4): 910–918 Email: Jaenisch, R; [email protected]

66 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Citation frequency: 212 INNOVATION TALENs: a widely applicable technology for targeted genome editing Joung, JK; Sander, JD Abstract: Engineered nucleases enable the targeted alteration of nearly any gene in a wide range of cell types and organisms. The newly-developed transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENs) comprise a nonspecific DNA-cleaving nuclease fused to a DNA-binding domain that can be easily engineered so that TALENs can target essentially any sequence. The capability to quickly and efficiently alter genes using TALENs promises to have profound impacts on biological research and to yield potential therapeutic strategies for genetic diseases. Keywords: zinc-finger nucleases; pluripotent stem-cells; double-strand breaks; effector nucleases; gene disruption; dna recognition; embryo microinjection; transcription factors; efficient generation; cleavage domain Source: Nature Reviews Molecular Cell Biology, 2013, 14(1): 49–55 Email: Joung, JK; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 197 Repurposing CRISPR as an RNA-Guided Platform for Sequence-Specific Control of Gene Expression Qi, LS; Larson, MH; Gilbert, LA; et al. Abstract: Targeted gene regulation on a genome-wide scale is a powerful strategy for interrogating, perturbing, and engineering cellular systems. Here, we develop a method for controlling gene expression based on Cas9, an RNA-guided DNA endonuclease from a type II CRISPR system. We show that a catalytically dead Cas9 lacking endonuclease activity, when coexpressed with a guide RNA, generates a DNA recognition complex that can specifically interfere with transcriptional elongation, RNA polymerase binding, or transcription factor binding. This system, which we call CRISPR interference (CRISPRi), can efficiently repress expression of targeted genes in Escherichia coli, with no detectable off-target effects. CRISPRi can be used to repress multiple target genes simultaneously, and its effects are reversible. We also show evidence that the system can be adapted for gene repression in mammalian cells. This RNA-guided DNA recognition platform provides a simple approach for selectively perturbing gene expression on a genome-wide scale. Keywords: fluorescent protein; adaptive immunity; transcription; bacteria; systems; interference; evolution; cleavage; archaea; complex Source: Cell, 2013, 152(5): 1173–1183《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Email: Qi, LS; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 180 Evolution and Impact of Subclonal Mutations in Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia Landau, DA; Carter, SL; Stojanov, P; et al. Abstract: Clonal evolution is a key feature of cancer progression and relapse. We studied intratumoral heterogeneity in 149 chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) cases by integrating whole-exome sequence and copy number to measure the fraction of cancer cells harboring each somatic mutation. We identified driver mutations as predominantly clonal (e.g., MYD88, trisomy 12, and del(13q)) or subclonal (e.g., SF3B1 and TP53), corresponding to earlier and later events in CLL evolution. We sampled leukemia cells from 18 patients at two time points. Ten of twelve CLL cases treated with chemotherapy (but only one of six without treatment) underwent clonal evolution, predominantly involving subclones with driver mutations (e.g., SF3B1 and TP53) that expanded over time. Furthermore, presence of a subclonal driver mutation was an independent risk factor for rapid disease progression. Our study thus uncovers patterns of clonal evolution in CLL, providing insights into its stepwise transformation, and links the presence of subclones with adverse clinical outcomes. Keywords: acute myeloid-leukemia; copy-number alteration; b-cell lymphoma; clonal evolution; human cancer; somatic mutations; multiple-myeloma; genomic aberrations; breast cancers; short survival Source: Cell, 2013, 152(4): 714–726 Email: Getz, G; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 179 Master Transcription Factors and Mediator Establish Super-Enhancers at Key Cell Identity Genes Whyte, WA; Orlando, DA; Hnisz, D; et al. Abstract: Master transcription factors Oct4, Sox2, and Nanog bind enhancer elements and recruit Mediator to activate much of the gene expression program of pluripotent embryonic stem cells (ESCs). We report here that the ESC master transcription factors form unusual enhancer domains at most genes that control the pluripotent state. These domains, which we call super-enhancers, consist of clusters of enhancers that are densely occupied by the master regulators and Mediator. Super-enhancers differ from typical enhancers in size, transcription factor density and content, ability to activate transcription, and sensitivity to perturbation. Reduced levels of Oct4 or Mediator cause preferential loss of expression of super-enhancer-associated genes relative to other genes, suggesting how changes in gene expression

67 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 programs might be accomplished during development. In other more differentiated cells, super-enhancers containing cell-type-specific master transcription factors are also found at genes that define cell identity. Super-enhancers thus play key roles in the control of mammalian cell identity. Keywords: embryonic stem-cells; wnt signaling pathway; human genome; self-renewal; rnai screen; coactivator complex; expression; pluripotency; differentiation; circuitry Source: Cell, 2013, 153(2): 307–319 Email: Young, RA; [email protected]

Chemistry Analytical Citation frequency: 79 Biomimetic sensor for certain catecholamines employing copper(II) complex and silver nanoparticle modified glassy carbon paste electrode Sanghavi, BJ; Mobin, SM; Mathur, P; et al.

Abstract: A dimeric Cu(II) complex [Cu(mu(2)-heP)(heP-H)]2 center dot 2ClO4 (1) containing bidentate (hep-H=2-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyridine) ligand was synthesized and characterized by single crystal X-ray diffraction studies. Each Cu-ion in 1 is in a distorted square pyramidal geometry. Further 1 along with silver nanoparticles (SNPs) have been used as modifier in the construction of a biomimetic sensor (1-SNP- GCPE) for determining certain catecholamines viz., dopamine (DA), levodopa (L-Dopa), epinephrine (EP) and norepinephrine (NE) using cyclic voltammetry, chronocoulometry, electrochemical impedance spectroscopy and adsorptive stripping square wave voltammetry (AdSSWV). Finally, the catalytic properties of the sensor were characterized by chronoamperometry. Employing AdSSWV, the calibration curves showed linear response ranging between 10-6 and 10-9 M for all the four analytes with detection limits (S/N=3) of 8.52×10-10 M, 2.41×10-9 M, 3.96×10-1 M and 3.54×10-1 M for DA, L-Dopa, EP and NE respectively. The lifetime of the biomimetic sensor was 3 months at room temperature. The prepared modified electrode shows several advantages such as simple preparation method, high sensitivity, high stability, ease of preparation and regeneration of the electrode surface by simple polishing along with excellent reproducibility. The method has been applied for the selective and precise analysis of DA, L-Dopa, EP and NE in pharmaceutical formulations, urine and blood serum samples. Keywords: potentiometric stripping analysis; hydrophilic interaction chromatography; chemically-modified electrodes; ascorbic-acid; uric-acid; voltammetric determination; electrochemical sensor; folic-acid; capillary-electrophoresis; chloride complex Source: Biosensors & Bioelectronics, 2013, 39(1): 124–132 Email: Srivastava, AK; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 61 A simple electrochemical approach to fabricate a glucose biosensor based on graphene-glucose oxidase biocomposite Unnikrishnan, B; Palanisamy, S; Chen, SM Abstract: We report a simple electrochemical approach for the immobilization of glucose oxidase (GOx) on reduced graphene oxide (RGO). The immobilization of GOx was achieved in a single step without any cross linking agents or modifiers. A simple solution phase approach was used to prepare exfoliated graphene oxide (GO), followed by electrochemical reduction to get RGO-GOx biocomposite. The direct electrochemistry of GOx was revealed at the RGO-GOx modified glassy carbon electrode (GCE). The electrocatalytic and electroanalytical applications of the proposed film were studied by cyclic voltammetry (CV) and amperometry. It is notable that the glucose determination has been achieved in mediator-free conditions. RGO-GOx film showed very good stability, reproducibility and high selectivity. The developed biosensor exhibits excellent catalytic activity towards glucose over a wide linear range of 0.1-27 mM with a sensitivity of 1.85 mu A mM-1 cm-2. The facile and easy electrochemical approach used for the preparation of RGO-GOx may open up new horizons in the production of cost-effective biosensors and biofuel cells. Keywords: one-step immobilization; graphite oxide; ionic liquid; nanosheets; enzyme; electrode; layer; reduction; polymers; matrix Source: Biosensors & Bioelectronics, 2013, 39(1): 70–75 Email: Chen, SM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 55 Direct electrochemistry of glucose oxidase at electrochemically reduced graphene oxide- multiwalled carbon nanotubes hybrid material modified electrode for glucose biosensor Mani, V; Devadas, B; Chen, SM Abstract: Direct electrochemistry of glucose oxidase (GOx) at an electrochemically reduced graphene oxide-multiwalled carbon nanotubes hybrid (ERGO-MWCNT) modified glassy carbon electrode (GCE) has been reported. The pi-pi stacking interaction operating between the MWCNT and graphene oxide (GO) has been revealed by UV-Vis absorption spectroscopy. GOx was well immobilized onto the ERGO-MWCNT hybrid film, as a result direct electrochemistry of GOx has been achieved. Compared with pristine MWCNT, 2.1 fold higher peak current and very low peak to peak separation (Delta E-p) of 26 mV were observed at the hybrid film, demonstrating faster electron transfer between GOx and the modified electrode surface. Moreover, the modified film exhibited high electrocatalytic activity

68 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts towards glucose via reductive detection of oxygen consumption and in the presence of mediator. The proposed biosensor exhibits low detection limit of 4.7 mu M with wide linear range of 0.01-6.5 mM and acquires excellent storage and operational stabilities. The accurate glucose determination in human blood serum and good recoveries achieved in spiked urine samples revealed their great potential in the practical applications. Keywords: composites; dispersion Source: Biosensors & Bioelectronics, 2013, 41: 309–315 Email: Chen, SM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 54 Glutathione-Protected Silver Nanoclusters as Cysteine-Selective Fluorometric and Colorimetric Probe Yuan, X; Tay, YQ; Dou, XY; et al. Abstract: The integration of the unique thiol-Ag chemistry and the specific steric hindrance from the organic layer of fluorescent Ag nanoclusters (AgNCs) was first developed in this work to achieve a simple detection of cysteine (Cys) with high selectivity and sensitivity. The key design is a strongly red-emitting AgNC protected by the interference biothiol, glutathione, or GSH (hereafter referred to as GSH-AgNCs), where both the physicochemical properties (Ag surface chemistry and fluorescence) of the NC core and the physical properties (e.g., steric hindrance) of the organic shell were fully utilized for Cys detection with three major features. First, owing to the specific thiol-Ag interaction, the fluorescent GSH-AgNCs showed superior selectivity for Cys over the other 19 natural amino acids (nonthiol-containing). Second, the GSH protecting layer on the NC surface made possible the differentiation of Cys from GSH (or other large-sized thiol molecules) simply by their size. Third, the ultrasmall size of GSH-AgNCs and the high affinity of the thiol-Ag interaction provided high sensitivity for Cys detection with a detection limit of <3 nM. The assay developed in this study is of interest not only because it provides a simple Cys sensor with high selectivity and sensitivity but also because it exemplifies the utilization of the physical properties of organic ligands on the nanomaterial surface to further improve the sensor performance, which could open a new design strategy for other sensor development. Keywords: gold nanoparticles; liquid-chromatography; fluorescent; clusters; thiols; nanocrystals; aggregation; monolayers; complexes; nanorods Source: Analytical Chemistry, 2013, 85(3): 1913–1919 Email: Xie, JP; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 53

Graphene wrapped Cu2O nanocubes: Non-enzymatic electrochemical sensors for the detection of glucose and hydrogen peroxide with enhanced stability Liu, MM; Liu, R; Chen, W

Abstract: In this study, a sensor for the detection of glucose and hydrogen peroxide was developed on the basis of Cu2O nanocubes wrapped by graphene nanosheets (Cu2O/GNs) as electrocatalysts. Cubic Cu2O nanocrystals/graphene hybrid has been successfully fabricated by a chemical reduction method at low temperature. The morphologies of the synthesized materials were characterized by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and powder X-ray diffraction measurements (XRD). As a non-enzymatic amperometric sensor, the resulting Cu2O/graphene composite exhibited high sensitivity for the detection of glucose and H2O2. Moreover, the graphene coating was found to be able to effectively improve the electrochemical cycling stability of the fabricated sensor. With the Cu2O/GNs modified electrode, amperometric sensing of glucose was realized with a linear response over the concentration range from 0.3 to 3.3 mM, a detection limit of 3.3 mu M (SIN=3), high selectivity and short response time ( < 9 s). Compared to unsupported Cu2O nanocubes, the graphene-wrapped Cu2O nanocubes exhibited higher catalytic activity for glucose oxidation with higher sensitivity and lower detection limit. The enzymeless sensor also exhibited good response toward H2O2, with the linear response ranging from 0.3 to 7.8 mM at 0.4 V and the detection limit of 20.8 mu M. Moreover, because the surface is covered by graphene nanosheets, the as-synthesized Cu2O/GN5 exhibited improved electrochemical stability. Such novel graphene nanosheets wrapped Cu2O nanocubes represent promising enzyme-free glucose and hydrogen peroxide sensors with high sensitivity and selectivity, improved stability and fast amperometric response. Keywords: glassy-carbon electrode; facile synthesis; composite film; cuo nanowires; nanoparticles; oxide; functionalization; nanostructures; nanocrystals; biosensor Source: Biosensors & Bioelectronics, 2013, 45: 206–212 Email: Chen, W; [email protected]

Chemistry Applied Citation frequency: 113 Recent Advances in Asymmetric Organocatalytic Construction of 3,3'-Spirocyclic Oxindoles Hong, L; Wang, R Abstract: The asymmetric organocatalysis is definitely one of the most powerful and versatile tools for the rapid construction of various

69 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 spirocyclic oxindoles. In the past few years, a number of successful strategies based on organocatalysis have been developed for the construction of 3,3-spirocyclic oxindoles in high yields and excellent enantioselectivities under mild conditions. In this review, recent advances in this area are summarized and classified according to the spiro ring fused at the 3-position of the oxindole core. Keywords: catalyzed 3+2 annulation; structure-based design; highly enantioselective synthesis; quaternary carbon stereocenters; intramolecular heck reactions; baylis-hillman carbonates; pictet-spengler reactions; diels-alder reactions; stereoselective-synthesis; spirocyclic oxindoles Source: Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis, 2013, 355(6): 1023–1052 Email: Wang, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 74 Direct Trifluoromethylation of the CH Bond Liu, H; Gu, ZH; Jiang, XF Abstract: Trifluoromethylation meets CH activation: after transition metal-catalyzed trifluoromethylation became more and more popular, trifluoromethylation via CH activation is now emerging as the latest attraction. Several pioneering examples and their mechanisms are discussed in this review. Keywords: catalyzed oxidative trifluoromethylation; enantioselective alpha-trifluoromethylation; pd(ii)-catalyzed ortho-trifluoromethylation; carbon-hydrogen bonds; room-temperature; boronic acids; mediated trifluoromethylation; heteroaromatic-compounds; h trifluoromethy- lation; photoredox catalysis Source: Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis, 2013, 355(4): 617–626 Email: Jiang, XF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 64 Recent advances in the synthesis of hierarchically nanoporous zeolites Na, K; Choi, M; Ryoo, R Abstract: Hierarchically nanoporous zeolites possessing mesopores as well as the inherent micropores of zeolite structures are garnering attention as a solution to the diffusion limitation problem of solely microporous classical zeolites. The hierarchical structure enables zeolites to have maximum structural functions in a limited space and volume owing to the high diffusion efficiency. Hierarchical zeolites are in high demand for the development of advanced materials for applications in adsorption, separation and catalysis. Herein, recent advances in synthesis routes to hierarch《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅ically nanoporous zeolites are reviewed with their catalytic contributions. Particular emphasis is given to the recently developed synthesis method which uses surfactants that are functionalized with a zeolite-structure-directing group. This type of surfactants can direct porous structures in micro- and meso-length scales simultaneously. Keywords: ordered mesoporous materials; unit-cell thickness; molecular-sieve; single-crystals; mfi zeolite; catalytic-properties; porous materials; carbon aerogels; zsm-5 zeolite; organosilane surfactant Source: Microporous and Mesoporous Materials, 2013, 166: 3–19 Email: Ryoo, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 61 Metal organic framework based mixed matrix membranes: An increasingly important field of research with a large application potential Zornoza, B; Tellez, C; Coronas, J; et al. Abstract: The combination of metal organic frameworks (MOFs) and polymers in the form of mixed matrix membranes (MMMs) has become an increasingly important field of research over the last few years. The first examples of membranes outperforming state of the art polymers have already been presented, emphasizing the high application potential of these composites. In this paper, the recent progress on the topic is thoroughly reviewed and the main advantages and limitations of the use of MOFs as MMMs fillers are evaluated. Keywords: zeolitic imidazolate frameworks; porous coordination polymers; in-situ diffraction; x-ray-scattering; gas-separation; selective flakes; silicalite-1 membranes; modeling permeation; thermal-stability; inorganic fillers Source: Microporous and Mesoporous Materials, 2013, 166: 67–78 Email: Gascon, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 59 Metal Organic Frameworks as Solid Catalysts in Condensation Reactions of Carbonyl Groups Dhakshinamoorthy, A; Opanasenko, M; Cejka, J; et al. Abstract: This review summarizes the use of metal organic frameworks (MOFs) as solid catalysts for condensation reactions. After an introductory section, in which condensation reactions are generally presented, a list of the MOFs employed as condensation catalyst is given. The main part of the present review is organized according to the use of MOFs as solid acids, solid bases or as bi-functional solids containing both acid and basic sites. Throughout the review, the emphasis has been made on discussing the stability of the MOFs, their reusability and in providing a comparison of the performance of MOFs with respect to other homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysts.

70 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Finally, we summarize the current state-of-the-art and provide our view on future trends and developments in this field. Keywords: coordinatively unsaturated sites; ray crystal-structure; one-pot synthesis; knoevenagel condensation; heterogeneous catalysts; functionalized mil-101; friedlander reaction; henry reaction; acid; lewis Source: Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis, 2013, 355(2-3): 247–268 Email: Dhakshinamoorthy, A; [email protected]

Chemistry Inorganic Nuclear Citation frequency: 144 Semiconducting Tin and Lead Iodide Perovskites with Organic Cations: Phase Transitions, High Mobilities, and Near-Infrared Photoluminescent Properties Stoumpos, CC; Malliakas, CD; Kanatzidis, MG Abstract: A broad organic-inorganic series of hybrid metal iodide perovskites with the general formulation AMI(3), where A is the + + methylammonium (CH3NH3 ) or formamidinium (HC(NH2)2 ) cation and M is Sn (1 and 2) or Pb (3 and 4) are reported. The compounds have been prepared through a variety of synthetic approaches, and the nature of the resulting materials is discussed in terms of their thermal stability and optical and electronic properties. We find that the chemical and physical properties of these materials strongly depend on the preparation method. Single crystal X-ray diffraction analysis of 1-4 classifies the compounds in the perovskite structural family. Structural phase transitions were observed and investigated by temperature-dependent single crystal X-ray diffraction in the 100-400 K range. The charge transport properties of the materials are discussed in conjunction with diffuse reflectance studies in the mid-IR region that display characteristic absorption features. Temperature-dependent studies show a strong dependence of the resistivity as a function of the crystal structure. Optical absorption measurements indicate that 1-4 behave as direct-gap semiconductors with energy band gaps distributed in the range of 1.25-1.75 eV. The compounds exhibit an intense near-IR photoluminescence (PL) emission in the 700-1000 nm range (1.1-1.7 eV) at room temperature. We show that solid solutions between the Sn and Pb compounds are readily accessible throughout the composition range. The optical properties such as energy band gap, emission intensity, and wavelength can be readily controlled as we show for the isostructural series of solid solutions CH3NH3Sn1-xPbxI3 (5). The charge transport type in these materials was characterized by Seebeck coefficient and Hall-effect measurements. The compounds behave as p- or n-type semiconductors depending on the preparation method. The samples with the lowest carrier concentration are prepared from solution and are n-type; p-type samples can be obtained through solid state reactions exposed in air in a controllable manner. In the case of Sri compounds, there is a facile tendency toward oxidation which causes the materials to be doped 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅with Sn4+ and thus behave as p-type semiconductors displaying metal-like conductivity. The compounds appear to possess very high estimated electron and hole mobilities that exceed 2000 cm2/(V s) and 300 cm2/(V s), respectively, as shown in the case of CH3NH3SnI3 (1). We also compare the properties of the title hybrid materials with those of the all inorganic CsSnI3 and CsPbI3 prepared using identical synthetic methods. Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; group-theoretical analysis; ion-exchange properties; sensitized solar-cell; x-ray-diffraction; crystal-structure; inorganic semiconductors; layered perovskites; thermal-properties; twin boundaries Source: Inorganic Chemistry, 2013, 52(15): 9019–9038 Email: Kanatzidis, MG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 139 Design and construction of coordination polymers with mixed-ligand synthetic strategy Du, M; Li, CP; Liu, CS; et al. Abstract: The rational construction of coordination polymers (CPs), normally existing as infinite crystalline lattices extended from inorganic vertices and organic struts, essentially benefits from the development of crystal engineering strategies. In this review, we summarily comment on the key advances in the design of CPs using mixed-ligand synthetic strategy and discuss the relationship between the specifically selected mixed organic ligands and the resulting CPs. Significantly, fine tuning on the structural features of organic ligands, such as spacers, positional isomers, and substituents, can lead to a delicate regulation of the diverse network structures of CPs. Additionally, such mixed-ligand coordination assemblies may also be heavily affected by metal ion, synthetic route, and some other external stimuli such as solvent and pH condition, etc. The advantages of mixed-ligand systems as promising approaches to construct CPs-based crystalline materials with interesting structures and useful properties will also be demonstrated. Keywords: metal-organic frameworks; gas-adsorption properties; r-isophthalate r; crystal-structures; sorption properties; building-blocks; structural diversification; co-ligands; supramolecular isomerism; carboxylate frameworks Source: Coordination Chemistry Reviews, 2013, 257(7-8): 1282–1305 Email: Du, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 88 Recent advances in dysprosium-based single molecule magnets: Structural overview and synthetic strategies Zhang, P; Guo, YN; Tang, JK Abstract: The last few years have seen a huge renaissance in the study of the magnetism of lanthanide coordination complexes, especially

71 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 in the field of single molecule magnets (SMMs) due to the large inherent anisotropy of lanthanide metal ions. It has led to intense activity on the part of synthetic chemists to produce systems suitable for detailed study by physicists and materials scientists, thus synthetic development has been playing a major role in the advancement of this field. In this review, we demonstrate the research developed in the few years in the fascinating and challenging field of Dy-based SMMs with particular focus on how recent studies tend to address the issue of relaxation dynamics in these systems from synthetic point of view. In addition, the assembly of multinuclear Dy SMMs using various ligands is summarized, showing that several typical motifs are favorable structural units which could be exploited in the formation of new Dy-based SMMs and supramolecular architectures. Keywords: sharing dy-3 triangles; lanthanide complexes; transition-metal; slow relaxation; chain magnets; ground-state; ion magnets; zero-field; anisotropic barrier; terbium complex Source: Coordination Chemistry Reviews, 2013, 257(11-12): 1728–1763 Email: Tang, JK; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 87 Abnormal, mesoionic and remote N-heterocyclic carbene complexes Crabtree, RH Abstract: Three different structural classes of NHC ligands can be distinguished: normal (nNHC), abnormal (aNHC), alternatively called mesoionic (MIC), and remote (rNHC). General principles, synthetic strategies as well as recent results in the area of transition metal complexes of aNHC/MICs and rNHCs are discussed. The special properties of aNHC/MICs are discussed including their somewhat debateable status as true carbenes in the full sense of the term, as contrasted with their close analogy with nNHCs in the bound state. Some applications to catalysis are included and future prospects outlined. Keywords: norbornene polymerization behavior; c-h activation; palladium complexes; imidazolium salts; catalytic-activity; nhc ligands; organometallic catalysis; coordination chemistry; electronic parameters; olefin metathesis Source: Coordination Chemistry Reviews, 2013, 257(3-4): 755–766 Email: Crabtree, RH; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 76 State of the art in gold nanoparticle synthesis Zhao, PX; Li, N; Astruc, D Abstract: General principles and《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 recent developments in the synthesis of gold nanoparticles (AuNPs) are reviewed. The "in situ" Turkevich-Frens and Brust-Schiffrin methods are still major synthetic routes, with citrate and thiolate ligands, respectively, that have been improved and extended to macromolecules including biomacromolecules with a large biomedical potential of optical and theranostic applications. Along this line, however, recently developed seed-growth methods have allowed a precise control of AuNP sizes in a broad range and multiple shapes. AuNPs and core@shell bimetallic MAuNPs loosely stabilized by nitrogen and oxygen atoms of embedding polymers and dendrimers and composite solid-state materials containing AuNPs with supports including oxides, carbons, mesoporous materials and molecular organic frameworks (MOFs) have attracted much interest because of their catalytic applications. Keywords: seed-mediated synthesis; dendrimer-encapsulated nanoparticles; surface-plasmon resonance; block-copolymer micelles; one-pot synthesis; porous coordination polymers; radiation-induced synthesis; colloidal au nanoparticles; room-temperature synthesis; shape-controlled synthesis Source: Coordination Chemistry Reviews, 2013, 257(3-4): 638–665 Email: Astruc, D; [email protected]

Chemistry Medicinal Citation frequency: 190 Marine natural products Blunt, JW; Copp, BR; Keyzers, RA; et al. Abstract: This review covers the literature published in 2011 for marine natural products, with 870 citations (558 for the period January to December 2011) referring to compounds isolated from marine microorganisms and phytoplankton, green, brown and red algae, sponges, cnidarians, bryozoans, molluscs, tunicates, echinoderms, mangroves and other intertidal plants and microorganisms. The emphasis is on new compounds (1152 for 2011), together with the relevant biological activities, source organisms and country of origin. Biosynthetic studies, first syntheses, and syntheses that lead to the revision of structures or stereochemistries, have been included. Keywords: formosan soft coral; south china sea; cyanobacterium lyngbya-majuscula; eunicellin-based diterpenoids; sponge xestospongia-testudinaria; penicillium-chrysogenum qen-24s; prenylated indole alkaloids; alga laurencia-nidifica; octocoral cladiella sp; fungus aspergillus-sp Source: Natural Product Reports, 2013, 30(2): 237–323 Email: Blunt, JW; [email protected]

72 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Citation frequency: 137 Ribosomally synthesized and post-translationally modified peptide natural products: overview and recommendations for a universal nomenclature Arnison, PG; Bibb, MJ; Bierbaum, G; et al. Abstract: This review presents recommended nomenclature for the biosynthesis of ribosomally synthesized and post-translationally modified peptides (RiPPs), a rapidly growing class of natural products. The current knowledge regarding the biosynthesis of the >20 distinct compound classes is also reviewed, and commonalities are discussed. Keywords: biosynthetic gene-cluster; elongation-factor-tu; carbon cross-links; bacillus-amyloliquefaciens fzb42; promotes secondary metabolism; cyclotide cycloviolacin O2; pyrrolo-quinoline-quinone; bacterial rna-polymerase; in-vitro reconstitution; antibiotic microcin j25 Source: Natural Product Reports, 2013, 30(1): 108–160

Citation frequency: 109 The Future of Peptide-based Drugs Craik, DJ; Fairlie, DP; Liras, S; et al. Abstract: The suite of currently used drugs can be divided into two categories traditional small molecule drugs with typical molecular weights of <500 Da but with oral bioavailability, and much larger biologics typically >5000 Da that are not orally bioavailable and need to be delivered via injection. Due to their small size, conventional small molecule drugs may suffer from reduced target selectivity that often ultimately manifests in human side-effects, whereas protein therapeutics tend to be exquisitely specific for their targets due to many more interactions with them, but this comes at a cost of low bioavailability, poor membrane permeability, and metabolic instability. The time has now come to reinvestigate new drug leads that fit between these two molecular weight extremes, with the goal of combining advantages of small molecules (cost, conformational restriction, membrane permeability, metabolic stability, oral bioavailability) with those of proteins (natural components, target specificity, high potency). This article uses selected examples of peptides to highlight the importance of peptide drugs, some potential new opportunities for their exploitation, and some difficult challenges ahead in this field. Keywords: protein-coupled receptors; calcium-channel blocker; cyclic-peptides; n-methylation; oral bioavailability; molecular scaffolds; medicinal chemistry; integrin expre《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅ssion; living subjects; alpha-helices Source: Chemical Biology & Drug Design, 2013, 81(1): 136–147 Email: Craik, DJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 89 Principles and Applications of Halogen Bonding in Medicinal Chemistry and Chemical Biology Wilcken, R; Zimmermann, MO; Lange, A; et al. Abstract: Halogen bonding. has been known in material science for decades, but until recently, halogen bonds in protein-ligand interactions were largely the result of serendipitous discovery rather than rational design. In this Perspective, we provide insights into the phenomenon of halogen bonding, with special focus on its role in drug discovery. We summarize the theoretical background defining its strength and directionality, provide a systematic analysis of its occurrence and interaction geometries in protein-ligand complexes, and give recent examples where halogen bonding has been successfully harnessed for lead identification and optimization. In light of these data, we discuss the potential and limitations of exploiting halogen bonds for molecular recognition and rational drug design. Keywords: protein-ligand interactions; resolution crystal-structures; HIV-1 reverse-transcriptase; empirical scoring functions; mechanical method pm6-dh2x; density-functional theory; cross-coupling reactions; human-serum-albumin; structural basis; force-field Source: Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2013, 56(4): 1363–1388 Email: Boeckler, FM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 55 Prediction of Allergenic Proteins by Means of the Concept of Chou's Pseudo Amino Acid Composition and a Machine Learning Approach Mohabatkar, H; Beigi, MM; Abdolahi, K; et al. Abstract: Because of the importance of proteins in inducing allergenic reactions, the ability of predicting their potential allergenicity has become an important issue. Bioinformatics presents valuable tools for analyzing allergens and these complementary approaches can help traditional techniques to study allergens. This work proposes a computational method for predicting the allergenic proteins. The prediction was performed using pseudo-amino acid composition (PseAAC) and Support Vector Machines (SVMs). The predictor efficiency was evaluated by fivefold cross-validation. The overall prediction accuracies and Matthew's correlation coefficient (MCC) obtained by this method were 91.19% and 0.82, respectively. Furthermore, the minimum Redundancy and Maximum Relevance (mRMR) feature selection method was utilized for measuring the effect and power of each feature. Interestingly, in our study all six characters (hydrophobicity,

73 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 hydrophilicity, side chain mass, pK1, pK2 and pI) are present among the 10 higher ranked features obtained from the mRMR feature selection method. Keywords: web-server; cross-reactivity; evolution information; computational tools; wavelet transform; identification; peptides; sequence; features; database Source: Medicinal Chemistry, 2013, 9(1): 133–137 Email: Mohabatkar, H; [email protected]

Chemistry Multidisciplinary Citation frequency: 450 The chemistry of two-dimensional layered transition metal dichalcogenide nanosheets Chhowalla, M; Shin, HS; Eda, G; et al. Abstract: Ultrathin two-dimensional nanosheets of layered transition metal dichalcogenides (TMDs) are fundamentally and technologically intriguing. In contrast to the graphene sheet, they are chemically versatile. Mono-or few-layered TMDs - obtained either through exfoliation of bulk materials or bottom-up syntheses - are direct-gap semiconductors whose bandgap energy, as well as carrier type (n- or p-type), varies between compounds depending on their composition, structure and dimensionality. In this Review, we describe how the tunable electronic structure of TMDs makes them attractive for a variety of applications. They have been investigated as chemically active electrocatalysts for hydrogen evolution and hydrosulfurization, as well as electrically active materials in opto-electronics. Their morphologies and properties are also useful for energy storage applications such as electrodes for Li-ion batteries and supercapacitors. Keywords: chemical-vapor-deposition; lithium storage properties; mos2 atomic layers; ws2 thin-films; molybdenum-disulfide; hydrogen evolution; large-area; valley polarization; integrated-circuits; liquid exfoliation Source: Nature Chemistry, 2013, 5(4): 263–275 Email: Chhowalla, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 282 The Li-Ion Rechargeable Battery: A Perspective Goodenough, JB; Park, KS Abstract: Each cell of a battery stores electrical energy as chemical energy in two electrodes, a reductant (anode) and an oxidant (cathode), separated by an electrolyte that transfers the ionic component of the chemical reaction inside the cell and forces the electronic component outside the battery. The output on《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 discharge is an external electronic current I at a voltage V for a time Delta t. The chemical reaction of a rechargeable battery must be reversible on the application of a charging I and V. Critical parameters of a rechargeable battery are safety, density of energy that can be stored at a specific power input and retrieved at a specific power output, cycle and shelf life, storage efficiency, and cost of fabrication. Conventional ambient-temperature rechargeable batteries have solid electrodes and a liquid electrolyte. The positive electrode (cathode) consists of a host framework into which the mobile (working) cation is inserted reversibly over a finite solid solution range. The solid solution range, which is reduced at higher current by the rate of transfer of the working ion across electrode/electrolyte interfaces and within a host, limits the amount of charge per electrode formula unit that can be transferred over the time Delta t = Delta t(I). Moreover, the difference between energies of the LUMO and the HOMO of the electrolyte, i.e., electrolyte window, determines the maximum voltage for a long shelf and cycle life. The maximum stable voltage with an aqueous electrolyte is 1.5 V; the Li-ion rechargeable battery uses an organic electrolyte with a larger window, which increase the density of stored energy for a given Delta t. Anode or cathode electrochemical potentials outside the electrolyte window can increase V, but they require formation of a passivating surface layer that must be permeable to Li+ and capable of adapting rapidly to the changing electrode surface area as the electrode changes volume during cycling. A passivating surface layer adds to the impedance of the Li+ transfer across the electrode/electrolyte interface and lowers the cycle life of a battery cell. Moreover, formation of a passivation layer on the anode robs Li from the cathode irreversibly on an initial charge, further lowering the reversible Delta t. These problems plus the cost of quality control of manufacturing plague development of Li-ion rechargeable batteries that can compete with the internal combustion engine for powering electric cars and that can provide the needed low-cost storage of electrical energy generated by renewable wind and/or solar energy. Chemists are contributing to incremental improvements of the conventional strategy by investigating and controlling electrode passivation layers, improving the rate of Li+ transfer across electrode/electrolyte interfaces, identifying electrolytes with larger windows while retaining a Li+ conductivity sigma(Li) > 10-3 S cm-1, synthesizing electrode morphologies that reduce the size of the active particles while pinning them on current collectors of large surface area accessible by the electrolyte, lowering the cost of cell fabrication, designing displacement-reaction anodes of higher capacity that allow a safe, fast charge, and designing alternative cathode hosts. However, new strategies are needed for batteries that go beyond powering hand-held devices, such as using electrode hosts with two-electron redox centers; replacing the cathode hosts by materials that undergo displacement reactions (e.g. sulfur) by liquid cathodes that may contain flow-through redox molecules, or by catalysts for air cathodes; and developing a solid electrolyte separator membrane that allows an organic and aqueous liquid electrolyte on the anode and cathode sides, respectively. Opportunities exist for the chemist to bring together oxide and polymer or graphene chemistry in imaginative morphologies.

74 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Keywords: lithium batteries; cathode materials; redox-couple; 5 v; lifepo4; intercalation; electrolyte; stability; phosphates; extraction Source: Journal of The American Chemical Society, 2013, 135(4): 1167–1176 Email: Goodenough, JB; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 270 Progress, Challenges, and Opportunities in Two-Dimensional Materials Beyond Graphene Butler, SZ; Hollen, SM; Cao, LY; et al. Abstract: Graphene's success has shown that it is possible to create stable, single and few-atom-thick layers of van der Waals materials, and also that these materials can exhibit fascinating and technologically useful properties. Here we review the state-of-the-art of 2D materials beyond graphene. Initially, we will outline the different chemical classes of 2D materials and discuss the various strategies to prepare single-layer, few-layer, and multilayer assembly materials in solution, on substrates, and on the wafer scale. Additionally, we present an experimental guide for identifying and characterizing single-layer-thick materials, as well as outlining emerging techniques that yield both local and global information. We describe the differences that occur in the electronic structure between the bulk and the single layer and discuss various methods of tuning their electronic properties by manipulating the surface. Finally, we highlight the properties and advantages of single-, few-, and many-layer 2D materials in field-effect transistors, spin- and valley-tronics, thermoelectrics, and topological insulators, among many other applications. Keywords: chemical-vapor-deposition; der-waals epitaxy; hexagonal boron-nitride; single-layer mos2; field-effect transistors; transition-metal dichalcogenides; scanning-tunneling-microscopy; topological insulator nanoribbons; lithium intercalation properties; langmuir-blodgett deposition Source: ACS Nano, 2013, 7(4): 2898–2926 Email: Goldberger, JE; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 249 Chemical Management for Colorful, Efficient, and Stable Inorganic-Organic Hybrid Nanostructured Solar Cells Noh, JH; Im, SH; Heo, JH; et al.

Abstract: Chemically tuned inorganic-organic hybrid materials, based on CH3NH3 =MAPbI1-xBrx3 perovskites, have been studied using UV-vis absorption and X-ray diffraction《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 patterns and applied to nanostructured solar cells. The band gap engineering brought about by the chemical management of MAPbI1-xBrx3 perovskites can be controllably tuned to cover almost the entire visible spectrum, enabling the realization of colorful solar cells. We demonstrate highly efficient solar cells exhibiting 12.3% in a power conversion efficiency of under standard AM 1.5, for the most efficient device, as a result of tunable composition for the light harvester in conjunction with a mesoporous

TiO2 film and a hole conducting polymer. We believe that the works highlighted in this paper represent one step toward the realization of low-cost, high-efficiency, and long-term stability with colorful solar cells. Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; nanowires; crystals Source: Nano Letters, 2013, 13(4): 1764–1769 Email: Seok, SI; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 233 Sodium-Ion Batteries Slater, MD; Kim, D; Lee, E; et al. Abstract: The status of ambient temperature sodium ion batteries is reviewed in light of recent developments in anode, electrolyte and cathode materials. These devices, although early in their stage of development, are promising for large-scale grid storage applications due to the abundance and very low cost of sodium-containing precursors used to make the components. The engineering knowledge developed recently for highly successful Li ion batteries can be leveraged to ensure rapid progress in this area, although different electrode materials and electrolytes will be required for dual intercalation systems based on sodium. In particular, new anode materials need to be identified, since the graphite anode, commonly used in lithium systems, does not intercalate sodium to any appreciable extent. A wider array of choices is available for cathodes, including high performance layered transition metal oxides and polyanionic compounds. Recent developments in electrodes are encouraging, but a great deal of research is necessary, particularly in new electrolytes, and the understanding of the SEI films. The engineering modeling calculations of Na-ion battery energy density indicate that 210 Wh kg –1 in gravimetric energy is possible for Na-ion batteries compared to existing Li-ion technology if a cathode capacity of 200 mAh g –1 and a 500 mAh g –1 anode can be discovered with an average cell potential of 3.3 V.

Keywords: rechargeable lithium batteries; electrochemical insertion; cathode material; nanocrystalline Fe3O4; negative electrodes; petroleum cokes; phase-diagram; Na; intercalation; carbon Source: Advanced Functional Materials, 2013, 23(8): 947–958 Email: Slater, MD; [email protected]

75 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Chemistry Organic Citation frequency: 190 Marine natural products Blunt, JW; Copp, BR; Keyzers, RA; et al. Abstract: This review covers the literature published in 2011 for marine natural products, with 870 citations (558 for the period January to December 2011) referring to compounds isolated from marine microorganisms and phytoplankton, green, brown and red algae, sponges, cnidarians, bryozoans, molluscs, tunicates, echinoderms, mangroves and other intertidal plants and microorganisms. The emphasis is on new compounds (1152 for 2011), together with the relevant biological activities, source organisms and country of origin. Biosynthetic studies, first syntheses, and syntheses that lead to the revision of structures or stereochemistries, have been included. Keywords: formosan soft coral; south china sea; cyanobacterium lyngbya-majuscula; eunicellin-based diterpenoids; sponge xestospongia-testudinaria; penicillium-chrysogenum qen-24s; prenylated indole alkaloids; alga laurencia-nidifica; octocoral cladiella sp; fungus aspergillus-sp Source: Natural Product Reports, 2013, 30(2): 237–323 Email: Blunt, JW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 137 Ribosomally synthesized and post-translationally modified peptide natural products: overview and recommendations for a universal nomenclature Arnison, PG; Bibb, MJ; Bierbaum, G et al. Abstract: This review presents recommended nomenclature for the biosynthesis of ribosomally synthesized and post-translationally modified peptides (RiPPs), a rapidly growing class of natural products. The current knowledge regarding the biosynthesis of the >20 distinct compound classes is also reviewed, and commonalities are discussed. Keywords: biosynthetic gene-cluster; elongation-factor-tu; carbon cross-links; bacillus-amyloliquefaciens fzb42; promotes secondary metabolism; cyclotide cycloviolacin O2; pyrrolo-quinoline-quinone; bacterial rna-polymerase; in-vitro reconstitution; antibiotic microcin j25 Source: Natural Product Reports, 2013, 30(1): 108–160 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 113 Recent Advances in Asymmetric Organocatalytic Construction of 3,3 '-Spirocyclic Oxindoles Hong, L; Wang, R Abstract: The asymmetric organocatalysis is definitely one of the most powerful and versatile tools for the rapid construction of various spirocyclic oxindoles. In the past few years, a number of successful strategies based on organocatalysis have been developed for the construction of 3,3-spirocyclic oxindoles in high yields and excellent enantioselectivities under mild conditions. In this review, recent advances in this area are summarized and classified according to the spiro ring fused at the 3-position of the oxindole core. Keywords: catalyzed 3+2 annulation; structure-based design; highly enantioselective synthesis; quaternary carbon stereocenters; intramolecular heck reactions; baylis-hillman carbonates; pictet-spengler reactions; diels-alder reactions; stereoselective-synthesis; spirocyclic oxindoles Source: Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis, 2013, 355(6): 1023–1052 Email: Wang, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 90 Synthetic applications of photoredox catalysis with visible light Xi, YM; Yi, H; Lei, AW Abstract: In the past five years, visible-light mediated photoredox catalysis has been emerging as one of the fastest growing fields in organic chemistry because of its low cost, easy availability and environmental benignness. This review intends to summarize recent research progress in novel methodology development and application in organic synthesis, and is organized in terms of key reactive intermediates. Keywords: C-H functionalization; transfer radical cyclization; atom-transfer addition; electron-transfer; metal-complexes; solar-energy; intramolecular cyclobutanation; photochemical conversion; organic-synthesis; amino radicals Source: Organic & Biomolecular Chemistry, 2013, 11(15): 2387–2403 Email: Lei, AW; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 74 Direct Trifluoromethylation of the CH Bond Liu, H; Gu, ZH; Jiang, XF Abstract: Trifluoromethylation meets CH activation: after transition metal-catalyzed trifluoromethylation became more and more popular,

76 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts trifluoromethylation via CH activation is now emerging as the latest attraction. Several pioneering examples and their mechanisms are discussed in this review. Keywords: catalyzed oxidative trifluoromethylation; enantioselective alpha-trifluoromethylation; Pd(ii)-catalyzed ortho-trifluoromethy- lation; carbon-hydrogen bonds; room-temperature; boronic acids; mediated trifluoromethylation; heteroaromatic-compounds; H trifluoromethylation; photoredox catalysis Source: Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis, 2013, 355(4): 617–626 Email: Jiang, XF; [email protected]

Chemistry Physical Citation frequency: 270 Progress, Challenges, and Opportunities in Two-Dimensional Materials Beyond Graphene Butler, SZ; Hollen, SM; Cao, LY; et al. Abstract: Graphene's success has shown that it is possible to create stable, single and few-atom-thick layers of van der Waals materials, and also that these materials can exhibit fascinating and technologically useful properties. Here we review the state-of-the-art of 2D materials beyond graphene. Initially, we will outline the different chemical classes of 2D materials and discuss the various strategies to prepare single-layer, few-layer, and multilayer assembly materials in solution, on substrates, and on the wafer scale. Additionally, we present an experimental guide for identifying and characterizing single-layer-thick materials, as well as outlining emerging techniques that yield both local and global information. We describe the differences that occur in the electronic structure between the bulk and the single layer and discuss various methods of tuning their electronic properties by manipulating the surface. Finally, we highlight the properties and advantages of single-, few-, and many-layer 2D materials in field-effect transistors, spin- and valley-tronics, thermoelectrics, and topological insulators, among many other applications. Keywords: chemical-vapor-deposition; der-waals epitaxy; hexagonal boron-nitride; single-layer mos2; field-effect transistors; transition- metal dichalcogenides; scanning-tunneling-microscopy; topological insulator nanoribbons; lithium intercalation properties; langmuir- blodgett deposition Source: ACS Nano, 2013, 7(4): 2898–2926 Email: Goldberger, JE; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 249 Chemical《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Management for Colorful, Efficient, and Stable Inorganic-Organic Hybrid Nanostructured Solar Cells Noh, JH; Im, SH; Heo, JH; et al.

Abstract: Chemically tuned inorganic-organic hybrid materials, based on CH3NH3=MA)PbI1-xBrx3 perovskites, have been studied using UV-vis absorption and X-ray diffraction patterns and applied to nanostructured solar cells. The band gap engineering brought about by the chemical management of MA)PbI1-xBrx3 perovskites can be controllably tuned to cover almost the entire visible spectrum, enabling the realization of colorful solar cells. We demonstrate highly efficient solar cells exhibiting 12.3% in a power conversion efficiency of under standard AM 1.5, for the most efficient device, as a result of tunable composition for the light harvester in conjunction with a mesoporous

TiO2 film and a hole conducting polymer. We believe that the works highlighted in this paper represent one step toward the realization of low-cost, high-efficiency, and long-term stability with colorful solar cells. Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; nanowires; crystals Source: Nano Letters, 2013, 13(4): 1764–1769 Email: Seok, SI; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 233 Sodium-Ion Batteries Slater, MD; Kim, D; Lee, E; et al. Abstract: The status of ambient temperature sodium ion batteries is reviewed in light of recent developments in anode, electrolyte and cathode materials. These devices, although early in their stage of development, are promising for large-scale grid storage applications due to the abundance and very low cost of sodium-containing precursors used to make the components. The engineering knowledge developed recently for highly successful Li ion batteries can be leveraged to ensure rapid progress in this area, although different electrode materials and electrolytes will be required for dual intercalation systems based on sodium. In particular, new anode materials need to be identified, since the graphite anode, commonly used in lithium systems, does not intercalate sodium to any appreciable extent. A wider array of choices is available for cathodes, including high performance layered transition metal oxides and polyanionic compounds. Recent developments in electrodes are encouraging, but a great deal of research is necessary, particularly in new electrolytes, and the understanding of the SEI films. The engineering modeling calculations of Na-ion battery energy density indicate that 210 Wh kg –1 in gravimetric energy is possible for Na-ion batteries compared to existing Li-ion technology if a cathode capacity of 200 mAh g –1 and a 500 mAh g –1 anode can be discovered with an average cell potential of 3.3 V.

77 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Keywords: rechargeable lithium batteries; electrochemical insertion; cathode material; nanocrystalline Fe3O4; negative electrodes; petroleum cokes; phase-diagram; Na; intercalation; carbon Source: Advanced Functional Materials, 2013, 23(8): 947–958 Email: Slater, MD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 190 Perovskites: The Emergence of a New Era for Low-Cost, High-Efficiency Solar Cells Snaith, HJ Abstract: Over the last 12 months, we have witnessed an unexpected breakthrough and rapid evolution in the field of emerging photovoltaics, with the realization of highly efficient solid-state hybrid solar cells based on organometal trihalide perovskite absorbers. In this Perspective, the steps that have led to this discovery are discussed, and the future of this rapidly advancing concept have been considered. It is likely that the next few years of solar research will advance this technology to the very highest efficiencies while retaining the very lowest cost and embodied energy. Provided that the stability of the perovskite-based technology can be proven, we will witness the emergence of a contender for ultimately low-cost solar power. Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; photovoltaic cells; heterojunctions; semiconductors; electrodes; deposition; 20-percent; conversion; absorbers; layer Source: Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters, 2013, 4(21): 3623–3630 Email: Snaith, HJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 174 Organometal Perovskite Light Absorbers Toward a 20% Efficiency Low-Cost Solid-State Mesoscopic Solar Cell Park, NG

Abstract: Recently, perovskite CH3NH3PbI3 sensitizer has attracted great attention due to its superb light-harvesting characteristics. Organometallic or organic materials were mostly used as sensitizers for solid-state dye-sensitized solar cells at early stages. Inorganic nanocrystals have lately received attention as light harvesters due to their high light-absorbing properties. Metal chalcogenides have been investigated with solid-state dye-sensitized solar cells; however, the best power conversion efficiency was reported to be around 6%. CH3NH3PbX3 (X = Cl, Br, or I)《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 perovskite sensitizer made a breakthrough in solid-state mescoscopic solar cells, where the first record efficiency of around 10% was reported in 2012 using submicrometer-thick TiO2 film sensitized with CH3NH3PbI3. A rapid increase in efficiency approaching 14% followed shortly. In this Perspective, recent progress in perovskite-sensitized solid-state mesoscopic solar cells is reviewed. On the basis of the recent achievements, a power conversion efficiency as high as 20% is expected based on optimized perovskite-based solid-state solar cells.

Keywords: photovoltaic performance; mesoporous titania; halide perovskites; organic-dye; TiO2 films; electrolyte; improvement; sensitizer; device; superconductivity Source: Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters, 2013, 4(15): 2423–2429 Email: Park, NG; [email protected]

Clinical Neurology Citation frequency: 383 Guidelines for the Early Management of Patients With Acute Ischemic Stroke A Guideline for Healthcare Professionals From the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association Jauch, EC; Saver, JL; Adams, HP; et al. Abstract: Background and Purpose: The authors present an overview of the current evidence and management recommendations for evaluation and treatment of adults with acute ischemic stroke. The intended audiences are prehospital care providers, physicians, allied health professionals, and hospital administrators responsible for the care of acute ischemic stroke patients within the first 48 hours from stroke onset. These guidelines supersede the prior 2007 guidelines and 2009 updates. Methods: Members of the writing committee were appointed by the American Stroke Association Stroke Council's Scientific Statement Oversight Committee, representing various areas of medical expertise. Strict adherence to the American Heart Association conflict of interest policy was maintained throughout the consensus process. Panel members were assigned topics relevant to their areas of expertise, reviewed the stroke literature with emphasis on publications since the prior guidelines, and drafted recommendations in accordance with the American Heart Association Stroke Council's Level of Evidence grading algorithm. Results: The goal of these guidelines is to limit the morbidity and mortality associated with stroke. The guidelines support the overarching concept of stroke systems of care and detail aspects of stroke care from patient recognition; emergency medical services activation, transport, and triage; through the initial hours in the emergency department and stroke unit. The guideline discusses early stroke evaluation and general medical care, as well as ischemic stroke, specific interventions such as reperfusion strategies, and general physiological optimization for cerebral resuscitation.

78 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Conclusions: Because many of the recommendations are based on limited data, additional research on treatment of acute ischemic stroke remains urgently needed. Keywords: middle-cerebral-artery; tissue-plasminogen-activator; randomized controlled-trial; magnetic-resonance angiography; internal carotid-artery; placebo-controlled trial; diffusion-weighted mri; digital-subtraction-angiography; computed-tomography angiography; emergency medical-services Source: Stroke, 2013, 44(3): 870–947

Citation frequency: 238 Tracking pathophysiological processes in Alzheimer's disease: an updated hypothetical model of dynamic biomarkers Jack, CR; Knopman, DS; Jagust, WJ; et al. Abstract: In 2010, we put forward a hypothetical model of the major biomarkers of Alzheimer's disease (AD). The model was received with interest because we described the temporal evolution of AD biomarkers in relation to each other and to the onset and progression of clinical symptoms. Since then, evidence has accumulated that supports the major assumptions of this model. Evidence has also appeared that challenges some of our assumptions, which has allowed us to modify our original model. Refinements to our model indude indexing of individuals by time rather than clinical symptom severity; incorporation of interindividual variability in cognitive impairment associated with progression of AD pathophysiology; modifications of the specific temporal ordering of some biomarkers; and recognition that the two major proteinopathies underlying AD biomarker changes, amyloid beta (A beta) and tau, might be initiated independently in sporadic AD, in which we hypothesise that an incident A beta pathophysiology can accelerate antecedent limbic and brainstem tauopathy. Keywords: mild cognitive impairment; positron-emission-tomography; cerebrospinal-fluid a-beta(42); pittsburgh compound-b; amyloid deposition; in-vivo; a-beta; apolipoprotein-e; csf biomarkers; brain atrophy Source: Lancet Neurology, 2013, 12(2): 207–216 Email: Jack, CR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 158 Treatment and prognostic factors for long-term outcome in patients with anti-NMDA receptor encephalitis: an observational cohort study 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Titulaer, MJ; McCracken, L; Gabilondo, I; et al. Abstract: Background: Anti-NMDA receptor (NMDAR) encephalitis is an autoimmune disorder in which the use of immunotherapy and the long-term outcome have not been defined. We aimed to assess the presentation of the disease, the spectrum of symptoms, immunotherapies used, timing of improvement, and long-term outcome. Methods: In this multi-institutional observational study, we tested for the presence of NMDAR antibodies in serum or C SF samples of patients with encephalitis between Jan 1, 2007, and Jan 1, 2012. All patients who tested positive for NMDAR antibodies were included in the study; patients were assessed at symptom onset and at months 4,8,12,18, and 24, by use of the modified Rankin scale (mRS). Treatment included first-line immunotherapy (steroids, intravenous immunoglobulin, plasmapheresis), second-line immunotherapy (ritincimab, cydophosphamide), and tumour removal. Predictors of outcome were determined at the Universities of Pennsylvania (PA, USA) and Barcelona (Spain) by use of a generalised linear mixed model with binary distribution. Results: We enrolled 577 patients (median age 21 years, range 8 months to 85 years), 211 of whom were children (<18 years). Treatment effects and outcome were assessable in 501 (median follow-up 24 months, range 4-186): 472 (94%) underwent first-line immunotherapy or tumour removal, resulting in improvement within 4 weeks in 251 (53%). Of 221 patients who did not improve with first-line treatment, 125 (57%) received second-line immunotherapy that resulted in a better outcome (mRS 0-2) than those who did not (odds ratio [OR] 2.69, CI 1-24-5.80; p=0.012). During the first 24 months, 394 of 501 patients achieved a good outcome (mRS 0-2; median 6 months, IQR 2-12) and 30 died. At 24 months' follow-up, 203 (81%) of 252 patients had good outcome. Outcomes continued to improve for up to 18 months after symptom onset. Predictors of good outcome were early treatment (0.62,0.50-0.76; p <0.0001) and no admission to an intensive care unit (0.12,0.06-0-22; p<0.0001). 45 patients had one or multiple relapses (representing a 12% risk within 2 years); 46 (67%) of 69 relapses were less severe than initial episodes (p<0.0001). In 177 children, predictors of good outcome and the magnitude of effect of second-line immunotherapy were similar to those of the entire cohort. Interpretation: Most patients with anti-NMDAR encephalitis respond to immunotherapy. Second-line immunotherapy is usually effective when first-line treatments fail. In this cohort, the recovery of some patients took up to 18 months. Keywords: ovarian teratoma; pathogenesis; disorders Source: Lancet Neurology, 2013, 12(2): 157–165 Email: Dalmau, J; [email protected]

79 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Citation frequency: 156 The global prevalence of dementia: A systematic review and metaanalysis Prince, M; Bryce, R; Albanese, E; et al. Abstract: Background: The evidence base on the prevalence of dementia is expanding rapidly, particularly in countries with low and middle incomes. A reappraisal of global prevalence and numbers is due, given the significant implications for social and public policy and planning. Methods: In this study we provide a systematic review of the global literature on the prevalence of dementia (1980-2009) and metaanalysis to estimate the prevalence and numbers of those affected, aged >= 60 years in 21 Global Burden of Disease regions. Results: Age-standardized prevalence for those aged≥60 years varied in a narrow band, 5%-7% in most world regions, with a higher prevalence in Latin America (8.5%), and a distinctively lower prevalence in the four sub-Saharan African regions (2%-4%). It was estimated that 35.6 million people lived with dementia worldwide in 2010, with numbers expected to almost double every 20 years, to 65.7 million in 2030 and 115.4 million in 2050. In 2010, 58% of all people with dementia lived in countries with low or middle incomes, with this proportion anticipated to rise to 63% in 2030 and 71% in 2050. Conclusion: The detailed estimates in this study constitute the best current basis for policy-making, planning, and allocation of health and welfare resources in dementia care. The age-specific prevalence of dementia varies little between world regions, and may converge further. Future projections of numbers of people with dementia may be modified substantially by preventive interventions (lowering incidence), improvements in treatment and care (prolonging survival), and disease-modifying interventions (preventing or slowing progression). All countries need to commission nationally representative surveys that are repeated regularly to monitor trends. Keywords: dwelling brazilian population; alzheimers-disease; elderly-people; african-americans; cognitive impairment; developing- countries; major subtypes; 2 communities; west-africa; sao-paulo Source: Alzheimers & Dementia, 2013, 9(1): 63–75 Email: Prince, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 148 2013 Alzheimer's disease facts and figures Alzheimer's Association Thies, W; Bleiler, L Abstract: This report provides information to increase understanding of the public health impact of Alzheimer's disease (AD), including incidence and prevalence, mortality rates, health expenditures and costs of care, and effect on caregivers and society in general. It also explores the roles and unique challenges《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of long-distance caregivers, as well as interventions that target those challenges. An estimated 5.2 million Americans have AD. Approximately 200000 people younger than 65 years with AD comprise the younger onset AD population; 5 million comprise the older onset AD population. Throughout the coming decades, the baby boom generation is projected to add about 10 million to the total number of people in the United States with AD. Today, someone in America develops AD every 68 seconds. By 2050, one new case of AD is expected to develop every 33 seconds, or nearly a million new cases per year, and the total estimated prevalence is expected to be 13.8 million. AD is the sixth leading cause of death in the United States and the fifth leading cause of death in Americans age 65 years or older. Between 2000 and 2010, the proportion of deaths resulting from heart disease, stroke, and prostate cancer decreased 16%, 23%, and 8%, respectively, whereas the proportion resulting from AD increased 68%. The number of deaths from AD as determined by official death certificates (83494 in 2010) likely underrepresents the number of AD-related deaths in the United States. A projected 450000 older Americans with AD will die in 2013, and a large proportion will die as a result of complications of AD. In 2012, more than 15 million family members and other unpaid caregivers provided an estimated 17.5 billion hours of care to people with AD and other dementias, a contribution valued at more than $216 billion. Medicare payments for services to beneficiaries age 65 years and older with AD and other dementias are three times as great as payments for beneficiaries without these conditions, and Medicaid payments are 19 times as great. Total payments in 2013 for health care, long-term care, and hospice services for people age 65 years and older with dementia are expected to be $203 billion (not including the contributions of unpaid caregivers). An estimated 2.3 million caregivers of people with AD and other dementias live at least 1 hour away from the care recipient. These "long-distance caregivers" face unique challenges, including difficulty in assessing the care recipient's true health condition and needs, high rates of family disagreement regarding caregiving decisions, and high out-of-pocket expenses for costs related to caregiving. Out-of-pocket costs for long-distance caregivers are almost twice as high as for local caregivers. Keywords: mild cognitive impairment; nursing-home placement; traumatic brain-injury; vascular risk-factors; population-based cohort; c-reactive protein; 3 decades later; late-life; national institute; leisure activities Source: Alzheimers & Dementia, 2013, 9(2): 208–245

Computer Science Artificial Intelligence Citation frequency: 86 A Novel Control Design on Discrete-Time Takagi-Sugeno Fuzzy Systems with Time-Varying Delays Su, XJ; Shi, P; Wu, LG; et al. Abstract: This paper focuses on analyzing a new model transformation of discrete-time Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy systems with

80 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts time-varying delays and applying it to dynamic output feedback (DOF) controller design. A new comparison model is proposed by employing a new approximation for time-varying delay state, and then, a delay partitioning method is used to analyze the scaled small gain of this comparison model. A sufficient condition on discrete-time T-S fuzzy systems with time-varying delays, which guarantees the corresponding closed-loop system to be asymptotically stable and has an induced l2 disturbance attenuation performance, is derived by employing the scaled small-gain theorem. Then, the solvability condition for the induced l2 DOF control is also established, by which the DOF controller can be solved as linear matrix inequality optimization problems. Finally, examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approaches. Keywords: output-feedback control; h-infinity control; stability analysis; nonlinear-systems; lmi approach; fault-detection; model; stabilization Source: IEEE Transactions on Fuzzy Systems, 2013, 21(4): 655–671 Email: Su, XJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 85 State-of-the-Art in Visual Attention Modeling Borji, A; Itti, L Abstract: Modeling visual attention-particularly stimulus-driven, saliency-based attention-has been a very active research area over the past 25 years. Many different models of attention are now available which, aside from lending theoretical contributions to other fields, have demonstrated successful applications in computer vision, mobile robotics, and cognitive systems. Here we review, from a computational perspective, the basic concepts of attention implemented in these models. We present a taxonomy of nearly 65 models, which provides a critical comparison of approaches, their capabilities, and shortcomings. In particular, 13 criteria derived from behavioral and computational studies are formulated for qualitative comparison of attention models. Furthermore, we address several challenging issues with models, including biological plausibility of the computations, correlation with eye movement datasets, bottom-up and top-down dissociation, and constructing meaningful performance measures. Finally, we highlight current research trends in attention modeling and provide insights for future. Keywords: human eye-movements; selective attention; spatiotemporal saliency; discriminant saliency; neurobiological model; pattern- recognition; bayesian-inference; neural mechanisms; video compression; spatial attention Source: IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 2013, 35(1): 185–207 Email: Borji, A; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅

Citation frequency: 72 Stochastic Synchronization of Markovian Jump Neural Networks With Time-Varying Delay Using Sampled Data Wu, ZG; Shi, P; Su, HY; et al. Abstract: In this paper, the problem of sampled-data synchronization for Markovian jump neural networks with time-varying delay and variable samplings is considered. In the framework of the input delay approach and the linear matrix inequality technique, two delay-dependent criteria are derived to ensure the stochastic stability of the error systems, and thus, the master systems stochastically synchronize with the slave systems. The desired mode-independent controller is designed, which depends upon the maximum sampling interval. The effectiveness and potential of the obtained results is verified by two simulation examples. Keywords: exponential stability analysis; distributed delays; discrete; parameters; systems; stabilization Source: IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, 2013, 43(6): 1796–1806 Email: Wu, ZG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 66 Robust Recovery of Subspace Structures by Low-Rank Representation Liu, GC; Lin, ZC; Yan, SC; et al. Abstract: In this paper, we address the subspace clustering problem. Given a set of data samples (vectors) approximately drawn from a union of multiple subspaces, our goal is to cluster the samples into their respective subspaces and remove possible outliers as well. To this end, we propose a novel objective function named Low-Rank Representation (LRR), which seeks the lowest rank representation among all the candidates that can represent the data samples as linear combinations of the bases in a given dictionary. It is shown that the convex program associated with LRR solves the subspace clustering problem in the following sense: When the data is clean, we prove that LRR exactly recovers the true subspace structures; when the data are contaminated by outliers, we prove that under certain conditions LRR can exactly recover the row space of the original data and detect the outlier as well; for data corrupted by arbitrary sparse errors, LRR can also approximately recover the row space with theoretical guarantees. Since the subspace membership is provably determined by the row space, these further imply that LRR can perform robust subspace clustering and error correction in an efficient and effective way. Keywords: motion segmentation; multibody factorization; matrix completion; gpca algorithm; mixed data; objects

81 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Source: IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 2013, 35(1): 171–184 Email: Liu, GC; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 59 Distributed Synchronization in Networks of Agent Systems With Nonlinearities and Random Switchings Tang, Y; Gao, HJ; Zou, W; et al. Abstract: In this paper, the distributed synchronization problem of networks of agent systems with controllers and nonlinearities subject to Bernoulli switchings is investigated. Controllers and adaptive updating laws injected in each vertex of networks depend on the state information of its neighborhood. Three sets of Bernoulli stochastic variables are introduced to describe the occurrence probabilities of distributed adaptive controllers, updating laws and nonlinearities, respectively. By the Lyapunov functions method, we show that the distributed synchronization of networks composed of agent systems with multiple randomly occurring nonlinearities, multiple randomly occurring controllers, and multiple randomly occurring updating laws can be achieved in mean square under certain criteria. The conditions derived in this paper can be solved by semi-definite programming. Moreover, by mathematical analysis, we find that the coupling strength, the probabilities of the Bernoulli stochastic variables, and the form of nonlinearities have great impacts on the convergence speed and the terminal control strength. The synchronization criteria and the observed phenomena are demonstrated by several numerical simulation examples. In addition, the advantage of distributed adaptive controllers over conventional adaptive controllers is illustrated. Keywords: complex dynamical networks; multiagent systems; neural-networks; exponential synchronization; adaptive synchronization; missing measurements; consensus seeking; stability; discrete; delay Source: IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, 2013, 43(1): 358–370 Email: Tang, Y; [email protected]

Computer Science Cybernetics Citation frequency: 72 Stochastic Synchronization of Markovian Jump Neural Networks With Time-Varying Delay Using Sampled Data Wu, ZG; Shi, P; Su, HY; et al. Abstract: In this paper, the problem《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of sampled-data synchronization for Markovian jump neural networks with time-varying delay and variable samplings is considered. In the framework of the input delay approach and the linear matrix inequality technique, two delay-dependent criteria are derived to ensure the stochastic stability of the error systems, and thus, the master systems stochastically synchronize with the slave systems. The desired mode-independent controller is designed, which depends upon the maximum sampling interval. The effectiveness and potential of the obtained results is verified by two simulation examples. Keywords: exponential stability analysis; distributed delays; discrete; parameters; systems; stabilization Source: IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, 2013, 43(6): 1796–1806 Email: Wu, ZG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 59 Distributed Synchronization in Networks of Agent Systems With Nonlinearities and Random Switchings Tang, Y; Gao, HJ; Zou, W; et al. Abstract: In this paper, the distributed synchronization problem of networks of agent systems with controllers and nonlinearities subject to Bernoulli switchings is investigated. Controllers and adaptive updating laws injected in each vertex of networks depend on the state information of its neighborhood. Three sets of Bernoulli stochastic variables are introduced to describe the occurrence probabilities of distributed adaptive controllers, updating laws and nonlinearities, respectively. By the Lyapunov functions method, we show that the distributed synchronization of networks composed of agent systems with multiple randomly occurring nonlinearities, multiple randomly occurring controllers, and multiple randomly occurring updating laws can be achieved in mean square under certain criteria. The conditions derived in this paper can be solved by semi-definite programming. Moreover, by mathematical analysis, we find that the coupling strength, the probabilities of the Bernoulli stochastic variables, and the form of nonlinearities have great impacts on the convergence speed and the terminal control strength. The synchronization criteria and the observed phenomena are demonstrated by several numerical simulation examples. In addition, the advantage of distributed adaptive controllers over conventional adaptive controllers is illustrated. Keywords: complex dynamical networks; multiagent systems; neural-networks; exponential synchronization; adaptive synchronization; missing measurements; consensus seeking; stability; discrete; delay Source: IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, 2013, 43(1): 358–370 Email: Tang, Y; [email protected]

82 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frequency: 42 Induced l2 Filtering of Fuzzy Stochastic Systems With Time-Varying Delays Su, XJ; Shi, P; Wu, LG; et al. Abstract: This paper is concerned with the problem of induced l2 filter design for a class of discrete-time Takagi-Sugeno fuzzy It stochastic systems with time-varying delays. Attention is focused on the design of the desired filter to guarantee an induced l2 performance for the filtering error system. A new comparison model is proposed by employing a new approximation for the time-varying delay state, and then, sufficient conditions for the obtained filtering error system are derived by this comparison model. A desired filter is constructed by solving a convex optimization problem, which can be efficiently solved by standard numerical algorithms. Finally, simulation examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approaches. Keywords: networked nonlinear-systems; infinity model-reduction; feedback-control; packet dropouts; mixed delays; lmi approach; stability; design; quantization Source: IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, 2013, 43(4): 1251–1264 Email: Su, XJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 38 Enhanced Computer Vision with Microsoft Kinect Sensor: A Review Han, JG; Shao, L; Xu, D; et al. Abstract: With the invention of the low-cost Microsoft Kinect sensor, high-resolution depth and visual (RGB) sensing has become available for widespread use. The complementary nature of the depth and visual information provided by the Kinect sensor opens up new opportunities to solve fundamental problems in computer vision. This paper presents a comprehensive review of recent Kinect-based computer vision algorithms and applications. The reviewed approaches are classified according to the type of vision problems that can be addressed or enhanced by means of the Kinect sensor. The covered topics include preprocessing, object tracking and recognition, human activity analysis, hand gesture analysis, and indoor 3-D mapping. For each category of methods, we outline their main algorithmic contributions and summarize their advantages/differences compared to their RGB counterparts. Finally, we give an overview of the challenges in this field and future research trends. This paper is expected to serve as a tutorial and source of references for Kinect-based computer vision researchers. Keywords: object recognition; kernel descriptors; depth cameras; scale; calibration; features Source: IEEE Transactions on Cybern《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅etics, 2013, 43(5): 1318–1334 Email: Shao, L; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Finite-Approximation-Error-Based Optimal Control Approach for Discrete-Time Nonlinear Systems Liu, DR; Wei, QL Abstract: In this paper, a new iterative adaptive dynamic programming (ADP) algorithm is developed to solve optimal control problems for infinite-horizon discrete-time nonlinear systems with finite approximation errors. The idea is to use an iterative ADP algorithm to obtain the iterative control law that makes the iterative performance index function reach the optimum. When the iterative control law and the iterative performance index function in each iteration cannot be accurately obtained, the convergence conditions of the iterative ADP algorithm are obtained. When convergence conditions are satisfied, it is shown that the iterative performance index functions can converge to a finite neighborhood of the greatest lower bound of all performance index functions under some mild assumptions. Neural networks are used to approximate the performance index function and compute the optimal control policy, respectively, for facilitating the implementation of the iterative ADP algorithm. Finally, two simulation examples are given to illustrate the performance of the present method. Keywords: feedback-control; neural-networks; control scheme; reinforcement; algorithm; equations Source: IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, 2013, 43(2): 779–789 Email: Liu, DR; [email protected]

Computer Science Hardware Architecture Citation frequency: 58 Distributed Synchronization of Coupled Neural Networks via Randomly Occurring Control Tang, Y; Wong, WK Abstract: In this paper, we study the distributed synchronization and pinning distributed synchronization of stochastic coupled neural networks via randomly occurring control. Two Bernoulli stochastic variables are used to describe the occurrences of distributed adaptive control and updating law according to certain probabilities. Both distributed adaptive control and updating law for each vertex in a network depend on state information on each vertex's neighborhood. By constructing appropriate Lyapunov functions and employing stochastic analysis techniques, we prove that the distributed synchronization and the distributed pinning synchronization of stochastic complex networks can be achieved in mean square. Additionally, randomly occurring distributed control is compared with periodically intermittent

83 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 control. It is revealed that, although randomly occurring control is an intermediate method among the three types of control in terms of control costs and convergence rates, it has fewer restrictions to implement and can be more easily applied in practice than periodically intermittent control. Keywords: complex dynamical network; adaptive synchronization; pinning control; systems; stability; controllability; criteria; chaos; array; delay Source: IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks and Learning Systems, 2013, 24(3): 435–447 Email: Tang, Y; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 51 Real-Time Human Pose Recognition in Parts from Single Depth Images Shotton, J; Sharp, T; Kipman, A; et al. Abstract: We propose a new method to quickly and accurately - predict human pose-the 3D positions of body joints-from a single depth image, without depending on information from preceding frames. Our approach is strongly rooted in current object recognition strategies. By designing an intermediate - representation in terms of body parts, the difficult pose estimation problem is transformed into a simpler per-pixel classification problem, for which efficient machine learning techniques exist. By using computer graphics to synthesize a very large dataset of training image pairs, one can train a classifier that estimates body part labels from test images invariant to pose, body shape, clothing, and other irrelevances. Finally, we generate confidence-scored 3D proposals of several body joints by reprojecting the classification result and finding local modes. The system runs in under 5ms on the Xbox 360. Our evaluation shows high accuracy on both synthetic and real test sets, and investigates the effect of several training parameters. We achieve state-of-the-art accuracy in our comparison with related work and demonstrate improved generalization over exact whole-skeleton nearest neighbor matching. Source: Communications of The Acm, 2013, 56(1): 116–124 Email: Shotton, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 29 Observer-Based Adaptive Neural Network Control for Nonlinear Stochastic Systems With Time Delay Zhou, Q; Shi, P; Xu, SY; et al. Abstract: This paper considers《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 the problem of observer-based adaptive neural network (NN) control for a class of single-input single-output strict-feedback nonlinear stochastic systems with unknown time delays. Dynamic surface control is used to avoid the so-called explosion of complexity in the backstepping design process. Radial basis function NNs are directly utilized to approximate the unknown and desired control input signals instead of the unknown nonlinear functions. The proposed adaptive NN output feedback controller can guarantee all the signals in the closed-loop system to be mean square semi-globally uniformly ultimately bounded. Simulation results are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed methods. Keywords: output-feedback stabilization; dynamic surface control; small-gain approach; tracking control; unknown covariance; inverse dynamics; varying delay; fuzzy control; stability; design Source: IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks and Learning Systems, 2013, 24(1): 71–80 Email: Zhou, Q; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 28 Self-organization paradigms and optimization approaches for cognitive radio technologies: a survey Zhang, ZS; Long, KP; Wang, JP Abstract: Cognitive radio is regarded as a promising technology to provide high bandwidth to mobile users via heterogeneous wireless network architectures and dynamic spectrum access techniques. However, cognitive radio networks may also impose some challenges due to various factors such as the ever increasing complexity of network architecture, the high cost of configuring and managing large-scale networks, the fluctuating nature of the available spectrum, diverse QoS requirements of various applications, and the intensifying difficulties of centralized control. A plethora of work has been carried out to address the challenges aforementioned by employing cognitive radio functionalities with self-organization features. In this article, variant aspects of self-organization paradigms in cognitive radio networks, including critical functionalities of MAC-and network-layer operations, are surveyed. The main contributions of this survey include introducing the fundamentals of existing cognitive radio and self-organization techniques as well as their current progress, surveying critical cognitive radio issues (including common control channel management, cooperative spectrum sensing, bio-inspired spectrum sharing, network scalability and adaptive routing) as well as their self-organization features, and identifying new directions and open problems in cognitive radio networks. Source: IEEE Wireless Communications, 2013, 20(2): 36–42 Email: Zhang, ZS; [email protected]

84 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frequency: 26 Privacy-Preserving Public Auditing for Secure Cloud Storage Wang, C; Chow, SSM; Wang, Q; et al. Abstract: Using cloud storage, users can remotely store their data and enjoy the on-demand high-quality applications and services from a shared pool of configurable computing resources, without the burden of local data storage and maintenance. However, the fact that users no longer have physical possession of the outsourced data makes the data integrity protection in cloud computing a formidable task, especially for users with constrained computing resources. Moreover, users should be able to just use the cloud storage as if it is local, without worrying about the need to verify its integrity. Thus, enabling public auditability for cloud storage is of critical importance so that users can resort to a third-party auditor (TPA) to check the integrity of outsourced data and be worry free. To securely introduce an effective TPA, the auditing process should bring in no new vulnerabilities toward user data privacy, and introduce no additional online burden to user. In this paper, we propose a secure cloud storage system supporting privacy-preserving public auditing. We further extend our result to enable the TPA to perform audits for multiple users simultaneously and efficiently. Extensive security and performance analysis show the proposed schemes are provably secure and highly efficient. Our preliminary experiment conducted on Amazon EC2 instance further demonstrates the fast performance of the design. Keywords: data possession; proofs; retrievability Source: IEEE Transactions on Computers, 2013, 62(2): 362–375 Email: Wang, C; [email protected]

Computer Science Information Systems Citation frequency: 49 A Survey of Energy-Efficient Wireless Communications Feng, DQ; Jiang, CZ; Lim, G; et al. Abstract: Reducing energy consumption in wireless communications has attracted increasing attention recently. Advanced physical layer techniques such as multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), cognitive radio, network coding, cooperative communication, etc.; new network architectures such as heterogeneous networks, distributed antennas, multi-hop cellulars, etc.; as well as radio and network resource management schemes such as various cross-layer optimization algorithms, dynamic power saving, multiple radio access technologies coordination, etc. have been proposed to address this issue. In this article, we overview these technologies and《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 present the state-of-the-art on each aspect. Some challenges that need to be solved in the area are also described. Keywords: cross-layer optimization; cooperative communication; sensor networks; power-control; resource-allocation; spectral efficiency; cellular networks; channel capacity; link adaptation; mimo Source: IEEE Communications Surveys and Tutorials, 2013, 15(1): 167–178 Email: Feng, DQ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 46 Ontology Matching: State of the Art and Future Challenges Shvaiko, P; Euzenat, J Abstract: After years of research on ontology matching, it is reasonable to consider several questions: is the field of ontology matching still making progress? Is this progress significant enough to pursue further research? If so, what are the particularly promising directions? To answer these questions, we review the state of the art of ontology matching and analyze the results of recent ontology matching evaluations. These results show a measurable improvement in the field, the speed of which is albeit slowing down. We conjecture that significant improvements can be obtained only by addressing important challenges for ontology matching. We present such challenges with insights on how to approach them, thereby aiming to direct research into the most promising tracks and to facilitate the progress of the field. Keywords: semantic web; mapping creation; alignment; community; database; integration; framework; schemas; interoperability; heterogeneity Source: IEEE Transactions on Knowledge and Data Engineering, 2013, 25(1): 158–176 Email: Shvaiko, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 44 Hesitant fuzzy power aggregation operators and their application to multiple attribute group decision making Zhang, ZM Abstract: The hesitant fuzzy set is a useful generalization of the fuzzy set that is designed for situations in which it is difficult to determine the membership of an element to a set owing to ambiguity between a few different values. In this paper, we develop a wide range of hesitant fuzzy power aggregation operators for hesitant fuzzy information. We first introduce several power aggregation operators and then extend these operators to hesitant fuzzy environments, i.e., we introduce operators to aggregate input arguments that take the form of

85 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 hesitant fuzzy sets. We demonstrate several useful properties of the operators and discuss the relationships between them. The new aggregation operators are utilized to develop techniques for multiple attribute group decision making with hesitant fuzzy information. Finally, some practical examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed techniques. Keywords: linguistic preference relations; similarity measure; representation model; term sets; information; environment; multisets; entropy Source: Information Sciences, 2013, 234: 150–181 Email: Zhang, ZM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 41 Data filtering based recursive least squares algorithm for Hammerstein systems using the key-term separation principle Wang, DQ; Ding, F; Chu, YY Abstract: This paper concerns parameter identification of Hammerstein output error moving average systems with a two-segment piecewise nonlinearity. By combining the key-term separation principle and the data filtering technique, we transfer the Hammerstein model into two regression identification models, and present a data filtering based recursive least squares method to estimate the parameters of these two identification models. The proposed algorithm achieves a higher computational efficiency than the standard approach by using covariance matrices of smaller dimensions from the two identification models instead of one identification model in the standard approach. Keywords: identification methods; model identification; parameter-estimation; nonlinear-systems; armax systems Source: Information Sciences, 2013, 222: 203–212 Email: Wang, DQ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 36 Minimum cost attribute reduction in decision-theoretic rough set models Jia, XY; Liao, WH; Tang, ZM; et al. Abstract: In classical rough set models, attribute reduction generally keeps the positive or non-negative regions unchanged, as these regions do not decrease with the addition of attributes. However, the monotonicity property in decision-theoretic rough set models does not hold. This is partly due to the fact that all regions are determined according to the Bayesian decision procedure. Consequently, it is difficult to evaluate and interpret region-preservation attribute reduction in decision-theoretic rough set models. This paper provides a new definition of attribute reduct for decision-theoretic《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 rough set models. The new attribute reduction is formulated as an optimization problem. The objective is to minimize the cost of decisions. Theoretical analysis shows the meaning of the optimization problem. Both the problem definition and the objective function have good interpretation. A heuristic approach, a genetic approach and a simulated annealing approach to the new problem are proposed. Experimental results on several data sets indicate the efficiency of these approaches. Keywords: optimization; systems Source: Information Sciences, 2013, 219: 151–167 Email: Jia, XY; [email protected]

Computer Science Interdisciplinary Applications Citation frequency: 376 GROMACS 4.5: a high-throughput and highly parallel open source molecular simulation toolkit Pronk, S; Pall, S; Schulz, R; et al. Abstract: Motivation: Molecular simulation has historically been a low-throughput technique, but faster computers and increasing amounts of genomic and structural data are changing this by enabling large-scale automated simulation of, for instance, many conformers or mutants of biomolecules with or without a range of ligands. At the same time, advances in performance and scaling now make it possible to model complex biomolecular interaction and function in a manner directly testable by experiment. These applications share a need for fast and efficient software that can be deployed on massive scale in clusters, web servers, distributed computing or cloud resources. Results: Here, we present a range of new simulation algorithms and features developed during the past 4 years, leading up to the GROMACS 4.5 software package. The software now automatically handles wide classes of biomolecules, such as proteins, nucleic acids and lipids, and comes with all commonly used force fields for these molecules built-in. GROMACS supports several implicit solvent models, as well as new free-energy algorithms, and the software now uses multithreading for efficient parallelization even on low-end systems, including windows-based workstations. Together with hand-tuned assembly kernels and state-of-the-art parallelization, this provides extremely high performance and cost efficiency for high-throughput as well as massively parallel simulations. Keywords: force-field; free-energy; biomolecular simulation; dynamics; model; refinement; transition; efficient; constant; proteins Source: Bioinformatics, 2013, 29(7): 845–854 Email: Lindahl, E; [email protected]

86 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Citation frequency: 160 Characterising performance of environmental models Bennett, ND; Croke, BFW; Guariso, G; et al. Abstract: In order to use environmental models effectively for management and decision-making, it is vital to establish an appropriate level of confidence in their performance. This paper reviews techniques available across various fields for characterising the performance of environmental models with focus on numerical, graphical and qualitative methods. General classes of direct value comparison, coupling real and modelled values, preserving data patterns, indirect metrics based on parameter values, and data transformations are discussed. In practice environmental modelling requires the use and implementation of workflows that combine several methods, tailored to the model purpose and dependent upon the data and information available. A five-step procedure for performance evaluation of models is suggested, with the key elements including: (i) (re)assessment of the model's aim, scale and scope; (ii) characterisation of the data for calibration and testing; (iii) visual and other analysis to detect under- or non-modelled behaviour and to gain an overview of overall performance; (iv) selection of basic performance criteria; and (v) consideration of more advanced methods to handle problems such as systematic divergence between modelled and observed values. Keywords: rainfall-runoff models; sensitivity-analysis; hydrological models; parameter-estimation; ecological models; standardized assessment; simulation-models; quality-assurance; dispersion model; wavelet analysis Source: Environmental Modelling & Software, 2013, 40: 1–20 Email: Jakeman, AJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 127 STAR: ultrafast universal RNA-seq aligner Dobin, A; Davis, CA; Schlesinger, F; et al. Abstract: Motivation: Accurate alignment of high-throughput RNA-seq data is a challenging and yet unsolved problem because of the non-contiguous transcript structure, relatively short read lengths and constantly increasing throughput of the sequencing technologies. Currently available RNA-seq aligners suffer from high mapping error rates, low mapping speed, read length limitation and mapping biases. Results: To align our large (> 80 billon reads) ENCODE Transcriptome RNA-seq dataset, we developed the Spliced Transcripts Alignment to a Reference (STAR) software based on a previously undescribed RNA-seq alignment algorithm that uses sequential maximum mappable seed search in uncompressed suffix arrays followed by seed clustering and stitching procedure. STAR outperforms other aligners by a factor of > 50 in mapping speed, 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅aligning to the human genome 550 million 2 × 76 bp paired-end reads per hour on a modest 12-core server, while at the same time improving alignment sensitivity and precision. In addition to unbiased de novo detection of canonical junctions, STAR can discover non-canonical splices and chimeric (fusion) transcripts, and is also capable of mapping full-length RNA sequences. Using Roche 454 sequencing of reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction amplicons, we experimentally validated 1960 novel intergenic splice junctions with an 80-90% success rate, corroborating the high precision of the STAR mapping strategy. Keywords: splice junctions; alignment; reads; algorithms; sequence; genomes; encode Source: Bioinformatics, 2013, 29(1): 15–21 Email: Dobin, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 95 RAxML version 8: a tool for phylogenetic analysis and post-analysis of large phylogenies Stamatakis, A Abstract: Motivation: Phylogenies are increasingly used in all fields of medical and biological research. Moreover, because of the next-generation sequencing revolution, datasets used for conducting phylogenetic analyses grow at an unprecedented pace. RAxML (Randomized Axelerated Maximum Likelihood) is a popular program for phylogenetic analyses of large datasets under maximum likelihood. Since the last RAxML paper in 2006, it has been continuously maintained and extended to accommodate the increasingly growing input datasets and to serve the needs of the user community. Results: I present some of the most notable new features and extensions of RAxML, such as a substantial extension of substitution models and supported data types, the introduction of SSE3, AVX and AVX2 vector intrinsics, techniques for reducing the memory requirements of the code and a plethora of operations for conducting postanalyses on sets of trees. In addition, an up-to-date 50-page user manual covering all new RAxML options is available. Keywords: maximum-likelihood; bootstrap; performance; algorithms; inference Source: Bioinformatics, 2014, 30(9): 1312–1313 Email: Stamatakis, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 89 CalcHEP 3.4 for collider physics within and beyond the Standard Model Belyaev, A; Christensen, ND; Pukhov, A Abstract: We present version 3.4 of the CalcHEP software package which is designed for effective evaluation and simulation of high

87 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 energy physics collider processes at parton level. The main features of CalcHEP are the computation of Feynman diagrams, integration over multi-particle phase space and event simulation at parton level. The principle attractive key-points along these lines are that it has: (a) an easy startup and usage even for those who are not familiar with CalcHEP and programming; (b) a friendly and convenient graphical user interface (GUI); (c) the option for the user to easily modify a model or introduce a new model by either using the graphical interface or by using an external package with the possibility of cross checking the results in different gauges; (d) a batch interface which allows to perform very complicated and tedious calculations connecting production and decay modes for processes with many particles in the final state. With this features set, CalcHEP can efficiently perform calculations with a high level of automation from a theory in the form of a Lagrangian down to phenomenology in the form of cross sections, parton level event simulation and various kinematical distributions. In this paper we report on the new features of CalcHEP 3.4 which improves the power of our package to be an effective tool for the study of modern collider phenomenology. Keywords: calculating supersymmetric spectra; electroweak symmetry-breaking; high-energy-physics; multidimensional integration; automatic-generation; helicity amplitudes; event generation; feynman-rules; relic density; higgs bosons Source: Computer Physics Communications, 2013, 184(7): 1729–1769 Email: Belyaev, A; [email protected]

Computer Science Software Engineering Citation frequency: 51 Real-Time Human Pose Recognition in Parts from Single Depth Images Shotton, J; Sharp, T; Kipman, A; et al. Abstract: We propose a new method to quickly and accurately - predict human pose-the 3D positions of body joints-from a single depth image, without depending on information from preceding frames. Our approach is strongly rooted in current object recognition strategies. By designing an intermediate - representation in terms of body parts, the difficult pose estimation problem is transformed into a simpler per-pixel classification problem, for which efficient machine learning techniques exist. By using computer graphics to synthesize a very large dataset of training image pairs, one can train a classifier that estimates body part labels from test images invariant to pose, body shape, clothing, and other irrelevances. Finally, we generate confidence-scored 3D proposals of several body joints by reprojecting the classification result and finding local modes. The system runs in under 5ms on《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 the Xbox 360. Our evaluation shows high accuracy on both synthetic and real test sets, and investigates the effect of several training parameters. We achieve state-of-the-art accuracy in our comparison with related work and demonstrate improved generalization over exact whole-skeleton nearest neighbor matching. Source: Communications of the Acm, 2013, 56(1): 116–124 Email: Shotton, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 35 Feature location in source code: a taxonomy and survey Dit, B; Revelle, M; Gethers, M; et al. Abstract: Feature location is the activity of identifying an initial location in the source code that implements functionality in a software system. Many feature location techniques have been introduced that automate some or all of this process, and a comprehensive overview of this large body of work would be beneficial to researchers and practitioners. This paper presents a systematic literature survey of feature location techniques. Eighty-nine articles from 25 venues have been reviewed and classified within the taxonomy in order to organize and structure existing work in the field of feature location. The paper also discusses open issues and defines future directions in the field of feature location. Keywords: independent component analysis; static noninteractive approach; latent dirichlet allocation; information-retrieval; program comprehension; software evolution; feature identification; probabilistic ranking; maintenance tasks; dynamic-analysis Source: Journal of Software-evolution and Process, 2013, 25(1): 53–95 Email: Poshyvanyk, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 30 An opposition-based differential evolution algorithm for permutation flow shop scheduling based on diversity measure Li, XT; Yin, MH Abstract: The permutation flow shop problem (PFSSP) is an NP-hard problem of wide engineering and theoretical background. In this paper, a differential evolution (DE) based memetic algorithm, named ODDE, is proposed for PFSSP. First, to make DE suitable for PFSSP, a new LRV rule based on random key is introduced to convert the continuous position in DE to the discrete job permutation. Second, the NEH heuristic was combined the random initialization to the population with certain quality and diversity. Third, to improve the global optimization property of DE, a DE approach based on measure of population's diversity is proposed to tuning the crossover rate. Fourth, to

88 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts improve the convergence rate of DE, the opposition-based DE employs opposition-based learning for the initialization and for generation jumping to enhance the global optimal solution. Fifth, the fast local search is used for enhancing the individuals with a certain probability. Sixth, the pairwise based local search is used to enhance the global optimal solution and help the algorithm to escape from local minimum. Additionally, simulations and comparisons based on PFSSP benchmarks are carried out, which show that our algorithm is both effective and efficient. We have also evaluated our algorithm with the well known DMU problems. For the problems with the objective of minimizing makespan, the algorithm ODDE obtains 24 new upper bounds of the 40 instances, and for the problems with the objective of maximum lateness, ODDE obtains 137 new upper bounds of the 160 instances. These new upper bounds can be used for future algorithms to compare their results with ours. Keywords: particle swarm optimization; local search algorithm; sequencing problem; genetic algorithm; heuristic algorithm; makespan criterion; minimization Source: Advances in Engineering Software, 2013, 55: 10–31 Email: Yin, MH; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 28 The evolution, challenges, and future of knowledge representation in product design systems Chandrasegaran, SK; Ramani, K; Sriram, RD; et al. Abstract: Product design is a highly involved, often ill-defined, complex and iterative process, and the needs and specifications of the required artifact get more refined only as the design process moves toward its goal. An effective computer support tool that helps the designer make better-informed decisions requires efficient knowledge representation schemes. In today's world, there is a virtual explosion in the amount of raw data available to the designer, and knowledge representation is critical in order to sift through this data and make sense of it. In addition, the need to stay competitive has shrunk product development time through the use of simultaneous and collaborative design processes, which depend on effective transfer of knowledge between teams. Finally, the awareness that decisions made early in the design process have a higher impact in terms of energy, cost, and sustainability, has resulted in the need to project knowledge typically required in the later stages of design to the earlier stages. Research in design rationale systems, product families, systems engineering, and ontology engineering has sought to capture knowledge from earlier product design decisions, from the breakdown of product functions and associated physical features, and from customer requirements and feedback reports. VR (Virtual reality) systems and multidisciplinary modeling have enabled the simulation of scenarios in the manufacture, assembly, and use of the product. This has helped capture vital knowledge from these stages of《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 the product life and use it in design validation and testing. While there have been considerable and significant developments in knowledge capture and representation in product design, it is useful to sometimes review our position in the area, study the evolution of research in product design, and from past and current trends, try and foresee future developments. The goal of this paper is thus to review both our understanding of the field and the support tools that exist for the purpose, and identify the trends and possible directions research can evolve in the future. Keywords: computer-aided-design; of-the-art; biologically inspired design; working situation model; engineering design; conceptual design; virtual-reality; special-issue; collaborative design; family design Source: Computer-aided Design, 2013, 45(2): 204–228 Email: Ramani, K; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 26 An Effective CU Size Decision Method for HEVC Encoders Shen, LQ; Liu, Z; Zhang, XP; et al. Abstract: The emerging high efficiency video coding standard (HEVC) adopts the quadtree-structured coding unit (CU). Each CU allows recursive splitting into four equal sub-CUs. At each depth level (CU size), the test model of HEVC (HM) performs motion estimation (ME) with different sizes including 2N x 2N, 2N x N, N x 2N, and N x N. ME process in HM is performed using all the possible depth levels and prediction modes to find the one with the least rate distortion (RD) cost using Lagrange multiplier. This achieves the highest coding efficiency but requires a very high computational complexity. In this paper, we propose a fast CU size decision algorithm for HM. Since the optimal depth level is highly content-dependent, it is not efficient to use all levels. We can determine CU depth range (including the minimum depth level and the maximum depth level) and skip some specific depth levels rarely used in the previous frame and neighboring CUs. Besides, the proposed algorithm also introduces early termination methods based on motion homogeneity checking, RD cost checking and SKIP mode checking to skip ME on unnecessary CU sizes. Experimental results demonstrate that the proposed algorithm can significantly reduce computational complexity while maintaining almost the same RD performance as the original HEVC encoder. Source: IEEE Transactions on Multimedia, 2013, 15(2): 465–470 Email: Shen, LQ; [email protected]

89 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Computer Science Theory Methods Citation frequency: 134 Data-driven monitoring for stochastic systems and its application on batch process Yin, S; Ding, SX; Sari, AHA; et al. Abstract: Batch processes are characterised by a prescribed processing of raw materials into final products for a finite duration and play an important role in many industrial sectors due to the low-volume and high-value products. Process dynamics and stochastic disturbances are inherent characteristics of batch processes, which cause monitoring of batch processes a challenging problem in practice. To solve this problem, a subspace-aided data-driven approach is presented in this article for batch process monitoring. The advantages of the proposed approach lie in its simple form and its abilities to deal with stochastic disturbances and process dynamics existing in the process. The kernel density estimation, which serves as a non-parametric way of estimating the probability density function, is utilised for threshold calculation. An industrial benchmark of fed-batch penicillin production is finally utilised to verify the effectiveness of the proposed approach. Keywords: principal component analysis; subspace identification; fault-detection; missing measurements; model; diagnosis; pca Source: International Journal of Systems Science, 2013, 44(7): 1366–1376 Email: Yin, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 66 Mobile cloud computing: A survey Fernando, N; Loke, SW; Rahayu, W Abstract: Despite increasing usage of mobile computing, exploiting its full potential is difficult due to its inherent problems such as resource scarcity, frequent disconnections, and mobility. Mobile cloud computing can address these problems by executing mobile applications on resource providers external to the mobile device. In this paper, we provide an extensive survey of mobile cloud computing research, while highlighting the specific concerns in mobile cloud computing. We present a taxonomy based on the key issues in this area, and discuss the different approaches taken to tackle these issues. We conclude the paper with a critical analysis of challenges that have not yet been fully met, and highlight directions for future work. Keywords: systems; energy; infrastructure; management; bluetooth; devices Source: Future Generation Computer Systems-the International Journal of Grid Computing and Escience, 2013, 29(1): 84–106 Email: Fernando, N; [email protected]《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅

Citation frequency: 58 Distributed Synchronization of Coupled Neural Networks via Randomly Occurring Control Tang, Y; Wong, WK Abstract: In this paper, we study the distributed synchronization and pinning distributed synchronization of stochastic coupled neural networks via randomly occurring control. Two Bernoulli stochastic variables are used to describe the occurrences of distributed adaptive control and updating law according to certain probabilities. Both distributed adaptive control and updating law for each vertex in a network depend on state information on each vertex's neighborhood. By constructing appropriate Lyapunov functions and employing stochastic analysis techniques, we prove that the distributed synchronization and the distributed pinning synchronization of stochastic complex networks can be achieved in mean square. Additionally, randomly occurring distributed control is compared with periodically intermittent control. It is revealed that, although randomly occurring control is an intermediate method among the three types of control in terms of control costs and convergence rates, it has fewer restrictions to implement and can be more easily applied in practice than periodically intermittent control. Keywords: complex dynamical network; adaptive synchronization; pinning control; systems; stability; controllability; criteria; chaos; array; delay Source: IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks and Learning Systems, 2013, 24(3): 435–447 Email: Tang, Y; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 51 Real-Time Human Pose Recognition in Parts from Single Depth Images Shotton, J; Sharp, T; Kipman, A; et al. Abstract: We propose a new method to quickly and accurately - predict human pose-the 3D positions of body joints-from a single depth image, without depending on information from preceding frames. Our approach is strongly rooted in current object recognition strategies. By designing an intermediate - representation in terms of body parts, the difficult pose estimation problem is transformed into a simpler per-pixel classification problem, for which efficient machine learning techniques exist. By using computer graphics to synthesize a very large dataset of training image pairs, one can train a classifier that estimates body part labels from test images invariant to pose, body shape,

90 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts clothing, and other irrelevances. Finally, we generate confidence-scored 3D proposals of several body joints by reprojecting the classification result and finding local modes. The system runs in under 5ms on the Xbox 360. Our evaluation shows high accuracy on both synthetic and real test sets, and investigates the effect of several training parameters. We achieve state-of-the-art accuracy in our comparison with related work and demonstrate improved generalization over exact whole-skeleton nearest neighbor matching. Source: Communications of the Acm, 2013, 56(1): 116–124 Email: Shotton, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 50 Multisensor data fusion: A review of the state-of-the-art Khaleghi, B; Khamis, A; Karray, FO; et al. Abstract: There has been an ever-increasing interest in multi-disciplinary research on multisensor data fusion technology, driven by its versatility and diverse areas of application. Therefore, there seems to be a real need for an analytical review of recent developments in the data fusion domain. This paper proposes a comprehensive review of the data fusion state of the art, exploring its conceptualizations, benefits, and challenging aspects, as well as existing methodologies. In addition, several future directions of research in the data fusion community are highlighted and described. Keywords: hypothesis density filter; dempster-shafer theory; fuzzy rough sets; information fusion; sensor data; decentralized estimation; performance evaluation; sequence measurements; combination rules; belief functions Source: Information Fusion, 2013, 14(1): 28–44 Email: Khaleghi, B; [email protected]

Construction Building Technology Citation frequency: 40 Does e-cigarette consumption cause passive vaping? Schripp, T; Markewitz, D; Uhde, E; et al. Abstract: Electronic cigarette consumption (vaping) is marketed as an alternative to conventional tobacco smoking. Technically, a mixture of chemicals containing carrier liquids, flavors, and optionally nicotine is vaporized and inhaled. The present study aims at the determination of the release of volatile organic compounds (VOC) and (ultra)fine particles (FP/UFP) from an e-cigarette under near-to-real-use conditions in an 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅8 m3 emission test chamber. Furthermore, the inhaled mixture is analyzed in small chambers. An increase in FP/UFP and VOC could be determined after the use of the e-cigarette. Prominent components in the gas-phase are 1,2-propanediol, 1,2,3-propanetriol, diacetin, flavorings, and traces of nicotine. As a consequence, passive vaping must be expected from the consumption of e-cigarettes. Furthermore, the inhaled aerosol undergoes changes in the human lung that is assumed to be attributed to deposition and evaporation. Practical Implications The consumption of e-cigarettes marks a new source for chemical and aerosol exposure in the indoor environment. To evaluate the impact of e-cigarettes on indoor air quality and to estimate the possible effect of passive vaping, information about the chemical characteristics of the released vapor is needed. Keywords: volatile organic-compounds; propylene-glycol; tobacco-smoke; formaldehyde; restaurants; cartridges; nicotine; bars; ban Source: Indoor Air, 2013, 23(1): 25–31 Email: Schripp, T; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 Review of passive PCM latent heat thermal energy storage systems towards buildings' energy efficiency Soares, N; Costa, JJ; Gaspar, AR; et al. Abstract: This paper aims to explore how and where phase change materials (PCMs) are used in passive latent heat thermal energy storage (LHTES) systems, and to present an overview of how these construction solutions are related to building's energy performance. A survey on research trends are firstly presented followed by the discussion of some physical and theoretical considerations about the building and the potential of integrating PCMs in construction elements. The different types of PCMs and main criteria that govern their selection are reviewed, as well as the main methods to measure PCMs' thermal properties, and the techniques to incorporate PCMs into building elements. The numerical modeling of heat transfer with phase-change and heat transfer enhanced techniques are discussed, followed by a review of several passive LHTES systems with PCMs. Studies on dynamic simulation of energy in buildings (DSEB) incorporating PCMs are reviewed, mainly those supported by EnergyPlus, ESP-r and TRNSYS software tools. Lifecycle assessments, both environmental and economic are discussed. This review shows that passive construction solutions with PCMs provide the potential for reducing energy consumption for heating and cooling due to the load reduction/shifting, and for increasing indoor thermal comfort due to the reduced indoor temperature fluctuations. Keywords: phase-change materials; life-cycle assessment; shape-stabilized pcm; t-history method; change material wallboard; carbon-fiber brushes; numerical-simulation; residential buildings; multiobjective optimization; conductivity enhancement Source: Energy and Buildings, 2013, 59: 82–103 Email: Soares, N; [email protected]

91 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Citation frequency: 28 Recent research and applications of GPS-based monitoring technology for high-rise structures Yi, TH; Li, HN; Gu, M Abstract: Monitoring the response of structures, especially tall buildings, under severe loading conditions is an important requirement for the validation of their design and construction, as well as being a maintenance concern. This paper presents a review of current research and development activities (since 1995) in the field of high-rise structure health monitoring using the Global Positioning System (GPS). The GPS monitoring technology and its accurate assessment method are firstly briefly described. Then, the progresses on monitoring the displacement of the high-rise structure caused by the ambient effects including wind, thermal variation, and earthquake-induced responses are discussed in details. Following that, the states of the art of augmenting the GPS monitoring technology are reviewed. Finally, existing problems and promising research efforts in the GPS-based health monitoring are given. Keywords: wind-induced response; tall buildings; dynamic-response; system; displacement; accuracy Source: Structural Control & Health Monitoring, 2013, 20(5): 649–670 Email: Yi, TH; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 27 Experimental evaluation of using various renewable energy sources for heating a greenhouse Esen, M; Yuksel, T Abstract: The interest in alternative or renewable energy sources for greenhouse heating is currently high, owing to the large heating loads and the relatively high price of fossil fuels. Important alternative sources of energy are solar collectors, heat pumps, biomass and cogeneration systems. This study experimentally investigates greenhouse heating by biogas, solar and ground energy in Elazig, Turkey climate conditions. The greenhouse (6 m×4 m×2.10 m) heated by mentioned alternative energy sources was constructed, and then required heating load of the greenhouse was determined. For this purpose, biogas, solar and a ground source heat pump greenhouse heating system (BSGSHPGHS) with horizontal slinky ground heat exchanger was designed and set up. Experiments were conducted extensively during the winter period from November 2009 to March 2010. During the experiments, 2231.831 of gas production by biogas system is provided. The experiments that are required for the growth of many plants need temperature of 23 degrees C, and conceivable success has been achieved in reaching this value by built systems. As a result, different energy sources have been successfully tested for greenhouse heating. Keywords: artificial neural-networks;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 air tunnel system; pump system; solar greenhouse; agricultural greenhouses; thermal performance; exchanger; earth; technologies; storage Source: Energy and Buildings, 2013, 65: 340–351 Email: Esen, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 23 Thermomechanical bending response of FGM thick plates resting on Winkler-Pasternak elastic foundations Bouderba, B; Houari, MSA; Tounsi, A Abstract: The present work deals with the thermomechanical bending response of functionally graded plates resting on Winkler-Pasternak elastic foundations. Theoretical formulations are based on a recently developed refined trigonometric shear deformation theory (RTSDT). The theory accounts for trigonometric distribution of transverse shear stress, and satisfies the free transverse shear stress conditions on the top and bottom surfaces of the plate without using shear correction factor. Unlike the conventional trigonometric shear deformation theory, the present refined trigonometric shear deformation theory contains only four unknowns as against five in case of other shear deformation theories. The material properties of the functionally graded plates are assumed to vary continuously through the thickness, according to a simple power law distribution of the volume fraction of the constituents. The elastic foundation is modelled as two-parameter Pasternak foundation. The results of the shear deformation theories are compared together. Numerical examples cover the effects of the gradient index, plate aspect ratio, side-to-thickness ratio and elastic foundation parameters on the thermomechanical behavior of functionally graded plates. It can be concluded that the proposed theory is accurate and efficient in predicting the thermomechanical bending response of functionally graded plates. Keywords: thermoelastic deformations; vibration analysis; beams Source: Steel and Composite Structures, 2013, 14(1): 85–104 Email: Tounsi, A; [email protected]

Critical Care Medicine Citation frequency: 572 Surviving Sepsis Campaign: International Guidelines for Management of Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock: 2012 Dellinger, RP; Levy, MM; Rhodes, A; et al. Abstract: Objective: To provide an update to the "Surviving Sepsis Campaign Guidelines for Management of Severe Sepsis and Septic

92 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Shock," last published in 2008. Design: A consensus committee of 68 international experts representing 30 international organizations was convened. Nominal groups were assembled at key international meetings (for those committee members attending the conference). A formal conflict of interest policy was developed at the onset of the process and enforced throughout. The entire guidelines process was conducted independent of any industry funding. A stand-alone meeting was held for all subgroup heads, co- and vice-chairs, and selected individuals. Teleconferences and electronic-based discussion among subgroups and among the entire committee served as an integral part of the development. Methods: The authors were advised to follow the principles of the Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and Evaluation (GRADE) system to guide assessment of quality of evidence from high (A) to very low (D) and to determine the strength of recommendations as strong (1) or weak (2). The potential drawbacks of making strong recommendations in the presence of low-quality evidence were emphasized. Some recommendations were ungraded (UG). Recommendations were classified into three groups: 1) those directly targeting severe sepsis; 2) those targeting general care of the critically ill patient and considered high priority in severe sepsis; and 3) pediatric considerations. Results: Key recommendations and suggestions, listed by category, include: early quantitative resuscitation of the septic patient during the first 6 hrs after recognition (1C); blood cultures before antibiotic therapy (1C); imaging studies performed promptly to confirm a potential source of infection (UG); administration of broad-spectrum antimicrobials therapy within 1 hr of recognition of septic shock (1B) and severe sepsis without septic shock (1C) as the goal of therapy; reassessment of antimicrobial therapy daily for de-escalation, when appropriate (1B); infection source control with attention to the balance of risks and benefits of the chosen method within 12 hrs of diagnosis (1C); initial fluid resuscitation with crystalloid (1B) and consideration of the addition of albumin in patients who continue to require substantial amounts of crystalloid to maintain adequate mean arterial pressure (2C) and the avoidance of hetastarch formulations (1C); initial fluid challenge in patients with sepsis-induced tissue hypoperfusion and suspicion of hypovolemia to achieve a minimum of 30 mL/kg of crystalloids (more rapid administration and greater amounts of fluid may be needed in some patients) (1C); fluid challenge technique continued as long as hemodynamic improvement, as based on either dynamic or static variables (UG); norepinephrine as the first-choice vasopressor to maintain mean arterial pressure≥65 mm Hg (1B); epinephrine when an additional agent is needed to maintain adequate blood pressure (2B); vasopressin (0.03 U/min) can be added to norepinephrine to either raise mean arterial pressure to target or to decrease norepinephrine dose but should not be used as the initial vasopressor (UG); dopamine is not recommended except in highly selected circumstances (2C); dobutamine infusion administered or added to vasopressor in the presence of a) myocardial dysfunction as suggested by elevated cardiac filling《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 pressures and low cardiac output, or b) ongoing signs of hypoperfusion despite achieving adequate intravascular volume and adequate mean arterial pressure (1C); avoiding use of intravenous hydrocortisone in adult septic shock patients if adequate fluid resuscitation and vasopressor therapy are able to restore hemodynamic stability (2C); hemoglobin target of 7-9 g/dL in the absence of tissue hypoperfusion, ischemic coronary artery disease, or acute hemorrhage (1B); low tidal volume (1A) and limitation of inspiratory plateau pressure (1B) for acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS); application of at least a minimal amount of positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) in ARDS (1B); higher rather than lower level of PEEP for patients with sepsis-induced moderate or severe ARDS (2C); recruitment maneuvers in sepsis patients with severe refractory hypoxemia due to ARDS (2C); prone positioning in sepsis-induced ARDS patients with a Pao(2) /FiO2) ratio of ≤100 mm Hg in facilities that have experience with such practices (2C); head-of-bed elevation in mechanically ventilated patients unless contraindicated (1B); a conservative fluid strategy for patients with established ARDS who do not have evidence of tissue hypoperfusion (1C); protocols for weaning and sedation (1A); minimizing use of either intermittent bolus sedation or continuous infusion sedation targeting specific titration endpoints (1B); avoidance of neuromuscular blockers if possible in the septic patient without ARDS (1C); a short course of neuromuscular blocker (no longer than 48 hrs) for patients with early ARDS and a Pao(2) /Fio(2) <150 mm Hg (2C); a protocolized approach to blood glucose management commencing insulin dosing when two consecutive blood glucose levels are > 180 mg/dL, targeting an upper blood glucose <= 180 mg/dL (1A); equivalency of continuous veno-venous hemofiltration or intermittent hemodialysis (2B); prophylaxis for deep vein thrombosis (1B); use of stress ulcer prophylaxis to prevent upper gastrointestinal bleeding in patients with bleeding risk factors (1B); oral or enteral (if necessary) feedings, as tolerated, rather than either complete fasting or provision of only intravenous glucose within the first 48 hrs after a diagnosis of severe sepsis/ septic shock (2C); and addressing goals of care, including treatment plans and end-of-life planning (as appropriate) (1B), as early as feasible, but within 72 hrs of intensive care unit admission (2C). Recommendations specific to pediatric severe sepsis include: therapy with face mask oxygen, high flow nasal cannula oxygen, or nasopharyngeal continuous PEEP in the presence of respiratory distress and hypoxemia (2C), use of physical examination therapeutic endpoints such as capillary refill (2C); for septic shock associated with hypovolemia, the use of crystalloids or albumin to deliver a bolus of 20 mL/kg of crystalloids (or albumin equivalent) over 5 to 10 mins (2C); more common use of inotropes and vasodilators for low cardiac output septic shock associated with elevated systemic vascular resistance (2C); and use of hydrocortisone only in children with suspected or proven "absolute" adrenal insufficiency (2C). Conclusions: Strong agreement existed among a large cohort of international experts regarding many level 1 recommendations for the best care of patients with severe sepsis. Although a significant number of aspects of care have relatively weak support, evidence-based recommendations regarding the acute management of sepsis and septic shock are the

93 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 foundation of improved outcomes for this important group of critically ill patients. Keywords: critically-ill patients; respiratory-distress-syndrome; intensive-care-unit; acute lung injury; randomized controlled-trial; acute-renal-failure; mechanically ventilated patients; combination antibiotic-therapy; clinical-practice guidelines; deep-vein thrombosis Source: Critical Care Medicine, 2013, 41(2): 580–637 Email: Dellinger, RP; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 547 Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease GOLD Executive Summary Vestbo, J; Hurd, SS; Agusti, AG; et al. Abstract: Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is a global health problem, and since 2001, the Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) has published its strategy document for the diagnosis and management of COPD. This executive summary presents the main contents of the second 5-year revision of the GOLD document that has implemented some of the vast knowledge about COPD accumulated over the last years. Today, GOLD recommends that spirometry is required for the clinical diagnosis of COPD to avoid misdiagnosis and to ensure proper evaluation of severity of airflow limitation. The document highlights that the assessment of the patient with COPD should always include assessment of (1) symptoms, (2) severity of airflow limitation, (3) history of exacerbations, and (4) comorbidities. The first three points can be used to evaluate level of symptoms and risk of future exacerbations, and this is done in a way that splits patients with COPD into four categories-A, B, C, and D. Nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic management of COPD match this assessment in an evidence-based attempt to relieve symptoms and reduce risk of exacerbations. Identification and treatment of comorbidities must have high priority, and a separate section in the document addresses management of comorbidities as well as COPD in the presence of comorbidities. The revised document also contains a new section on exacerbations of COPD. The GOLD initiative will continue to bring COPD to the attention of all relevant shareholders and will hopefully Keywords: randomized controlled-trial; air-flow obstruction; positive-pressure ventilation; requiring mechanical ventilation; respiratory- tract infections; protected specimen brush; lung-function impairment; acute copd exacerbation; heart-failure; salmeterol/fluticasone propionate Source: American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, 2013, 187(4): 347–365 Email: Vestbo, J; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 328 Surviving Sepsis Campaign: International Guidelines for Management of Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock, 2012 Dellinger, RP; Levy, MM; Rhodes, A; et al. Abstract: To provide an update to the "Surviving Sepsis Campaign Guidelines for Management of Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock," last published in 2008. A consensus committee of 68 international experts representing 30 international organizations was convened. Nominal groups were assembled at key international meetings (for those committee members attending the conference). A formal conflict of interest policy was developed at the onset of the process and enforced throughout. The entire guidelines process was conducted independent of any industry funding. A stand-alone meeting was held for all subgroup heads, co- and vice-chairs, and selected individuals. Teleconferences and electronic-based discussion among subgroups and among the entire committee served as an integral part of the development. The authors were advised to follow the principles of the Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and Evaluation (GRADE) system to guide assessment of quality of evidence from high (A) to very low (D) and to determine the strength of recommendations as strong (1) or weak (2). The potential drawbacks of making strong recommendations in the presence of low-quality evidence were emphasized. Recommendations were classified into three groups: (1) those directly targeting severe sepsis; (2) those targeting general care of the critically ill patient and considered high priority in severe sepsis; and (3) pediatric considerations. Key recommendations and suggestions, listed by category, include: early quantitative resuscitation of the septic patient during the first 6 h after recognition (1C); blood cultures before antibiotic therapy (1C); imaging studies performed promptly to confirm a potential source of infection (UG); administration of broad-spectrum antimicrobials therapy within 1 h of the recognition of septic shock (1B) and severe sepsis without septic shock (1C) as the goal of therapy; reassessment of antimicrobial therapy daily for de-escalation, when appropriate (1B); infection source control with attention to the balance of risks and benefits of the chosen method within 12 h of diagnosis (1C); initial fluid resuscitation with crystalloid (1B) and consideration of the addition of albumin in patients who continue to require substantial amounts of crystalloid to maintain adequate mean arterial pressure (2C) and the avoidance of hetastarch formulations (1B); initial fluid challenge in patients with sepsis-induced tissue hypoperfusion and suspicion of hypovolemia to achieve a minimum of 30 mL/kg of crystalloids (more rapid administration and greater amounts of fluid may be needed in some patients (1C); fluid challenge technique continued as long as hemodynamic improvement is based on either dynamic or static variables (UG); norepinephrine as the first-choice

94 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts vasopressor to maintain mean arterial pressure a parts per thousand yen65 mmHg (1B); epinephrine when an additional agent is needed to maintain adequate blood pressure (2B); vasopressin (0.03 U/min) can be added to norepinephrine to either raise mean arterial pressure to target or to decrease norepinephrine dose but should not be used as the initial vasopressor (UG); dopamine is not recommended except in highly selected circumstances (2C); dobutamine infusion administered or added to vasopressor in the presence of (a) myocardial dysfunction as suggested by elevated cardiac filling pressures and low cardiac output, or (b) ongoing signs of hypoperfusion despite achieving adequate intravascular volume and adequate mean arterial pressure (1C); avoiding use of intravenous hydrocortisone in adult septic shock patients if adequate fluid resuscitation and vasopressor therapy are able to restore hemodynamic stability (2C); hemoglobin target of 7-9 g/dL in the absence of tissue hypoperfusion, ischemic coronary artery disease, or acute hemorrhage (1B); low tidal volume (1A) and limitation of inspiratory plateau pressure (1B) for acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS); application of at least a minimal amount of positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) in ARDS (1B); higher rather than lower level of PEEP for patients with sepsis-induced moderate or severe ARDS (2C); recruitment maneuvers in sepsis patients with severe refractory hypoxemia due to ARDS (2C); prone positioning in sepsis-induced ARDS patients with a Pao (2)/FiO2 ratio of a parts per thousand currency sign100 mm Hg in facilities that have experience with such practices (2C); head-of-bed elevation in mechanically ventilated patients unless contraindicated (1B); a conservative fluid strategy for patients with established ARDS who do not have evidence of tissue hypoperfusion (1C); protocols for weaning and sedation (1A); minimizing use of either intermittent bolus sedation or continuous infusion sedation targeting specific titration endpoints (1B); avoidance of neuromuscular blockers if possible in the septic patient without ARDS (1C); a short course of neuromuscular blocker (no longer than 48 h) for patients with early ARDS and a Pao (2)/FiO2 < 150 mm Hg (2C); a protocolized approach to blood glucose management commencing insulin dosing when two consecutive blood glucose levels are > 180 mg/dL, targeting an upper blood glucose a parts per thousand currency sign180 mg/dL (1A); equivalency of continuous veno-venous hemofiltration or intermittent hemodialysis (2B); prophylaxis for deep vein thrombosis (1B); use of stress ulcer prophylaxis to prevent upper gastrointestinal bleeding in patients with bleeding risk factors (1B); oral or enteral (if necessary) feedings, as tolerated, rather than either complete fasting or provision of only intravenous glucose within the first 48 h after a diagnosis of severe sepsis/septic shock (2C); and addressing goals of care, including treatment plans and end-of-life planning (as appropriate) (1B), as early as feasible, but within 72 h of intensive care unit admission (2C). Recommendations specific to pediatric severe sepsis include: therapy with face mask oxygen, high flow nasal cannula oxygen, or nasopharyngeal continuous PEEP in the presence of respiratory distress and hypoxemia (2C), use of physical examination therapeutic endpoints such as capillary refill (2C); for septic shock associated with hypovolemia, the use of crystalloids or albumin to deliver a bolus of 20 mL/kg of crystalloids (or albumin《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 equivalent) over 5-10 min (2C); more common use of inotropes and vasodilators for low cardiac output septic shock associated with elevated systemic vascular resistance (2C); and use of hydrocortisone only in children with suspected or proven "absolute"aEuro (TM) adrenal insufficiency (2C). Strong agreement existed among a large cohort of international experts regarding many level 1 recommendations for the best care of patients with severe sepsis. Although a significant number of aspects of care have relatively weak support, evidence-based recommendations regarding the acute management of sepsis and septic shock are the foundation of improved outcomes for this important group of critically ill patients. Keywords: critically-ill patients; respiratory-distress-syndrome; intensive-care-unit; acute lung injury; randomized controlled-trial; acute-renal-failure; mechanically ventilated patients; combination antibiotic-therapy; clinical-practice guidelines; deep-vein thrombosis Source: Intensive Care Medicine, 2013, 39(2): 165–228 Email: Dellinger, RP; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 236 Clinical Practice Guidelines for the Management of Pain, Agitation, and Delirium in Adult Patients in the Intensive Care Unit Barr, J; Fraser, GL; Puntillo, K; et al. Abstract: Objective: To revise the "Clinical Practice Guidelines for the Sustained Use of Sedatives and Analgesics in the Critically III Adult" published in Critical Care Medicine in 2002. Methods: The American College of Critical Care Medicine assembled a 20-person, multidisciplinary, multi-institutional task force with expertise in guideline development, pain, agitation and sedation, delirium management, and associated outcomes in adult critically ill patients. The task force, divided into four subcommittees, collaborated over 6 yr in person, via teleconferences, and via electronic communication. Subcommittees were responsible for developing relevant clinical questions, using the Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and Evaluation method (http://www.gradeworkinggroup.org) to review, evaluate, and summarize the literature, and to develop clinical statements (descriptive) and recommendations (actionable). With the help of a professional librarian and Refworks(R) database software, they developed a Web-based electronic database of over 19000 references extracted from eight clinical search engines, related to pain and analgesia, agitation and sedation, delirium, and related clinical outcomes in adult ICU patients. The group also used psychometric analyses to evaluate and compare pain, agitation/sedation, and delirium assessment tools. All task force members were allowed to review the literature supporting each statement and recommendation and provided feedback to the

95 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 subcommittees. Group consensus was achieved for all statements and recommendations using the nominal group technique and the modified Delphi method, with anonymous voting by all task force members using E-Survey (http://www.esurvey.com). All voting was completed in December 2010. Relevant studies published after this date and prior to publication of these guidelines were referenced in the text. The quality of evidence for each statement and recommendation was ranked as high (A), moderate (B), or low/very low (C). The strength of recommendations was ranked as strong (1) or weak (2), and either in favor of (+) or against (-) an intervention. A strong recommendation (either for or against) indicated that the intervention's desirable effects either clearly outweighed its undesirable effects (risks, burdens, and costs) or it did not. For all strong recommendations, the phrase "We recommend ..." is used throughout. A weak recommendation, either for or against an intervention, indicated that the tradeoff between desirable and undesirable effects was less clear. For all weak recommendations, the phrase "We suggest ..." is used throughout. In the absence of sufficient evidence, or when group consensus could not be achieved, no recommendation (0) was made. Consensus based on expert opinion was not used as a substitute for a lack of evidence. A consistent method for addressing potential conflict of interest was followed if task force members were coauthors of related research. The development of this guideline was independent of any industry funding. Conclusion: These guidelines provide a roadmap for developing integrated, evidence-based, and patient-centered protocols for preventing and treating pain, agitation, and delirium in critically ill patients. Keywords: critically-ill patients; mechanically ventilated patients; confusion assessment method; torsades-de-pointes; randomized controlled- trial; posttraumatic-stress-disorder; quality-of-life; respiratory-distress-syndrome; propofol infusion syndrome; long-term sedation Source: Critical Care Medicine, 2013, 41(1): 263–306 Email: Barr, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 104 Management of bleeding and coagulopathy following major trauma: an updated European guideline Spahn, DR; Bouillon, B; Cerny, V; et al. Abstract: Introduction: Evidence-based recommendations are needed to guide the acute management of the bleeding trauma patient. When these recommendations are implemented patient outcomes may be improved. Methods: The multidisciplinary Task Force for Advanced Bleeding Care in Trauma was formed in 2005 with the aim of developing a guideline for the management of bleeding following severe injury. This document represents an updated version of the guideline published by the group in 2007 and updated in 2010. Recommendations were formulated using a nominal group process, the Grading of Recommendations Assessment, 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Development and Evaluation (GRADE) hierarchy of evidence and based on a systematic review of published literature. Results: Key changes encompassed in this version of the guideline include new recommendations on the appropriate use of vasopressors and inotropic agents, and reflect an awareness of the growing number of patients in the population at large treated with antiplatelet agents and/or oral anticoagulants. The current guideline also includes recommendations and a discussion of thromboprophylactic strategies for all patients following traumatic injury. The most significant addition is a new section that discusses the need for every institution to develop, implement and adhere to an evidence-based clinical protocol to manage traumatically injured patients. The remaining recommendations have been re-evaluated and graded based on literature published since the last edition of the guideline. Consideration was also given to changes in clinical practice that have taken place during this time period as a result of both new evidence and changes in the general availability of relevant agents and technologies. Conclusions: A comprehensive, multidisciplinary approach to trauma care and mechanisms with which to ensure that established protocols are consistently implemented will ensure a uniform and high standard of care across Europe and beyond. Keywords: randomized-controlled-trial; prothrombin complex concentrate; fresh-frozen plasma; blunt abdominal-trauma; activated factor-vii; red-blood-cell; recombinant-factor-viia; respiratory-distress-syndrome; damage control resuscitation; controlled clinical-trial Source: Critical Care, 2013, 17(2): R76 Email: Rossaint, R; [email protected]

Crystallography Citation frequency: 79 How good are my data and what is the resolution? Evans, PR; Murshudov, GN Abstract: Following integration of the observed diffraction spots, the process of 'data reduction' initially aims to determine the point-group symmetry of the data and the likely space group. This can be performed with the program POINTLESS. The scaling program then puts all the measurements on a common scale, averages measurements of symmetry-related reflections (using the symmetry determined previously) and produces many statistics that provide the first important measures of data quality. A new scaling program, AIMLESS, implements scaling models similar to those in SCALA but adds some additional analyses. From the analyses, a number of decisions can be made about the quality of the data and whether some measurements should be discarded. The effective 'resolution' of a data set is a difficult and possibly contentious question (particularly with referees of papers) and this is discussed in the light of tests comparing the data-processing

96 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts statistics with trials of refinement against observed and simulated data, and automated model-building and comparison of maps calculated with different resolution limits. These trials show that adding weak high-resolution data beyond the commonly used limits may make some improvement and does no harm. Keywords: x-ray data; data quality; r-factor; diffraction; refinement Source: Acta Crystallographica Section D-biological Crystallography, 2013, 69: 1204–1214 Email: Evans, PR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 61 Synthesis of graphene-ZnO nanorod nanocomposites with improved photoactivity and anti-photocorrosion Chen, Z; Zhang, N; Xu, YJ Abstract: A series of graphene-ZnO (GR-ZnO) nanorod nanocomposites with different weight addition ratios of graphene (GR) have been prepared via a facile hydrothermal reaction of graphene oxide (GO) and ZnO nanorods. X-ray diffraction (XRD), UV-vis diffuse reflectance spectra (DRS), field-emission scanning electron microscopy (FE-SEM), electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS), photoluminescence (PL) spectra, and electron spin resonance (ESR) spectra are employed to determine the properties of the samples. It is found that GR-ZnO nanorod nanocomposites with a proper addition amount of GR exhibit higher photocatalytic activity and improved anti-photocorrosion than ZnO nanorods toward liquid-phase degradation of dye under ultraviolet (UV) light irradiation. The improved photoactivity and anti-photocorrosion of GR-ZnO nanorods can be ascribed to the integrative synergistic effect of enhanced adsorption capacity, the prolonged lifetime of photogenerated electron-hole pairs and effective interfacial hybridization between GR and ZnO nanorods. This study also shows that graphene sheets act as electronic conductive channels to efficiently separate the photogenerated charge carriers from ZnO nanorods. It is hoped that our current work could promote increasing interest in designing the nanocomposites of one-dimensional (1D) semiconductor and two-dimensional (2D) graphene for different photocatalytic applications. Keywords: photocatalytic H-2-production activity; one-dimensional nanostructures; volatile aromatic pollutant; high-performance; gas-phase; selective oxidation; ambient conditions; room-temperature; carbon nanotube; degradation Source: Crystengcomm, 2013, 15(15): 3022–3030 Email: Chen, Z; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 54 Four New Cd(II) Coordination Polymers with Mixed Multidentate N-Donors and Biphenyl-Based Polycarboxylate《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Ligands: Syntheses, Structures, and Photo luminescent Properties Sun, D; Han, LL; Yuan, S; et al.

Abstract: Four new cadmium(II) coordination polymers (CPs), {[Cd(Hpptpd)(H2bptta)]center dot 8H2O}n (1), {[Cd-2(Hpptpd)2

(bptta)(H2O) 2]center dot 4H2O}n (2), {[Cd-2(pptpz)(bpta)(H2O)]center dot H2O}n (3), and {[Cd(Hpptpz)(bpba)]center dot 2H2O}n (4) (Hpptpd = 2-(3-(4-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)pyridine, Hpptpz = 2-(3-(4-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl) pyrazine, H(4)bptta = 3,3',5,5'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, H3bpta = 3,4',5-biphenyltricarboxylic acid, H2bpba = 3,4'-biphenylbicarboxylic acid), were synthesized under hydrothermal conditions. The CPs were structurally characterized by single-crystal X-ray diffraction analyses and further characterized by infrared spectra (IR), elemental analyses, powder X-ray diffraction (PXRD), and thermogravimetric analyses (TGA). Complex 1 exhibits an unusual 2D + 2D -> 2D parallel interpenetrated 63-hcb network. The adjacent 2D networks are interdigitated with each other to form the resulting three-dimensional (3D) supramolecular architecture through the interbilayer pi center dot center dot center dot pi stacking between Hpptpd ligands and nonclassical C-H center dot center dot center dot O hydrogen bonds. Complex 2 is a one-dimensional (1D) molecular ladder along the a direction and further extended via hydrogen bonds into the 3D supramolecular framework. Complex 3 exhibits a novel complicated 3D (3,4,4,5)-connected framework with the Schlafli symbol of (4.6(5))(4.6(7).8(2))(6(3))(6(4).8(2)). Complex 4 manifests an intriguing layered structure with 5-connected cadmium atom as a unique node and can be simplified to an Archimedean (3(3).4(4).5(3)) cem topology with triangular and rectangular circuits. The topology of 4 could be alternately simplified to a 3,4-connected binodal layer with a V2O5-type network. The thermal stabilities and photoluminescence behaviors of them were also discussed. Keywords: metal-organic frameworks; hydrogen-bonded networks; crystal-structures; spin-crossover; supramolecular isomerism; single-crystal; electrical-conductivity; carboxylate ligands; molecular tectonics; magnetic-properties Source: Crystal Growth & Design, 2013, 13(1): 377–385 Email: Sun, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 42 Crystallographic Computing System JANA2006: General features Petricek, V; Dusek, M; Palatinus, L Abstract: JANA2006 is a freely available program for structure determination of standard, modulated and magnetic samples based on X-ray or neutron single crystal/powder diffraction or on electron diffraction. The system has been developed for 30 years from specialized tool for refinement of modulated structures to a universal program covering standard as well as advanced crystallography. The aim of this

97 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 article is to describe the basic features of JANA2006 and explain its scope and philosophy. It will also serve as a basis for future publications detailing tools and methods of JANA. Keywords: modulated molecular-crystals; symmetry; program; dimensions; electron Source: Zeitschrift Fur Kristallographie, 2014, 229(5): 345–352 Email: Petricek, V; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 42 Syntheses, Structures, and Properties of a Series of Multidimensional Metal-Organic Polymers Based on 3,3',5,5'-Biphenyltetracarboxylic Acid and N-Donor Ancillary Ligands Zhang, XT; Fan, LM; Sun, Z; et al.

Abstract: Hydrothermal reactions of aromatic 3,3',5,5'-biphenyl-tetracarboxylic acid (H4bpt) and the transitional metal cations in the presence of rigid or flexible N-donor ancillary ligands afford nine novel coordination polymers, namely, [M(H2bpt)(Hpptp)]n (M = Mn (1),

Fe2 Co3, and Zn4, [Mn-2(bPt)(Hpptp)2]n (5), {[Zn-3(Hbpt)-(bpt)(H2O)2][(4,4'-H2bmib)(0.5)]center dot H2O}n (6), {[Cu(bpt)(0.5)(4,4'- bimbp)]center dot H2O}n (7), {[Co(H2bpt) (2,7-dfo)center dot H2O}n (8), and {[Ni-2(bpt) (4,4'-bibp)2.5(H2O)]center dot 3(H2O)}n (9) (Hpptp = 2-(3-(4-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)pyridine; 4,4'-bmib = 4,4'-bis(2-methylimidazol-1-yl)benzene; 4,4'-bimbp = 4,4'-bis(imidazol-1-ylmethyl)biphenyl; 2,7-dfo = 2,7-di(imidazo-1-ly)-9H-fluoren-9-one; 4,4'-bibp = 4,4'-bis(imidazol)-biphenyl). Their structures have been determined by single-crystal X-ray diffraction analyses, elemental analyses, IR spectra, powder X-ray diffraction (PXRD), and thermogravimetric (TG) analyses. Complexes 1-4 are isomorphism and feature a similar 2-fold interpenetrating 2D helical double layer, which is further extended via the interlayer pi center dot center dot center dot pi interactions into a 3D supramolecular structure. Complex 5 displays a pillared-layer 3D porous network with a (6(2).8)(2)(6(2).8(2).10(2)) topology. Compound 6 shows an unprecedented 3D host-framework consisting of Zn-6 clusters and exhibits a novel 3D (5,5,5,6,9)-connected topological net with the Schlafli symbol of (410.65419.616.846.6447.632. The topology of 7 is an unprecedented binodal (4,4)-connected 3D network with the Schlafli symbol of (62.8442.822. Complex 8 exhibits a 3D (6(6)) structure with left- and right-handed helical chains arranged alternately. Complex 9 is a novel trinodal (4,4,5)-connected 3D framework with the Schlafli symbol of (6(4).8(2))(6(5).8)(6(8).8(2)). To the best of our knowledge, the 3D frameworks with (5,5,5,6,9)-connected net for 6, binodal (4,4)-connected for 7, and trinodal (4,4,5)-connected for 9 have never been documented to date. Moreover, the luminescent properties of 4 and 6 have been investigated. Keywords: coordination polymers; rational synthesis; crystal-structures; spin-crossover; frameworks; complexes; network; adsorption; molecules; isomerism 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Source: Crystal Growth & Design, 2013, 13(2): 792–803 Email: Zhang, XT; [email protected]

Dentistry Oral Surgery Medicine Citation frequency: 79 Statistical methodology in oral and dental research: Pitfalls and recommendations Hannigan, A; Lynch, CD Abstract: Objectives: This study describes the pitfalls for commonly used statistical techniques in dental research and gives some recommendations for avoiding them. It also explores the potential of some of the newer statistical techniques for dental research. Methods: Each of the commonly used techniques e. g. descriptive statistics, correlation and regression, hypothesis tests (parametric and non-parametric) and survival analysis are explored with examples and recommendations for their use are provided. Common sources of error including those of study design, insufficient information, ignoring the impact of clustering and underuse of confidence intervals are outlined. The potential of statistical techniques such as multivariate survival models, generalized estimating equations and multilevel models are also explored. Conclusions: Reviews of published dental research repeatedly identify statistical errors in the design, analysis and conclusions of the study. Educating researchers on common pitfalls and giving recommendations for avoiding them may help researchers to eliminate statistical errors. Developments in statistical methodology should be routinely monitored to ensure the most appropriate statistical methods are used in dental research. Keywords: survival analysis; clinical-trial; health; errors; time Source: Journal of Dentistry, 2013, 41(5): 385–392 Email: Hannigan, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 46 Bruxism defined and graded: an international consensus Lobbezoo, F; Ahlberg, J; Glaros, AG; et al. Abstract: To date, there is no consensus about the definition and diagnostic grading of bruxism. A written consensus discussion was held among an international group of bruxism experts as to formulate a definition of bruxism and to suggest a grading system for its operationalisation. The expert group defined bruxism as a repetitive jaw-muscle activity characterised by clenching or grinding of the teeth

98 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts and/or by bracing or thrusting of the mandible. Bruxism has two distinct circadian manifestations: it can occur during sleep (indicated as sleep bruxism) or during wakefulness (indicated as awake bruxism). For the operationalisation of this definition, the expert group proposes a diagnostic grading system of possible, probable and definite sleep or awake bruxism. The proposed definition and grading system are suggested for clinical and research purposes in all relevant dental and medical domains. Keywords: sleep bruxism Source: Journal of Oral Rehabilitation, 2013, 40(1): 2–4 Email: Lobbezoo, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 41 Global Burden of Oral Conditions in 1990-2010: A Systematic Analysis Marcenes, W; Kassebaum, NJ; Bernabe, E; et al. Abstract: The Global Burden of Disease (GBD) 2010 Study produced comparable estimates of the burden of 291 diseases and injuries in 1990, 2005, and 2010. This article reports on the global burden of untreated caries, severe periodontitis, and severe tooth loss in 2010 and compares those figures with new estimates for 1990. We used disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) and years lived with disability (YLDs) metrics to quantify burden. Oral conditions affected 3.9 billion people, and untreated caries in permanent teeth was the most prevalent condition evaluated for the entire GBD 2010 Study (global prevalence of 35% for all ages combined). Oral conditions combined accounted for 15 million DALYs globally (1.9% of all YLDs; 0.6% of all DALYs), implying an average health loss of 224 years per 100,000 population. DALYs due to oral conditions increased 20.8% between 1990 and 2010, mainly due to population growth and aging. While DALYs due to severe periodontitis and untreated caries increased, those due to severe tooth loss decreased. DALYs differed by age groups and regions, but not by genders. The findings highlight the challenge in responding to the diversity of urgent oral health needs worldwide, particularly in developing communities. Keywords: disease; disability; health; mortality; injuries; life Source: Journal of Dental Research, 2013, 92(7): 592–597 Email: Marcenes, W; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 40 Low etiologic fraction for high-risk human papillomavirus in oral cavity squamous cell carcinomas Lingen, MW; Xiao, WH; Schmitt, A; et al. Abstract: Background: Human papillomavirus《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 (HPV) is a cause of oropharyngeal cancer, but a role for HPV in the etiology of oral cavity squamous cell carcinomas (OCSCC) remains uncertain. Methods: We sought to estimate the etiologic fraction for HPV among consecutive, incident OCSCC diagnosed from 2005 to 2011 at four North American hospitals. DNA and RNA purified from paraffin-embedded tumors were considered evaluable if positive for DNA and mRNA control genes by quantitative PCR. Fifteen high-risk (HR) HPV types were detected in tumors by consensus PCR followed by type-specific HR-HPV E6/7 oncogene expression by quantitative reverse-transcriptase PCR. P16 expression was evaluated by immunohistochemistry (IHC). A study of 400 cases allowed for precision to estimate an etiologic fraction of as low as 0% (97.5% confidence interval, 0-0.92%). Results: Of 409 evaluable OCSCC, 24 (5.9%, 95% CI 3.6-8.2) were HR-HPV E6/7 expression positive; 3.7% (95% CI 1.8-5.5) for HPV16 and 2.2% (95% CI 0.8-3.6) for other HR-HPV types. HPV-positive tumors arose from throughout the oral cavity (floor of mouth [n = 9], anterior tongue [6], alveolar process [4], hard palate [3], gingiva [1] and lip [1]) and were significantly associated with male gender, small tumor stage, poor tumor differentiation, and basaloid histopathology. P16 IHC had very good-to-excellent sensitivity (79.2%, 95% CI 57.9-92.9), specificity (93.0%, 95% CI 90.0-95.3), and negative-predictive value (98.6%, 95% CI 96.8-99.6), but poor positive-predictive value (41.3%, 95% CI 27.0-56.8) for HR-HPV E6/7 expression in OCSCC. Conclusion: The etiologic fraction for HR-HPV in OCSCC was 5.9%. p16 IHC had poor positive predictive value for detection of HPV in these cancers. Keywords: oropharyngeal cancer; united-states; neck-cancer; head; infection; association; prevalence; countries; type-16; tissue Source: Oral Oncology, 2013, 49(1): 1–8 Email: Gillison, ML; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 39 Risk factors for periodontal disease Genco, RJ; Borgnakke, WS Abstract: Risk factors play an important role in an individual's response to periodontal infection. Identification of these risk factors helps to target patients for prevention and treatment, with modification of risk factors critical to the control of periodontal disease. Shifts in our understanding of periodontal disease prevalence, and advances in scientific methodology and statistical analysis in the last few decades, have allowed identification of several major systemic risk factors for periodontal disease. The first change in our thinking was the understanding that periodontal disease is not universal, but that severe forms are found only in a portion of the adult population who show

99 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 abnormal susceptibility. Analysis of risk factors and the ability to statistically adjust and stratify populations to eliminate the effects of confounding factors have allowed identification of independent risk factors. These independent but modifiable, risk factors for periodontal disease include lifestyle factors, such as smoking and alcohol consumption. They also include diseases and unhealthy conditions such as diabetes mellitus, obesity, metabolic syndrome, osteoporosis, and low dietary calcium and vitamin D. These risk factors are modifiable and their management is a major component of the contemporary care of many periodontal patients. Genetic factors also play a role in periodontal disease and allow one to target individuals for prevention and early detection. The role of genetic factors in aggressive periodontitis is clear. However, although genetic factors (i.e., specific genes) are strongly suspected to have an association with chronic adult periodontitis, there is as yet no clear evidence for this in the general population. It is important to pursue efforts to identify genetic factors associated with chronic periodontitis because such factors have potential in identifying patients who have a high susceptibility for development of this disease. Many of the systemic risk factors for periodontal disease, such as smoking, diabetes and obesity, and osteoporosis in postmenopausal women, are relatively common and can be expected to affect most patients with periodontal disease seen in clinics and dental practices. Hence, risk factor identification and management has become a key component of care for periodontal patients. Keywords: alveolar bone loss; dependent diabetes-mellitus; gingival crevicular fluid; necrosis-factor-alpha; body-mass index; impaired neutrophil chemotaxis; nutrition examination survey; gullah african-americans; swedish adult-population; improve glycemic control Source: Periodontology 2000, 2013, 62: 59–94

Dermatology Citation frequency: 79 Global Epidemiology of Psoriasis: A Systematic Review of Incidence and Prevalence Parisi, R; Symmons, DPM; Griffiths, CEM; et al. Abstract: The worldwide incidence and prevalence of psoriasis is poorly understood. To better understand this, we performed a systematic review of published population-based studies on the incidence and prevalence of psoriasis. Three electronic databases were searched from their inception dates to July 2011. A total of 385 papers were critically appraised; 53 studies reported on the prevalence and incidence of psoriasis in the general population. The prevalence in children ranged from 0% (Taiwan) to 2.1% (Italy), and in adults it varied from 0.91% (United States) to 8.5% (Norway). In children, the incidence estimate reported (United States) was 40.8/100000 person-years. In adults, it varied from 78.9/100000 person-years (United States) to 230/100000 person-years (Italy). The data indicated that the occurrence of psoriasis varied according to age《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and geographic region, being more frequent in countries more distant from the equator. Prevalence estimates also varied in relation to demographic characteristics in that studies confined to adults reported higher estimates of psoriasis compared with those involving all age groups. Studies on the prevalence and incidence of psoriasis have contributed to a better understanding of the burden of the disease. However, further research is required to fill existing gaps in understanding the epidemiology of psoriasis and trends in incidence over time. Keywords: quality-of-life; skin diseases; atopic-dermatitis; risk-factors; representative sample; population survey; clinical survey; united- kingdom; primary-care; community Source: Journal of Investigative Dermatology, 2013, 133(2): 377-385 Email: Ashcroft, DM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 66 Efficacy and safety of secukinumab in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled phase II dose-ranging study Papp, KA; Langley, RG; Sigurgeirsson, B; et al. Abstract: Background: Conventional systemic therapies for plaque psoriasis have not fully met the needs of patients, and although current biologic treatments are generally well tolerated, concerns exist with respect to long-term safety. Interleukin (IL)-17A is believed to be an important effector cytokine in the pathogenesis of psoriasis and is produced by Th17 cells, a class of helper T cells that act outside the established Th1/Th2 paradigm for regulation of innate and adaptive immunity. Objectives: To assess the efficacy and safety of different doses of secukinumab, a fully human anti-IL-17A IgG1 kappa monoclonal antibody, in patients with moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. Methods Patients (n = 125) were randomized 1:1:1:1:1 to receive subcutaneous doses of placebo (n = 22) or secukinumab [1×25 mg (n =29), 3×25 mg (n = 26), 3×75 mg (n = 21) or 3×150 mg (n = 27)] at weeks 0, 4 and 8. After the 12-week treatment period, patients entered a follow-up period of 24 weeks. The primary efficacy outcome was at least 75% improvement from baseline in the Psoriasis Area and Severity Index score (PASI 75); secondary outcomes included the Investigator's Global Assessment (IGA) and PASI 90 and 50 response rates. Results: After 12 weeks of treatment, secukinumab 3×150 mg and 3×75 mg resulted in significantly higher PASI 75 response rates vs. placebo (82% and 57% vs. 9%; P <0.001 and P = 0.002, respectively). Higher PASI 75 response rates compared with placebo were maintained throughout the follow-up period with these dosages [week 36, 26% (n = 7) and 19% (n = 4) vs. 4% (n = 1), respectively], with a gradual decline of PASI 75 response over time after the dosing period. IGA response rates were significantly higher in the 3×150 mg group

100 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts vs. placebo at week 12 (48% vs. 9%; P =0 005) and were consistently higher for the 3×150 mg and 3×75 mg groups vs. placebo at all time points from week 4 onward. The PASI 90 response rate was significantly higher in the 3×150 mg group vs. placebo (52% vs. 5%) at week 12 and remained higher during the follow-up period. Secukinumab was well tolerated. Two cases of neutropenia (≤grade 2) were reported in the 3×150 mg cohort. Conclusions: Treatment with subcutaneous secukinumab 3×75 mg and 3×150 mg met the primary outcome of PASI 75 response achievement after 12 weeks, demonstrating efficacy in moderate-to-severe psoriasis. Keywords: cells; inflammation; antibody; distinct; therapy; lineage Source: British Journal of Dermatology, 2013, 168(2): 412–421 Email: Papp, KA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 49 Secukinumab induction and maintenance therapy in moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase II regimen-finding study Rich, P; Sigurgeirsson, B; Thaci, D; et al. Abstract: Background: Interleukin (IL)-17A has major proinflammatory activity in psoriatic lesional skin. Objectives To assess the efficacy and safety of secukinumab, a fully human IgG1 kappa monoclonal anti-IL-17A antibody, in moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis in a phase II regimen-finding study. Methods: A total of 404 patients were randomized to subcutaneous placebo (n = 67) or one of three secukinumab 150 mg induction regimens: single (week 0; n = 66), early (weeks 0, 1, 2, 4; n =133) and monthly (weeks 0, 4, 8; n =138 patients). The primary outcome was≥75% improvement from baseline Psoriasis Area and Severity Index score (PASI 75) at week 12. PASI 75 responders from active treatment arms at week 12 were rerandomized to either a fixed-interval (secukinumab 150 mg at weeks 12 and 24; n = 65) or a treatment-at-start-of-relapse maintenance regimen (secukinumab 150 mg at visits at which a start of relapse was observed; n = 67). Results: At week 12, early and monthly induction regimens resulted in higher PASI 75 response rates vs. placebo (54.5% and 42.0% vs. 1.5%; P <0.001 for both). Among PASI 75 responders at week 12 entering the maintenance period, PASI 75 and PASI 90 achievement at least once from week 20 to week 28 was superior with the fixed-interval regimen [85% (n = 55) and 58% (n = 38), respectively] vs. the start-of-relapse regimen [67% (n = 45), P = 0 020, and 21% (n = 14), respectively]. Fifteen weeks after last study drug administration, < 10% of patients in the fixed-interval and start-of-relapse groups experienced a start of relapse. No immunogenicity was observed, and no injection-site reactions were reported.《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Reported cases of neutropenia were mild-to-moderate (≤ grade 2); none was associated with clinically significant adverse events or resulted in study discontinuation. Due to the brief duration of the safety assessment, no firm conclusions can be drawn regarding long-term safety. Conclusions: Secukinumab shows efficacy for induction and maintenance treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. Keywords: monoclonal-antibody; cells; interleukin-17; trial; gamma; keratinocytes; pathogenesis; inflammation; mechanisms; distinct Source: British Journal of Dermatology, 2013, 168(2): 402–411 Email: Rich, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 40 Efinaconazole 10% solution in the treatment of toenail onychomycosis: Two phase III multicenter, randomized, double-blind studies Elewski, BE; Rich, P; Pollak, R; et al. Abstract: Background: Onychomycosis is a common nail infection, often resulting in nail plate damage and deformity. Topical lacquer treatments have negligible efficacy. Oral treatments, although more efficacious, are limited by drug interactions and potential hepatotoxicity. Objective: We investigated the safety and efficacy of efinaconazole 10% solution (efinaconazole), the first triazole antifungal developed for distal lateral subungual onychomycosis. Methods: Two identical, multicenter, randomized, double-blind, vehicle-controlled studies were conducted in patients with toenail distal lateral subungual onychomycosis (20%-50% clinical involvement [study 1: N = 870, study 2: N =785]). Patients were randomized (3: 1) to efinaconazole or vehicle, once daily for 48 weeks, with 4-week posttreatment follow-up. Debridement was not performed. The primary end point was complete cure rate (0% clinical involvement of target toenail, and both negative potassium hydroxide examination and fungal culture) at week 52. Results: Mycologic cure rates were significantly greater with efinaconazole (study 1: 55.2%, study 2: 53.4%) compared with vehicle (P<0.001). The primary end point, complete cure, was also significantly greater for efinaconazole (study 1: 17.8% vs 3.3%, study 2: 15.2% vs 5.5%, P <0.001). Treatment success (percent affected target toenail [0%-≤10%]) for efinaconazole ranged from 21.3% to 44.8% in study 1 and from 17.9% to 40.2% in study 2, compared with 5.6% to 16.8% and 7.0% to 15.4%, respectively, with vehicle. Adverse events associated with efinaconazole were local site reactions (2%) and clinically similar to vehicle. Limitations: A period of 52 weeks may be too brief to evaluate a clinical cure in onychomycosis. Conclusions: Once daily topical efinaconazole appears to be a viable alternative to oral treatment options for onychomycosis.

101 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Keywords: quality-of-life; combination therapy; treatment options; nail lacquer; terbinafine; drugs; permeability; infections; amorolfine; efficacy Source: Journal of The American Academy of Dermatology, 2013, 68(4): 600–608 Email: Elewski, BE; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 38 BRAF Mutation, NRAS Mutation, and the Absence of an Immune-Related Expressed Gene Profile Predict Poor Outcome in Patients with Stage III Melanoma Mann, GJ; Pupo, GM; Campain, AE; et al. Abstract: Prediction of outcome for melanoma patients with surgically resected macroscopic nodal metastases is very imprecise. We performed a comprehensive clinico-pathologic assessment of fresh-frozen macroscopic nodal metastases and the preceding primary melanoma, somatic mutation profiling, and gene expression profiling to identify determinants of outcome in 79 melanoma patients. In addition to disease stage 4 years, 90% confidence interval): the presence of a nodular component in the primary melanoma (6.8, 0.6-76.0), and small cell size (11.1, 0.8-100.0) or low pigmentation (3.0, 0.8-100.0) in the nodal metastases. Absence of BRAF mutation (20.0, 1.0-1000.0) or NRAS mutation (16.7, 0.6-1000.0) were both favorable prognostic factors. A 46-gene expression signature with strong overrepresentation of immune response genes was predictive of better survival (10.9, 0.4-325.6); in the full cohort, median survival was >100 months in those with the signature, but 10 months in those without. This relationship was validated in two previously published independent stage III melanoma data sets. We conclude that the presence of BRAF mutation, NRAS mutation, and the absence of an immune-related expressed gene profile predict poor outcome in melanoma patients with macroscopic stage III disease. Keywords: cutaneous melanoma; metastatic melanoma; oncogene mutation; survival; biomarkers; prognosis Source: Journal of Investigative Dermatology, 2013, 133(2): 509–517 Email: Thompson, JF; [email protected]

Developmental Biology Citation frequency: 108 The Hippo pathway: regulators and regulations Yu, FX; Guan, KL Abstract: Control of cell number《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 is crucial in animal development and tissue homeostasis, and its dysregulation may result in tumor formation or organ degeneration. The Hippo pathway in both Drosophila and mammals regulates cell number by modulating cell proliferation, cell death, and cell differentiation. Recently, numerous upstream components involved in the Hippo pathway have been identified, such as cell polarity, mechanotransduction, and G-protein-coupled receptor (GPCR) signaling. Actin cytoskeleton or cellular tension appears to be the master mediator that integrates and transmits upstream signals to the core Hippo signaling cascade. Here, we review regulatory mechanisms of the Hippo pathway and discuss potential implications involved in different physiological and pathological conditions. Keywords: tumor-suppressor pathway; yes-associated protein; organ size control; stem-cell proliferation; cultured osteoblastic cells; domain-containing protein; controls tissue-growth; breast-cancer cells; scf-beta-trcp; signaling-pathway Source: Genes & Development, 2013, 27(4): 355–371 Email: Guan, KL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 87 Adaptive thermogenesis in adipocytes: Is beige the new brown? Wu, J; Cohen, P; Spiegelman, BM Abstract: One of the most promising areas in the therapeutics for metabolic diseases centers around activation of the pathways of energy expenditure. Brown adipose tissue is a particularly appealing target for increasing energy expenditure, given its amazing capacity to transform chemical energy into heat. In addition to classical brown adipose tissue, the last few years have seen great advances in our understanding of inducible thermogenic adipose tissue, also referred to as beige fat. A deeper understanding of the molecular processes involved in the development and function of these cell types may lead to new therapeutics for obesity, diabetes, and other metabolic diseases. Keywords: white adipose-tissue; diet-induced obesity; activated receptor-gamma; mitochondrial uncoupling-protein; growth-factor-beta; energy-expenditure; skeletal-muscle; insulin-resistance; ppar-gamma; gene-expression Source: Genes & Development, 2013, 27(3): 234–250 Email: Spiegelman, BM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 83 The Tissue-Specific IncRNA Fendrr Is an Essential Regulator of Heart and Body Wall Development in the Mouse Grote, P; Wittler, L; Hendrix, D; et al. Abstract: The histone-modifying complexes PRC2 and TrxG/MLL play pivotal roles in determining the activation state of genes

102 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts controlling pluripotency, lineage commitment, and cell differentiation. Long noncoding RNAs (IncRNAs) can bind to either complex, and some have been shown to act as modulators of PRC2 or TrxG/MLL activity. Here we show that the lateral mesoderm-specific IncRNA Fendrr is essential for proper heart and body wall development in the mouse. Embryos lacking Fendrr displayed upregulation of several transcription factors controlling lateral plate or cardiac mesoderm differentiation, accompanied by a drastic reduction in PRC2 occupancy along with decreased H3K27 trimethylation and/or an increase in H3K4 trimethylation at their promoters. Fendrr binds to both the PRC2 and TrxG/MLL complexes, suggesting that it acts as modulator of chromatin signatures that define gene activity. Thus, we identified an IncRNA that plays an essential role in the regulatory networks controlling the fate of lateral mesoderm derivatives. Keywords: long noncoding rna; gene-expression; polycomb; chromatin; proteins; differentiation; mesoderm; morphogenesis; dissection; complexes Source: Developmental Cell, 2013, 24(2): 206–214 Email: Herrmann, BG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 69 Combined Deficiency of Tet1 and Tet2 Causes Epigenetic Abnormalities but Is Compatible with Postnatal Development Dawlaty, MM; Breiling, A; Le, T; et al. Abstract: Tet enzymes (Tet1/2/3) convert 5-methylcytosine (5mC) to 5-hydroxymethylcytosine (5hmC) in various embryonic and adult tissues. Mice mutant for either Tet1 or Tet2 are viable, raising the question of whether these enzymes have overlapping roles in development. Here we have generated Tet1 and Tet2 double-knockout (DKO) embryonic stem cells (ESCs) and mice. DKO ESCs remained pluripotent but were depleted of 5hmC and caused developmental defects in chimeric embryos. While a fraction of double-mutant embryos exhibited midgestation abnormalities with perinatal lethality, viable and overtly normal Tet1/Tet2-deficient mice were also obtained. DKO mice had reduced 5hmC and increased 5mC levels and abnormal methylation at various imprinted loci. Nevertheless, animals of both sexes were fertile, with females having smaller ovaries and reduced fertility. Our data show that loss of both enzymes is compatible with development but promotes hypermethylation and compromises imprinting. The data also suggest a significant contribution of Tet3 to hydroxylation of 5mC during development. Keywords: embryonic stem-cells; active dna demethylation; mammalian dna; self-renewal; 5-hydroxymethylcytosine; mouse; genes; 5-methylcytosine; proteins; genome Source: Developmental Cell, 2013,《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 24(3): 310–323 Email: Lyko, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 61 Piwi induces piRNA-guided transcriptional silencing and establishment of a repressive chromatin state Le Thomas, A; Rogers, AK; Webster, A; et al. Abstract: In the metazoan germline, piwi proteins and associated piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNAs) provide a defense system against the expression of transposable elements. In the cytoplasm, piRNA sequences guide piwi complexes to destroy complementary transposon transcripts by endonucleolytic cleavage. However, some piwi family members are nuclear, raising the possibility of alternative pathways for piRNA-mediated regulation of gene expression. We found that Drosophila Piwi is recruited to chromatin, colocalizing with RNA polymerase II (Pol II) on polytene chromosomes. Knockdown of Piwi in the germline increases expression of transposable elements that are targeted by piRNAs, whereas protein-coding genes remain largely unaffected. Derepression of transposons upon Piwi depletion correlates with increased occupancy of Pol II on their promoters. Expression of piRNAs that target a reporter construct results in a decrease in Pol II occupancy and an increase in repressive H3K9me3 marks and heterochromatin protein 1 (HP1) on the reporter locus. Our results indicate that Piwi identifies targets complementary to the associated piRNA and induces transcriptional repression by establishing a repressive chromatin state when correct targets are found. Keywords: drosophila somatic-cells; large gene lists; dna methylation; argonaute proteins; in-vivo; heterochromatin formation; lysine-9 methylation; epigenetic memory; messenger-rnas; c. elegans Source: Genes & Development, 2013, 27(4): 390–399 Email: Aravin, AA; [email protected]

Ecology Citation frequency: 181 A general and simple method for obtaining R2 from generalized linear mixed-effects models Nakagawa, S; Schielzeth, H Abstract: The use of both linear and generalized linear mixed-effects models (LMMs and GLMMs) has become popular not only in social and medical sciences, but also in biological sciences, especially in the field of ecology and evolution. Information criteria, such as Akaike Information Criterion (AIC), are usually presented as model comparison tools for mixed-effects models. The presentation of variance explained' (R2) as a relevant summarizing statistic of mixed-effects models, however, is rare, even though R2 is routinely reported for

103 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 linear models (LMs) and also generalized linear models (GLMs). R2 has the extremely useful property of providing an absolute value for the goodness-of-fit of a model, which cannot be given by the information criteria. As a summary statistic that describes the amount of variance explained, R2 can also be a quantity of biological interest. One reason for the under-appreciation of R2 for mixed-effects models lies in the fact that R2 can be defined in a number of ways. Furthermore, most definitions of R2 for mixed-effects have theoretical problems (e.g. decreased or negative R2 values in larger models) and/or their use is hindered by practical difficulties (e.g. implementation). Here, we make a case for the importance of reporting R2 for mixed-effects models. We first provide the common definitions of R2 for LMs and GLMs and discuss the key problems associated with calculating R2 for mixed-effects models. We then recommend a general and simple method for calculating two types of R2 (marginal and conditional R2) for both LMMs and GLMMs, which are less susceptible to common problems. This method is illustrated by examples and can be widely employed by researchers in any fields of research, regardless of software packages used for fitting mixed-effects models. The proposed method has the potential to facilitate the presentation of R2 for a wide range of circumstances. Keywords: goodness-of-fit; brief conceptual tutorial; regression-models; practical guide; social epidemiology; multilevel analysis; bayesian measures; coefficients; R-2; biologists Source: Methods in Ecology and Evolution, 2013, 4(2): 133–142 Email: Nakagawa, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 168 Hybridization and speciation Abbott, R; Albach, D; Ansell, S; et al. Abstract: Hybridization has many and varied impacts on the process of speciation. Hybridization may slow or reverse differentiation by allowing gene flow and recombination. It may accelerate speciation via adaptive introgression or cause near-instantaneous speciation by allopolyploidization. It may have multiple effects at different stages and in different spatial contexts within a single speciation event. We offer a perspective on the context and evolutionary significance of hybridization during speciation, highlighting issues of current interest and debate. In secondary contact zones, it is uncertain if barriers to gene flow will be strengthened or broken down due to recombination and gene flow. Theory and empirical evidence suggest the latter is more likely, except within and around strongly selected genomic regions. Hybridization may contribute to speciation through the formation of new hybrid taxa, whereas introgression of a few loci may promote adaptive divergence and so facilitate speciation. Gene regulatory networks, epigenetic effects and the evolution of selfish genetic material in the genome suggest that the DobzhanskyMuller《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 model of hybrid incompatibilities requires a broader interpretation. Finally, although the incidence of reinforcement remains uncertain, this and other interactions in areas of sympatry may have knock-on effects on speciation both within and outside regions of hybridization. Keywords: homoploid hybrid speciation; reproductive character displacement; adaptive population divergence; senecio-squalidus asteraceae; adjacent plant-populations; gene-expression divergence; natural-selection; local adaptation; sexual selection; genome duplication Source: Journal of Evolutionary Biology, 2013, 26(2): 229–246 Email: Butlin, RK; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 128 Impacts of biological invasions: what's what and the way forward Simberloff, D; Martin, JL; Genovesi, P; et al. Abstract: Study of the impacts of biological invasions, a pervasive component of global change, has generated remarkable understanding of the mechanisms and consequences of the spread of introduced populations. The growing field of invasion science, poised at a crossroads where ecology, social sciences, resource management, and public perception meet, is increasingly exposed to critical scrutiny from several perspectives. Although the rate of biological invasions, elucidation of their consequences, and knowledge about mitigation are growing rapidly, the very need for invasion science is disputed. Here, we highlight recent progress in understanding invasion impacts and management, and discuss the challenges that the discipline faces in its science and interactions with society. Keywords: exotic plant invasions; fresh-water fish; introduced predators; ecosystem responses; ecological impacts; biodiversity; forests; communities; islands; rats Source: Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 2013, 28(1): 58–66 Email: Simberloff, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 127 Collinearity: a review of methods to deal with it and a simulation study evaluating their performance Dormann, CF; Elith, J; Bacher, S; et al. Abstract: Collinearity refers to the non independence of predictor variables, usually in a regression-type analysis. It is a common feature of any descriptive ecological data set and can be a problem for parameter estimation because it inflates the variance of regression parameters and hence potentially leads to the wrong identification of relevant predictors in a statistical model. Collinearity is a severe problem when a model is trained on data from one region or time, and predicted to another with a different or unknown structure of collinearity. To

104 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts demonstrate the reach of the problem of collinearity in ecology, we show how relationships among predictors differ between biomes, change over spatial scales and through time. Across disciplines, different approaches to addressing collinearity problems have been developed, ranging from clustering of predictors, threshold-based pre-selection, through latent variable methods, to shrinkage and regularisation. Using simulated data with five predictor-response relationships of increasing complexity and eight levels of collinearity we compared ways to address collinearity with standard multiple regression and machine-learning approaches. We assessed the performance of each approach by testing its impact on prediction to new data. In the extreme, we tested whether the methods were able to identify the true underlying relationship in a training dataset with strong collinearity by evaluating its performance on a test dataset without any collinearity. We found that methods specifically designed for collinearity, such as latent variable methods and tree based models, did not outperform the traditional GLM and threshold-based pre-selection. Our results highlight the value of GLM in combination with penalised methods (particularly ridge) and threshold-based pre-selection when omitted variables are considered in the final interpretation. However, all approaches tested yielded degraded predictions under change in collinearity structure and the folk lore'-thresholds of correlation coefficients between predictor variables of |r| >0.7 was an appropriate indicator for when collinearity begins to severely distort model estimation and subsequent prediction. The use of ecological understanding of the system in pre-analysis variable selection and the choice of the least sensitive statistical approaches reduce the problems of collinearity, but cannot ultimately solve them. Keywords: latent root regression; principal component regression; sliced inverse regression; partial least-squares; dimension reduction; multiple-regression; climate-change; logistic-regression; ridge-regression; ecological data Source: Ecography, 2013, 36(1): 27–46 Email: Dormann, CF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 101 Impacts of ocean acidification on marine organisms: quantifying sensitivities and interaction with warming Kroeker, KJ; Kordas, RL; Crim, R; et al. Abstract: Ocean acidification represents a threat to marine species worldwide, and forecasting the ecological impacts of acidification is a high priority for science, management, and policy. As research on the topic expands at an exponential rate, a comprehensive understanding of the variability in organisms' responses and corresponding levels of certainty is necessary to forecast the ecological effects. Here, we perform the most comprehensive meta-analysis to date by synthesizing the results of 228 studies examining biological responses to ocean acidification. The results reveal decreased survival, calcification, growth, development and abundance in response to acidification when the broad range of marine organisms《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 is pooled together. However, the magnitude of these responses varies among taxonomic groups, suggesting there is some predictable trait-based variation in sensitivity, despite the investigation of approximately 100 new species in recent research. The results also reveal an enhanced sensitivity of mollusk larvae, but suggest that an enhanced sensitivity of early life history stages is not universal across all taxonomic groups. In addition, the variability in species' responses is enhanced when they are exposed to acidification in multi-species assemblages, suggesting that it is important to consider indirect effects and exercise caution when forecasting abundance patterns from single-species laboratory experiments. Furthermore, the results suggest that other factors, such as nutritional status or source population, could cause substantial variation in organisms' responses. Last, the results highlight a trend towards enhanced sensitivity to acidification when taxa are concurrently exposed to elevated seawater temperature. Keywords: climate-change; coral; metaanalysis; carbon; temperature; responses; exposure; fish; ph; calcification Source: Global Change Biology, 2013, 19(6): 1884–1896 Email: Kroeker, KJ; [email protected]

Electrochemistry Citation frequency: 131 Liquid electrolyte lithium/sulfur battery: Fundamental chemistry, problems, and solutions Zhang, SS Abstract: Lithium/sulfur (Li/S) battery has a 3-5 fold higher theoretical energy density than state-of-art lithium-ion batteries, and research has been ongoing for more than three decades. However, the commercialization of Li/S battery still cannot be realized due to many problematic issues, including short cycle life, low cycling efficiency, poor safety and a high self-discharge rate. All these issues are related to the dissolution of lithium polysulfide (PS), the series of sulfur reduction intermediates, in liquid electrolyte and to resulting parasitic reactions with the lithium anode and electrolyte components. On the other hand, the dissolution of PS is essential for the performance of a Li/S cell. Without dissolution of PS, the Li/S cell cannot operate progressively due to the non-conductive nature of elemental sulfur and its reduction products. In this review article, we start with the fundamental chemistry of elemental sulfur in order to discuss the problems and solutions of liquid electrolyte Li/S battery. Keywords: composite cathode materials; glycol) dimethyl ether; high-capacity density; li-s battery; sulfur batteries; electrochemical properties; carbon nanotubes; enhanced cyclability; graphene oxide; ion batteries Source: Journal of Power Sources, 2013, 231: 153–162 Email: Zhang, SS; [email protected]

105 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Citation frequency: 104 A review on the key issues for lithium-ion battery management in electric vehicles Lu, LG; Han, XB; Li, JQ; et al. Abstract: Compared with other commonly used batteries, lithium-ion batteries are featured by high energy density, high power density, long service life and environmental friendliness and thus have found wide application in the area of consumer electronics. However, lithium-ion batteries for vehicles have high capacity and large serial-parallel numbers, which, coupled with such problems as safety, durability, uniformity and cost, imposes limitations on the wide application of lithium-ion batteries in the vehicle. The narrow area in which lithium-ion batteries operate with safety and reliability necessitates the effective control and management of battery management system. This present paper, through the analysis of literature and in combination with our practical experience, gives a brief introduction to the composition of the battery management system (BMS) and its key issues such as battery cell voltage measurement, battery states estimation, battery uniformity and equalization, battery fault diagnosis and so on, in the hope of providing some inspirations to the design and research of the battery management system. Keywords: state-of-charge; subspace parameter-estimation; open-circuit-voltage; capacity-loss prediction; self-discharge behavior; rapid-transit vehicle; nickel metal hydride; lead-acid-batteries; life-prediction; cycle-life Source: Journal of Power Sources, 2013, 226: 272–288 Email: Ouyang, MG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 82 A comprehensive review on PEM water electrolysis Carmo, M; Fritz, DL; Merge, J; et al. Abstract: Hydrogen is often considered the best means by which to store energy coming from renewable and intermittent power sources. With the growing capacity of localized renewable energy sources surpassing the gigawatt range, a storage system of equal magnitude is required. PEM electrolysis provides a sustainable solution for the production of hydrogen, and is well suited to couple with energy sources such as wind and solar. However, due to low demand in electrolytic hydrogen in the last century, little research has been done on PEM electrolysis with many challenges still unexplored. The ever increasing desire for green energy has rekindled the interest on PEM electrolysis, thus the compilation and recovery of past research and developments is important and necessary. In this review, PEM water electrolysis is comprehensively highlighted and discussed. The challenges new and old related to electrocatalysts, solid electrolyte, current collectors, separator plates and modeling《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 efforts will also be addressed. The main message is to clearly set the state-of-the-art for the PEM electrolysis technology, be insightful of the research that is already done and the challenges that still exist. This information will provide several future research directions and a road map in order to aid scientists in establishing PEM electrolysis as a commercially viable hydrogen production solution. Keywords: solid polymer-electrolyte; oxygen evolution reaction; membrane fuel-cells; high-temperature electrolysis; gas-diffusion layer; ruthenium oxide catalyst; bulk metallic-glass; hydrogen evolution; electrochemical-behavior; ad-atoms Source: International Journal of Hydrogen Energy, 2013, 38(12): 4901–4934 Email: Carmo, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 79 Biomimetic sensor for certain catecholamines employing copper(II) complex and silver nanoparticle modified glassy carbon paste electrode Sanghavi, BJ; Mobin, SM; Mathur, P; et al.

Abstract: A dimeric Cu(II) complex [Cu(mu2-heP)(heP-H)] 2 center dot 2ClO4 (1) containing bidentate (hep-H=2-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyridine) ligand was synthesized and characterized by single crystal X-ray diffraction studies. Each Cu-ion in 1 is in a distorted square pyramidal geometry. Further 1 along with silver nanoparticles (SNPs) have been used as modifier in the construction of a biomimetic sensor (1-SNP-GCPE) for determining certain catecholamines viz., dopamine (DA), levodopa (L-Dopa), epinephrine (EP) and norepinephrine (NE) using cyclic voltammetry, chronocoulometry, electrochemical impedance spectroscopy and adsorptive stripping square wave voltammetry (AdSSWV). Finally, the catalytic properties of the sensor were characterized by chronoamperometry. Employing AdSSWV, the calibration curves showed linear response ranging between 10-6 and 10-9 M for all the four analytes with detection limits (S/N=3) of 8.52×10-10 M, 2.41×10-9 M, 3.96×10-1 M and 3.54×10-1 M for DA, L-Dopa, EP and NE respectively. The lifetime of the biomimetic sensor was 3 months at room temperature. The prepared modified electrode shows several advantages such as simple preparation method, high sensitivity, high stability, ease of preparation and regeneration of the electrode surface by simple polishing along with excellent reproducibility. The method has been applied for the selective and precise analysis of DA, L-Dopa, EP and NE in pharmaceutical formulations, urine and blood serum samples. Keywords: potentiometric stripping analysis; hydrophilic interaction chromatography; chemically-modified electrodes; ascorbic-acid; uric-acid; voltammetric determination; electrochemical sensor; folic-acid; capillary-electrophoresis; chloride complex Source: Biosensors & Bioelectronics, 2013, 39(1): 124–132 Email: Srivastava, AK; [email protected]

106 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Citation frequency: 69 High temperature (HT) polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells (PEMFC) - A review Chandan, A; Hattenberger, M; El-Kharouf, A; et al. Abstract: One possible solution of combating issues posed by climate change is the use of the High Temperature (HT) Polymer Electrolyte Membrane (PEM) Fuel Cell (FC) in some applications. The typical HT-PEMFC operating temperatures are in the range of 100-200 degrees C which allows for co-generation of heat and power, high tolerance to fuel impurities and simpler system design. This paper reviews the current literature concerning the HT-PEMFC, ranging from cell materials to stack and stack testing. Only acid doped PBI membranes meet the US DOE (Department of Energy) targets for high temperature membranes operating under no humidification on both anode and cathode sides (barring the durability). This eliminates the stringent requirement for humidity however, they have many potential drawbacks including increased degradation, leaching of acid and incompatibility with current state-of-the-art fuel cell materials. In this type of fuel cell, the choice of membrane material determines the other fuel cell component material composition, for example when using an acid doped system, the flow field plate material must be carefully selected to take into account the advanced degradation. Novel research is required in all aspects of the fuel cell components in order to ensure that they meet stringent durability requirements for mobile applications. Keywords: proton-exchange membranes; elevated-temperature; composite membranes; performance degradation; low-humidity; nanocomposite membranes; conducting membranes; oxygen reduction; cathode catalyst; H3PO4-doped pbi Source: Journal of Power Sources, 2013, 231: 264–278 Email: Bujalski, W; [email protected]

Emergency Medicine Citation frequency: 30 Effect of Emergency Department Crowding on Outcomes of Admitted Patients Sun, BC; Hsia, RY; Weiss, RE; et al. Abstract: Study objective: Emergency department (ED) crowding is a prevalent health delivery problem and may adversely affect the outcomes of patients requiring admission. We assess the association of ED crowding with subsequent outcomes in a general population of hospitalized patients. Methods: We performed a retrospective cohort analysis of patients admitted in 2007 through the EDs of nonfederal, acute care hospitals in California. The primary outcome《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 was inpatient mortality. Secondary outcomes included hospital length of stay and costs. ED crowding was established by the proxy measure of ambulance diversion hours on the day of admission. To control for hospital-level confounders of ambulance diversion, we defined periods of high ED crowding as those days within the top quartile of diversion hours for a specific facility. Hierarchic regression models controlled for demographics, time variables, patient comorbidities, primary diagnosis, and hospital fixed effects. We used bootstrap sampling to estimate excess outcomes attributable to ED crowding. Results: We studied 995,379 ED visits resulting in admission to 187 hospitals. Patients who were admitted on days with high ED crowding experienced 5% greater odds of inpatient death (95% confidence interval [CI] 2% to 8%), 0.8% longer hospital length of stay (95% CI 0.5% to 1%), and 1% increased costs per admission (95% CI 0.7% to 2%). Excess outcomes attributable to periods of high ED crowding included 300 inpatient deaths (95% CI 200 to 500 inpatient deaths), 6200 hospital days (95% CI 2800 to 8900 hospital days), and $17 million (95% CI $11 to $23 million) in costs. Conclusion: Periods of high ED crowding were associated with increased inpatient mortality and modest increases in length of stay and costs for admitted patients. Keywords: ambulance diversion; mortality; association; length; care Source: Annals of Emergency Medicine, 2013, 61(6): 605–611 Email: Sun, BC; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 29 Synthetic cannabinoid intoxication: a case series and review Harris, CR; Brown, A Abstract: Background: Synthetic cannabinoid receptor agonists are becoming increasingly popular with adolescents as an abused substance. Chronic use of these drugs can lead to addiction syndrome and withdrawal symptoms similar to cannabis abuse. Due to their potential health risk, several countries have banned these substances. Objectives: To report the clinical presentation and legislation status of synthetic cannabinoids in "Spice'' products and alert the health care community about the identification and risk assessment problems of these compounds. Case Reports: We retrospectively reviewed cases presenting to our Emergency Department (ED) during a 3-month period with chief complaints of Spice drug use before arrival. Six cases presented to our ED after using Spice drugs. Two patients were admitted after reporting seizures. All but one presented with tachycardia. Two patients had hallucinations. The average length of ED observation was 2.8 h. No patient with seizures had recurrent episodes. Conclusion: Spice drugs can cause potentially serious health care conditions that necessitate ED evaluation. Most cases can be discharged from the ED after a period of observation. Legal issues surrounding these drugs

107 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 are yet to be finalized in the United States. Keywords: cb2 receptor; pharmacology; ligands; hippocampus; jwh-018 Source: Journal of Emergency Medicine, 2013, 44(2): 360–366 Email: Harris, CR;

Citation frequency: 28 Predictors of poor neurological outcome in adult comatose survivors of cardiac arrest: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Part 2: Patients treated with therapeutic hypothermia Sandroni, C; Cavallaro, F; Callaway, CW; et al. Abstract: Aims and methods: To systematically review the accuracy of early (<7 days) predictors of poor outcome, defined as death or vegetative state (Cerebral Performance Categories [CPC] 4-5) or death, vegetative state or severe disability (CPC 3-5), in comatose adult survivors from cardiac arrest (CA) treated using therapeutic hypothermia (TH). Electronic databases were searched for eligible studies. Sensitivity, specificity, and false positive rates (FPR) for each predictor were calculated. Quality of evidence (QOE) was evaluated according to the GRADE guidelines. Results: 37 studies (2403 patients) were included. A bilaterally absent N20 SSEP wave during TH (4 studies; QOE: Moderate) or after rewarming (5 studies; QOE: Low), a nonreactive EEG background (3 studies; QOE: Low) after rewarming, a combination of absent pupillary light and corneal reflexes plus a motor response no better than extension (M≤2) (1 study; QOE: Very low) after rewarming predicted CPC 3-5 with 0% FPR and narrow (<10%) 95% confidence intervals. No consistent threshold for 0% FPR could be identified for blood levels of biomarkers. In 6/8 studies on SSEP, in 1/3 studies on EEG reactivity and in the single study on clinical examination the investigated predictor was used for decisions to withdraw treatment, causing the risk of a self-fulfilling prophecy. Conclusions: in the first 7 days after CA, a bilaterally absent N20 SSEP wave anytime, a nonreactive EEG after rewarming or a combination of absent ocular reflexes and M < 2 after rewarming predicted CPC 3-5 with 0% FPR and narrow 95% CIs, but with a high risk of bias. Keywords: neuron-specific enolase; somatosensory-evoked potentials; postanoxic status epilepticus; anoxic-ischemic coma; cardiopulmonary-resuscitation; mild hypothermia; prognostic value; prospective cohort; bispectral index; prisma statement Source: Resuscitation, 2013, 84(10): 1324–1338 Email: Sandroni, C; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 25 Neurological prognostication《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 after cardiac arrest-Recommendations from the Swedish Resuscitation Council Cronberg, T; Brizzi, M; Liedholm, LJ; et al. Abstract: Cardiopulmonary resuscitation is started in 5000 victims of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest in Sweden each year and the survival rate is approximately 10%. The subsequent development of a global ischaemic brain injury is the major determinant of the neurological prognosis for those patients who reach the hospital alive. Induced hypothermia is a recommended treatment after cardiac arrest and has been implemented in most Swedish hospitals. Recent studies indicate that induced hypothermia may affect neurological prognostication and previous international recommendations are therefore no longer valid when hypothermia is applied. An expert group from the Swedish Resuscitation Council has reviewed the literature and made recommendations taking into account the effects of induced hypothermia and concomitant sedation. A delayed neurological evaluation at 72 h after rewarming is recommended for hypothermia treated patients. This evaluation should be based on several independent methods and the possibility of lingering pharmacological effects should be considered. Keywords: neuron-specific enolase; mild therapeutic hypothermia; advanced life-support; bilateral absent n20; comatose survivors; cardiopulmonary-resuscitation; generalized myoclonus; computed-tomography; prospective cohort; status epilepticus Source: Resuscitation, 2013, 84(7): 867–872 Email: Cronberg, T; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 24 The influence of induced hypothermia and delayed prognostication on the mode of death after cardiac arrest Dragancea, I; Rundgren, M; Englund, E; et al. Abstract: Background: Brain injury is considered the main cause of death in patients who are hospitalized after cardiac arrest (CA). Induced hypothermia is recommended as neuroprotective treatment after (CA) but may affect prognostic parameters. We evaluated the effect of delayed neurological prognostication on the mode of death in hypothermia-treated CA-survivors. Study design: Retrospective study at a Swedish university hospital, analyzing all in-hospital and out-of-hospital CA-patients treated with hypothermia during a 5-year period. Cause of death was categorized as brain injury, cardiac disorder or other. Multimodal neurological prognostication and decision on level of care was performed in comatose patients 72 h after rewarming. Neurological function was evaluated by Cerebral Performance Categories scale (CPC). Results: Among 162 patients, 76 survived to hospital discharge, 65 of whom had a good neurological outcome (CPC 1-2), and 11 were severely disabled (CPC 3). No patient was in vegetative state. The cause of death was classified as brain injury in 61 patients, cardiac

108 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts disorder in 14 and other in 11. Four patients were declared brain dead and became organ donors. They were significantly younger (median 40 years) and with long time to ROSC. Active intensive care was withdrawn in 50 patients based on a statement of poor neurological prognosis at least 72 h after rewarming. These patients died, mainly from respiratory complications, at a median 7 days after CA. Conclusion: Following induced hypothermia and delayed neurological prognostication, brain injury remains the main cause of death after CA. Most patients with a poor prognosis statement died within 2 weeks. Keywords: advanced life-support; therapeutic hypothermia; cardiopulmonary-resuscitation; comatose survivors; care; predictors; sweden; guidelines; admission; quality Source: Resuscitation, 2013, 84(3): 337–342 Email: Dragancea, I; [email protected]

Endocrinology Metabolism Citation frequency: 137 On the free radical scavenging activities of melatonin's metabolites, AFMK and AMK Galano, A; Tan, DX; Reiter, RJ Abstract: The reactions of N1-acetyl-N2-formyl-5-methoxykynuramine (AFMK) and N1-acetyl-5-methoxykynuramine (AMK) with center dot OH, center dot OOH, and center dot OOCCl3 radicals have been studied using the density functional theory. Three mechanisms of reaction have been considered: radical adduct formation (RAF), hydrogen transfer (HT), and single electron transfer (SET). Their relative importance for the free radical scavenging activity of AFMK and AMK has been assessed. It was found that AFMK and AMK react with center dot OH at diffusion-limited rates, regardless of the polarity of the environment, which supports their excellent center dot OH radical scavenging activity. Both compounds were found to be also very efficient for scavenging center dot OOCCl3, but rather ineffective for scavenging center dot OOH. Regarding their relative activity, it was found that AFMK systematically is a poorer scavenger than AMK and melatonin. In aqueous solution, AMK was found to react faster than melatonin with all the studied free radicals, while in nonpolar environments, the relative efficiency of AMK and melatonin as free radical scavengers depends on the radical with which they are reacting. Under such conditions, melatonin is predicted to be a better center dot OOH and center dot OOCCl3 scavenger than AMK, while AMK is predicted to be slightly better than melatonin for scavenging center dot OH. Accordingly it seems that melatonin and its metabolite AMK constitute an efficient team of scavengers able of deactivating a wide variety of reactive oxygen species, under different conditions. Thus, the presented results support the continuous protection exerted by melatonin, through the free radical scavenging cascade. Keywords: reactive oxygen; in-vitro;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 antioxidative protection; density functionals; electron-transfer; brain metabolite; biogenic-amines; n-1-acetyl-5-methoxykynuramine; oxidation; mice Source: Journal of Pineal Research, 2013, 54(3): 245–257 Email: Galano, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 130 Dietary (Poly)phenolics in Human Health: Structures, Bioavailability, and Evidence of Protective Effects Against Chronic Diseases Del Rio, D; Rodriguez-Mateos, A; Spencer, JPE; et al. Abstract: Human intervention trials have provided evidence for protective effects of various (poly) phenol-rich foods against chronic disease, including cardiovascular disease, neurodegeneration, and cancer. While there are considerable data suggesting benefits of (poly) phenol intake, conclusions regarding their preventive potential remain unresolved due to several limitations in existing studies. Bioactivity investigations using cell lines have made an extensive use of both (poly) phenolic aglycones and sugar conjugates, these being the typical forms that exist in planta, at concentrations in the low-mu M-to-mM range. However, after ingestion, dietary (poly) phenolics appear in the circulatory system not as the parent compounds, but as phase II metabolites, and their presence in plasma after dietary intake rarely exceeds nM concentrations. Substantial quantities of both the parent compounds and their metabolites pass to the colon where they are degraded by the action of the local microbiota, giving rise principally to small phenolic acid and aromatic catabolites that are absorbed into the circulatory system. This comprehensive review describes the different groups of compounds that have been reported to be involved in human nutrition, their fate in the body as they pass through the gastrointestinal tract and are absorbed into the circulatory system, the evidence of their impact on human chronic diseases, and the possible mechanisms of action through which (poly) phenol metabolites and catabolites may exert these protective actions. It is concluded that better performed in vivo intervention and in vitro mechanistic studies are needed to fully understand how these molecules interact with human physiological and pathological processes. Keywords: coronary-artery-disease; improves endothelial function; concord grape juice; flavanol-rich cocoa; low-density-lipoprotein; oxidative dna-damage; randomized controlled-trial; green tea flavan-3-ols; performance liquid-chromatography; cardiovascular risk-factors Source: Antioxidants & Redox Signaling, 2013, 18(14): 1818–1892 Email: Crozier, A; [email protected]

109 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Citation frequency: 115 Marked Expansion of Exocrine and Endocrine Pancreas With Incretin Therapy in Humans With Increased Exocrine Pancreas Dysplasia and the Potential for Glucagon-Producing Neuroendocrine Tumors Butler, AE; Campbell-Thompson, M; Gurlo, T; et al. Abstract: Controversy exists regarding the potential regenerative influences of incretin therapy on pancreatic beta-cells versus possible adverse pancreatic proliferative effects. Examination of pancreata from age-matched organ donors with type 2 diabetes mellitus (DM) treated by incretin therapy (n = 8) or other therapy (n = 12) and nondiabetic control subjects (n = 14) reveals an similar to 40% increased pancreatic mass in DM treated with incretin therapy, with both increased exocrine cell proliferation (P < 0.0001) and dysplasia (increased pancreatic intraepithelial neoplasia, p < 0.01). Pancreata, in DM treated with incretin therapy were notable for alpha-cell hyperplasia and glucagon-expressing microadenomas (3 of 8) and a neuroendocrine tumor. beta-Cell mass was reduced by similar to 60% in those with DM, yet a sixfold increase was observed in incretin-treated subjects, although DM persisted. Endocrine cells costaining for insulin and glucagon were increased in DM compared with non-DM control subjects (P <0.05) and markedly further increased by incretin therapy (P < 0.05). In conclusion, incretin therapy in humans resulted in a marked expansion of the exocrine and endocrine pancreatic compartments, the former being accompanied by increased proliferation and dysplasia and the latter by alpha-cell hyperplasia with the potential for evolution into neuroendocrine tumors. Keywords: beta-cell function; type-2 diabetes-mellitus; glucose-tolerance; european subjects; alpha; proliferation; sitagliptin; metformin; receptor; rats Source: Diabetes, 2013, 62(7): 2595–2604 Email: Butler, AE; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 102 European guidance for the diagnosis and management of osteoporosis in postmenopausal women Kanis, JA; McCloskey, EV; Johansson, H; et al. Abstract: Guidance is provided in a European setting on the assessment and treatment of postmenopausal women at risk of fractures due to osteoporosis. The International Osteoporosis Foundation《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and European Society for Clinical and Economic Aspects of Osteoporosis and Osteoarthritis published guidance for the diagnosis and management of osteoporosis in 2008. This manuscript updates these in a European setting. Systematic literature reviews. The following areas are reviewed: the role of bone mineral density measurement for the diagnosis of osteoporosis and assessment of fracture risk, general and pharmacological management of osteoporosis, monitoring of treatment, assessment of fracture risk, case finding strategies, investigation of patients and health economics of treatment. A platform is provided on which specific guidelines can be developed for national use. Keywords: bone-mineral density; vertebral fracture risk; randomized controlled-trial; estrogen plus progestin; x-ray absorptiometry; glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis; position development conference; increased cardiovascular risks; prior bisphosphonate therapy; hormone replacement therapy Source: Osteoporosis International, 2013, 24(1): 23–57 Email: Kanis, JA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 93 Efficacy and safety of canagliflozin monotherapy in subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus inadequately controlled with diet and exercise Stenlof, K; Cefalu, WT; Kim, KA; et al. Abstract: Aims Canagliflozin is a sodium glucose co-transporter 2 inhibitor in development for type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM). The efficacy and safety of canagliflozin were evaluated in subjects with T2DM inadequately controlled with diet and exercise. Methods In this 26-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase 3 trial, subjects (n =584) received canagliflozin 100 or 300mg or placebo once daily. Primary endpoint was the change from baseline in haemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) at week 26. Secondary endpoints included the proportion of subjects achieving HbA1c<7.0%; change from baseline in fasting plasma glucose (FPG), 2-h postprandial glucose (PPG) and systolic blood pressure (BP); and percent change in body weight, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) and triglycerides. Adverse events (AEs) were recorded throughout the study. Results At week 26, HbA1c was significantly reduced from baseline with canagliflozin 100 and 300mg compared with placebo (0.77, 1.03 and 0.14%, respectively; p<0.001 for both). Both canagliflozin doses significantly decreased FPG, 2-h PPG, body weight and systolic BP (p<0.001 for all), and increased HDL-C compared with placebo (p<0.01 for both). Overall incidences of AEs were modestly higher with canagliflozin versus placebo; rates of serious AEs and AE-related discontinuations were low and similar across groups. Incidences of genital mycotic infections, urinary tract infections and osmotic diuresis-related AEs were higher with canagliflozin; these led to

110 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts few discontinuations. The incidence of hypoglycaemia was low across groups. Conclusion Canagliflozin treatment improved glycaemic control, reduced body weight and was generally well tolerated in subjects with T2DM inadequately controlled with diet and exercise. Keywords: cotransporter 2 inhibitor; glycemic control; management; metformin; sulfonylureas; prevention Source: Diabetes Obesity & Metabolism, 2013, 15(4): 372–382 Email: Stenlof, K; [email protected]

Energy Fuels Citation frequency: 308 Solar cell efficiency tables (version 41) Green, MA; Emery, K; Hishikawa, Y; et al. Abstract: Consolidated tables showing an extensive listing of the highest independently confirmed efficiencies for solar cells and modules are presented. Guidelines for inclusion of results into these tables are outlined, and new entries since June 2012 are reviewed. Keywords: multicrystalline; concentrator; stability Source: Progress in Photovoltaics, 2013, 21(1): 1–11 Email: Green, MA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 230 Low-temperature processed meso-superstructured to thin-film perovskite solar cells Ball, JM; Lee, MM; Hey, A; et al.

Abstract: We have reduced the processing temperature of the bulk absorber layer in CH3NH3PbI3-xClx perovskite solar cells from 500 to <150 degrees C and achieved power conversion efficiencies up to 12.3%. Remarkably, we find that devices with planar thin-film architecture, where the ambipolar perovskite transports both holes and electrons, convert the absorbed photons into collected charge with close to 100% efficiency.

Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; high-efficiency; photovoltaic cells; low-cost; TiO2; performance Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(6): 1739–1743 Email: Ball, JM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 222 Thin film solar cell with 8.4% power conversion efficiency using an earth-abundant Cu2ZnSnS4 absorber 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Shin, B; Gunawan, O; Zhu, Y; et al. Abstract: Using vacuum process, we fabricated Cu2ZnSnS4 solar cells with 8.4% efficiency, a number independently certified by an external, accredited laboratory. This is the highest efficiency reported for pure sulfide Cu2ZnSnS4 prepared by any method. Consistent with literature, the optimal composition is Cu-poor and Zn-rich despite the precipitation of secondary phases (e.g., ZnS). Despite a very thin absorber thickness (similar to 600 nm), a reasonably good short-circuit current was obtained. Time-resolved photoluminescence measurements suggest a minority carrier-diffusion length on the order of several hundreds of nanometers and relatively good collection of photo-carriers across the entire absorber thickness. Keywords: photovoltaics Source: Progress in Photovoltaics, 2013, 21(1): 72–76 Email: Guha, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 199 Solar cell efficiency tables (version 42) Green, MA; Emery, K; Hishikawa, Y; et al. Abstract: Consolidated tables showing an extensive listing of the highest independently confirmed efficiencies for solar cells and modules are presented. Guidelines for inclusion of results into these tables are outlined, and new entries since January 2013 are reviewed. Keywords: multicrystalline; concentrator; stability; module Source: Progress in Photovoltaics, 2013, 21(5): 827–837 Email: Green, MA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 165 3D carbon based nanostructures for advanced supercapacitors Jiang, H; Lee, PS; Li, CZ Abstract: Supercapacitors have attracted intense attention due to their great potential to meet the demand of both high energy density and power density in many advanced technologies. Various carbon-based nanocomposites are currently pursued as supercapacitor electrodes because of the synergistic effect between carbon (high power density) and pseudo-capacitive nanomaterials (high energy density). This feature article aims to review most recent progress on 3D(3D) carbon based nanostructures for advanced supercapacitor applications in view of their structural intertwinement which not only create the desired hierarchical porous channels, but also possess higher electrical conductivity and better structural mechanical stability. The carbon nanostructures comprise of CNTs-based networks, graphene-based architectures, hierarchical porous carbon-based nanostructures and other even more complex carbon-based 3D configurations. Their

111 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 advantages and disadvantages are compared and summarized based on the results published in the literature. In addition, we also discuss and view the ongoing trends in materials development for advanced supercapacitors. Keywords: capacitive energy-storage; double-layer capacitors; ordered mesoporous carbons; electrochemical capacitors; nanotube electrodes; nanowire composites; nanoporous carbon; graphene; performance; oxide Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(1): 41–53 Email: Jiang, H; [email protected]

Engineering Aerospace Citation frequency: 23 Multidisciplinary Design Optimization: A Survey of Architectures Martins, JRRA; Lambe, AB Abstract: Multidisciplinary design optimization is a field of research that studies the application of numerical optimization techniques to the design of engineering systems involving multiple disciplines or components. Since the inception of multidisciplinary design optimization, various methods (architectures) have been developed and applied to solve multidisciplinary design-optimization problems. This paper provides a survey of all the architectures that have been presented in the literature so far. All architectures are explained in detail using a unified description that includes optimization problem statements, diagrams, and detailed algorithms. The diagrams show both data and process flow through the multidisciplinary system and computational elements, which facilitate the understanding of the various architectures, and how they relate to each other. A classification of the multidisciplinary design-optimization architectures based on their problem formulations and decomposition strategies is also provided, and the benefits and drawbacks of the architectures are discussed from both theoretical and experimental perspectives. For each architecture, several applications to the solution of engineering-design problems are cited. The result is a comprehensive but straightforward introduction to multidisciplinary design optimization for nonspecialists and a reference detailing all current multidisciplinary design-optimization architectures for specialists. Keywords: integrated-system synthesis; aircraft conceptual design; augmented lagrangian coordination; response-surface approximations; aerodynamic-structural design; distributed optimal-design; model-based decomposition; collaborative optimization; sensitivity-analysis; vehicle design Source: Aiaa Journal, 2013, 51(9): 2049–2075 Email: Martins, JRRA;

Citation frequency: 23 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 A refined trigonometric shear deformation theory for thermoelastic bending of functionally graded sandwich plates Tounsi, A; Houari, MSA; Benyoucef, S; et al. Abstract: A refined trigonometric shear deformation theory (RTSDT) taking into account transverse shear deformation effects is presented for the thermoelastic bending analysis of functionally graded sandwich plates. Unlike any other theory, the number of unknown functions involved is only four, as against five in case of other shear deformation theories. The theory presented is variationally consistent, does not require shear correction factor, the displacement components are expressed by trigonometric series representation through the plate thickness to develop a two-dimensional theory and gives rise to transverse shear stress variation such that the transverse shear stresses vary parabolically across the thickness satisfying shear stress free surface conditions. The sandwich with homogeneous facesheet and FGM core is considered. Material properties of the present FGM core are assumed to vary according to a power law distribution in terms of the volume fractions of the constituents. The influences played by the transverse shear deformation, thermal load, plate aspect ratio, and volume fraction distribution are studied. Numerical results for deflections and stresses of functionally graded metal-ceramic plates are investigated. It can be concluded that the proposed theory is accurate and simple in solving the thermoelastic bending behavior of functionally graded plates. Keywords: electro-elastic plates; composite plates; mechanical-behavior; order theory; element; layer; stresses; loadings; core Source: Aerospace Science and Technology, 2013, 24(1): 209–220 Email: Tounsi, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 20 Knowledge-Aided (Potentially Cognitive) Transmit Signal and Receive Filter Design in Signal-Dependent Clutter Aubry, A; De Maio, A; Farina, A; et al. Abstract: We consider the problem of knowledge-aided (possibly cognitive) transmit signal and receive filter design for point-like targets in signal-dependent clutter. We suppose that the radar system has access to a (potentially dynamic) database containing a geographical information system (GIS), which characterizes the terrain to be illuminated, and some a priori electromagnetic reflectivity and spectral clutter models, which allow the raw prediction of the actual scattering environment. Hence, we devise an optimization procedure for the transmit signal and the receive filter which sequentially improves the signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR). Each iteration of the

112 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts algorithm, whose convergence is analytically proved, requires the solution of both a convex and a hidden convex optimization problem. The resulting computational complexity is linear with the number of iterations and polynomial with the receive filter length. At the analysis stage we assess the performance of the proposed technique in the presence of either a homogeneous ground clutter scenario or a heterogeneous mixed land and sea clutter environment. Keywords: wave-form design; polyphase barker sequences; radar detection; optimization; performance; constraint; codes Source: IEEE Transactions on Aerospace and Electronic Systems, 2013, 49(1): 93–117 Email: Aubry, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 18 Bonded repair of composite aircraft structures: A review of scientific challenges and opportunities Katnam, KB; Da Silva, LFM; Young, TM Abstract: Advanced composite materials have gained popularity in high-performance structural designs such as aerospace applications that require lightweight components with superior mechanical properties in order to perform in demanding service conditions as well as provide energy efficiency. However, one of the major challenges that the aerospace industry faces with advanced composites - because of their inherent complex damage behaviour - is structural repair. Composite materials are primarily damaged by mechanical loads and/or environmental conditions. If material damage is not extensive, structural repair is the only feasible solution as replacing the entire component is not cost-effective in many cases. Bonded composite repairs (e.g. scarf patches) are generally preferred as they provide enhanced stress transfer mechanisms, joint efficiencies and aerodynamic performance. With an increased usage of advanced composites in primary and secondary aerospace structural components, it is thus essential to have robust, reliable and repeatable structural bonded repair procedures to restore damaged composite components. But structural bonded repairs, especially with primary structures, pose several scientific challenges with the current existing repair technologies. In this regard, the area of structural bonded repair of composites is broadly reviewed - starting from damage assessment to automation - to identify current scientific challenges and future opportunities. Keywords: fiber-reinforced plastics; mechanically fastened joints; scanning laser vibrometry; impact damage detection; adhesive joints; scarf repairs; void formation; surface-treatment; lamb waves; nondestructive inspection Source: Progress in Aerospace Sciences, 2013, 61: 26–42 Email: Katnam, KB; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 14 Nonlinear-Disturbance-Observer-Bas《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅ed Robust Flight Control for Airbreathing Hypersonic Vehicles Yang, J; Li, SH; Sun, CY; et al. Abstract: The work presented here is concerned with the robust flight control problem for the longitudinal dynamics of a generic airbreathing hypersonic vehicles (AHVs) under mismatched disturbances via a nonlinear-disturbance-observer-based control (NDOBC) method. Compared with other robust flight control method for AHV, the proposed method obtains not only promising robustness and disturbance rejection performance but also the property of nominal performance recovery. The merits of the proposed method are validated by simulation studies. Keywords: output-feedback control; tracking control; control design; space-vehicle; sliding modes; systems; rejection; aircraft; missiles Source: IEEE Transactions on Aerospace and Electronic Systems, 2013, 49(2): 1263–1275 Email: Yang, J; [email protected]

Engineering Biomedical Citation frequency: 150 Review of bioactive glass: From Hench to hybrids Jones, JR Abstract: Bioactive glasses are reported to be able to stimulate more bone regeneration than other bioactive ceramics but they lag behind other bioactive ceramics in terms of commercial success. Bioactive glass has not yet reached its potential but research activity is growing. This paper reviews the current state of the art, starting with current products and moving onto recent developments. Larry Hench's 4555 Bioglass (R) was the first artificial material that was found to form a chemical bond with bone, launching the field of bioactive ceramics. In vivo studies have shown that bioactive glasses bond with bone more rapidly than other bioceramics, and in vitro studies indicate that their osteogenic properties are due to their dissolution products stimulating osteoprogenitor cells at the genetic level. However, calcium phosphates such as tricalcium phosphate and synthetic hydroxyapatite are more widely used in the clinic. Some of the reasons are commercial, but others are due to the scientific limitations of the original Bioglass 45S5. An example is that it is difficult to produce porous bioactive glass templates (scaffolds) for bone regeneration from Bioglass 45S5 because it crystallizes during sintering. Recently, this has been overcome by understanding how the glass composition can be tailored to prevent crystallization. The sintering problems can also be avoided by synthesizing sol-gel glass, where the silica network is assembled at room temperature. Process developments in foaming, solid freeform fabrication and nanofibre spinning have now allowed the production of porous bioactive glass scaffolds from both melt- and sol-gel-derived glasses. An ideal scaffold for bone regeneration would share load with bone. Bioceramics cannot do this when the bone

113 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 defect is subjected to cyclic loads, as they are brittle. To overcome this, bioactive glass polymer hybrids are being synthesized that have the potential to be tough, with congruent degradation of the bioactive inorganic and the polymer components. Key to this is creating nanoscale interpenetrating networks, the organic and inorganic components of which have covalent coupling between them, which involves careful control of the chemistry of the sol-gel process. Bioactive nanoparticles can also now be synthesized and their fate tracked as they are internalized in cells. This paper reviews the main developments in the field of bioactive glass and its variants, covering the importance of control of hierarchical structure, synthesis, processing and cellular response in the quest for new regenerative synthetic bone grafts. The paper takes the reader from Hench's Bioglass 45S5 to new hybrid materials that have tailorable mechanical properties and degradation rates. Keywords: cells in-vitro; bone-graft substitutes; sol-gel method; intrabony periodontal defects; camphene-based suspensions; angiogenic growth-factors; tibial plateau fractures; mesenchymal stem-cells; melt-derived 45s5; x-ray-diffraction Source: Acta Biomaterialia, 2013, 9(1): 4457–4486 Email: Jones, JR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 103 Dual and multi-stimuli responsive polymeric nanoparticles for programmed site-specific drug delivery Cheng, R; Meng, FH; Deng, C; et al. Abstract: In the past decades, polymeric nanoparticles have emerged as a most promising and viable technology platform for targeted and controlled drug delivery. As vehicles, ideal nanoparticles are obliged to possess high drug loading levels, deliver drug to the specific pathological site and/or target cells without drug leakage on the way, while rapidly unload drug at the site of action. To this end, various "intelligent" polymeric nanoparticles that release drugs in response to an internal or external stimulus such as pH, redox, temperature, magnetic and light have been actively pursued. These stimuli-responsive nanoparticles have demonstrated, though to varying degrees, improved in vitro and/or in vivo drug release profiles. In an effort to further improve drug release performances, novel dual and multi-stimuli responsive polymeric nanoparticles that respond to a combination of two or more signals such as pH/temperature, pH/redox, pH/magnetic field, temperature/reduction, double pH, pH and diols, temperature/magnetic field, temperature/enzyme, temperature/pH/ redox, temperature/pH/magnetic, pH/redox/magnetic, temperature/redox/guest molecules, and temperature/pH/guest molecules have recently been developed. Notably, these combined responses take place either simultaneously at the pathological site or in a sequential manner from nanopartide preparation, nanopartide transporting pathways, to cellular compartments. These dual and multi-stimuli responsive polymeric nanoparticles have shown unprecedented control over drug delivery and release leading to superior in vitro and/or in vivo anti-cancer efficacy. With programmed《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 site-specific drug delivery feature, dual and multi-stimuli responsive nanoparticulate drug formulations have tremendous potential for targeted cancer therapy. In this review paper, we highlight the recent exciting developments in dual and multi-stimuli responsive polymeric nanoparticles for precision drug delivery applications, with a particular focus on their design, drug release performance, and therapeutic benefits. Keywords: cross-linked micelles; block-copolymer micelles; core-shell nanoparticles; iron-oxide nanoparticles; magnetic nanoparticles; intracellular drug; biodegradable micelles; controlled-release; triggered release; disulfide linkage Source: Biomaterials, 2013, 34(14): 3647–3657 Email: Zhong, ZY; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 73 X-ray phase-contrast imaging: from pre-clinical applications towards clinics Bravin, A; Coan, P; Suortti, P Abstract: Phase-contrast x-ray imaging (PCI) is an innovative method that is sensitive to the refraction of the x-rays in matter. PCI is particularly adapted to visualize weakly absorbing details like those often encountered in biology and medicine. In past years, PCI has become one of the most used imaging methods in laboratory and preclinical studies: its unique characteristics allow high contrast 3D visualization of thick and complex samples even at high spatial resolution. Applications have covered a wide range of pathologies and organs, and are more and more often performed in vivo. Several techniques are now available to exploit and visualize the phase-contrast: propagation-and analyzer-based, crystal and grating interferometry and non-interferometric methods like the coded aperture. In this review, covering the last five years, we will give an overview of the main theoretical and experimental developments and of the important steps performed towards the clinical implementation of PCI. Keywords: small-angle scattering; cancer in-vitro; computed-tomography; synchrotron-radiation; grating interferometer; high-resolution; refraction contrast; articular-cartilage; high-energy; medical applications Source: Physics in Medicine and Biology, 2013, 58(1): R1-R35 Email: Bravin, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 72 Optical properties of biological tissues: a review Jacques, SL Abstract: A review of reported tissue optical properties summarizes the wavelength-dependent behavior of scattering and absorption.

114 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Formulae are presented for generating the optical properties of a generic tissue with variable amounts of absorbing chromophores (blood, water, melanin, fat, yellow pigments) and a variable balance between small-scale scatterers and large-scale scatterers in the ultrastructures of cells and tissues. Keywords: time-resolved spectroscopy; monte-carlo simulations; light-scattering; blood-flow; diffuse-reflectance; laser irradiation; frequency-domain; female breast; turbid media; absorption Source: Physics in Medicine and Biology, 2013, 58(11): R37-R61 Email: Jacques, SL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 58 A review of the biomaterials technologies for infection-resistant surfaces Campoccia, D; Montanaro, L; Arciola, CR Abstract: Anti-infective biomaterials need to be tailored according to the specific clinical application. All their properties have to be tuned to achieve the best anti-infective performance together with safe biocompatibility and appropriate tissue interactions. Innovative technologies are developing new biomaterials and surfaces endowed with anti-infective properties, relying either on antifouling, or bactericidal, or antibiofilm activities. This review aims at thoroughly surveying the numerous classes of antibacterial biomaterials and the underlying strategies behind them. Bacteria repelling and antiadhesive surfaces, materials with intrinsic antibacterial properties, antibacterial coatings, nanostructured materials, and molecules interfering with bacterial biofilm are considered. Among the new strategies, the use of phages or of antisense peptide nucleic acids are discussed, as well as the possibility to modulate the local immune response by active cytokines. Overall, there is a wealth of technical solutions to contrast the establishment of an implant infection. Many of them exhibit a great potential in preclinical models. The lack of well-structured prospective multicenter clinical trials hinders the achievement of conclusive data on the efficacy and comparative performance of anti-infective biomaterials. Keywords: central venous catheters; staphylococcus-epidermidis biofilm; quorum-sensing inhibitors; titanium-dioxide nanoparticles; blood-stream infection; ferrite composite nanoparticles; fouling zwitterionic polymers; implant-associated infections; device-associated infections; vivo antimicrobial activity Source: Biomaterials, 2013, 34(34): 8533–8554 Email: Arciola, CR; [email protected]

Engineering Chemical Citation frequency: 230 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Low-temperature processed meso-superstructured to thin-film perovskite solar cells Ball, JM; Lee, MM; Hey, A; et al.

Abstract: We have reduced the processing temperature of the bulk absorber layer in CH3NH3PbI3-xClx perovskite solar cells from 500 to <150 degrees C and achieved power conversion efficiencies up to 12.3%. Remarkably, we find that devices with planar thin-film architecture, where the ambipolar perovskite transports both holes and electrons, convert the absorbed photons into collected charge with close to 100% efficiency.

Keywords: organometal halide perovskites; high-efficiency; photovoltaic cells; low-cost; TiO2; performance Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(6): 1739–1743 Email: Ball, JM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 165 3D carbon based nanostructures for advanced supercapacitors Jiang, H; Lee, PS; Li, CZ Abstract: Supercapacitors have attracted intense attention due to their great potential to meet the demand of both high energy density and power density in many advanced technologies. Various carbon-based nanocomposites are currently pursued as supercapacitor electrodes because of the synergistic effect between carbon (high power density) and pseudo-capacitive nanomaterials (high energy density). This feature article aims to review most recent progress on 3D(3D) carbon based nanostructures for advanced supercapacitor applications in view of their structural intertwinement which not only create the desired hierarchical porous channels, but also possess higher electrical conductivity and better structural mechanical stability. The carbon nanostructures comprise of CNTs-based networks, graphene-based architectures, hierarchical porous carbon-based nanostructures and other even more complex carbon-based 3D configurations. Their advantages and disadvantages are compared and summarized based on the results published in the literature. In addition, we also discuss and view the ongoing trends in materials development for advanced supercapacitors. Keywords: capacitive energy-storage; double-layer capacitors; ordered mesoporous carbons; electrochemical capacitors; nanotube electrodes; nanowire composites; nanoporous carbon; graphene; performance; oxide Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(1): 41–53 Email: Jiang, H; [email protected]

115 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Citation frequency: 155 Room-temperature stationary sodium-ion batteries for large-scale electric energy storage Pan, HL; Hu, YS; Chen, LQ Abstract: Room-temperature stationary sodium-ion batteries have attracted great attention particularly in large-scale electric energy storage applications for renewable energy and smart grid because of the huge abundant sodium resources and low cost. In this article, a variety of electrode materials including cathodes and anodes as well as electrolytes for room-temperature stationary sodium-ion batteries are briefly reviewed. We compare the difference in storage behavior between Na and Li in their analogous electrodes and summarize the sodium storage mechanisms in the available electrode materials. This review also includes some new results from our group and our thoughts on developing new materials. Some perspectives and directions on designing better materials for practical applications are pointed out based on knowledge from the literature and our experience. Through this extensive literature review, the search for suitable electrode and electrolyte materials for stationary sodium-ion batteries is still challenging. However, after intensive research efforts, we believe that low-cost, long-life and room-temperature sodium-ion batteries would be promising for applications in large-scale energy storage system in the near future. Keywords: rechargeable lithium batteries; long cycle life; oxide intergrowth electrodes; performance anode material; superior rate capability; rate cathode material; x-ray-diffraction; high-capacity; electrochemical properties; low-cost Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(8): 2338–2360 Email: Pan, HL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 121 Highly efficient dye-sensitized solar cells: progress and future challenges Zhang, SF; Yang, XD; Numata, YH; et al. Abstract: High energy conversion efficiency is one of the most important keys to the commercialization of dye-sensitized solar cells (DSCs) in the huge electricity generation market. According to our experience in the persistent efforts that helped to achieve high efficiency DSCs, we selectively review the major progress of improving the energy conversion efficiency of DSCs which may be useful for future applications. We start the discussion from modelling the device by macroscopic equivalent circuit and then highlight some approaches to improve the device performance, such as the molecular engineering of novel dye sensitizers and light trapping effect, tuning the potential of redox shuttles and surface passivation《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of photoelectrodes, and optimizing the resistance. Finally, we illustrate a roadmap of possible future directions of DSCs with the challenges of how to further improve the efficiency to accelerate the progress in the commercialization of DSCs.

Keywords: nanocrystalline TiO2 films; high-conversion-efficiency; open-circuit voltage; charge-transfer sensitizers; near-ir sensitization; free organic-dyes; co-sensitization; nanostructured TiO2; molecular design; redox shuttle Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(5): 1443–1464 Email: Zhang, SF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 112 Photoelectrochemical cells for solar hydrogen production: current state of promising photoelectrodes, methods to improve their properties, and outlook Li, ZS; Luo, WJ; Zhang, ML; et al. Abstract: Harnessing solar energy for the production of clean hydrogen fuels by a photoelectrochemical (PEC) cell represents a very attractive but challenging alternative. This review focuses on recent developments of some promising photoelectrode materials, such as

BiVO4, a-Fe2O3, TaON, and Ta3N5 for solar hydrogen production. Some strategies have been developed to improve PEC performances of the photoelectrode materials, including: (i) doping for enhancing visible light absorption in the wide bandgap semiconductor or promoting charge transport in the narrow bandgap semiconductor, respectively; (ii) surface treatment for removing segregation phase or surface states; (iii) electrocatalysts for decreasing the overpotentials; (iv) morphology control for enhancing the light absorption and shortening transfer distance of minority carriers; (v) other methods, such as sensitization, passivating layer, and band structure engineering using heterojunction structures, and so on. Photochemical durability of the photoelectrodes is also discussed, since any potential PEC technology must balance efficiency against cost and photochemical durability. Photochemical durability may be amended by optimizing the photoelectrode, electrocatalyst, and electrolyte at the same time. In addition, solar seawater splitting is briefly introduced because it has received attention recently. Finally, trends in research in PEC cells for solar hydrogen production are detailed.

Keywords: visible-light irradiation; scanning electrochemical microscopy; oxygen-evolving catalyst; atomic layer deposition; TiO2 nanowire arrays; photocatalytic water oxidation; ultrasonic spray-pyrolysis; oxynitride taon photoanode; metal-oxide photoanodes; ta3n5 nanotube arrays Source: Energy & Environmental Science, 2013, 6(2): 347–370 Email: Li, ZS; [email protected]

116 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Engineering Civil Citation frequency: 63 Adsorptive removal of hazardous materials using metal-organic frameworks (MOFs): A review Khan, NA; Hasan, Z; Jhung, SH Abstract: Efficient removal of hazardous materials from the environment has become an important issue from a biological and environmental standpoint. Adsorptive removal of toxic components from fuel, wastewater or air is one of the most attractive approaches for cleaning technologies. Recently, porous metal-organic framework (MOF) materials have been very promising in the adsorption/separation of various liquids and gases due to their unique characteristics. This review summarizes the recent literatures on the adsorptive removal of various hazardous compounds mainly from fuel, water, and air by virgin or modified MOF materials. Possible interactions between the adsorbates and active adsorption sites of the MOFs will be also discussed to understand the adsorption mechanism. Most of the observed results can be explained with the following mechanisms: (1) adsorption onto a coordinatively unsaturated site, (2) adsorption via acid-base interaction, (3) adsorption via pi-complex formation, (4) adsorption via hydrogen bonding, (5) adsorption via electrostatic interaction, and (6) adsorption based on the breathing properties of some MOFs and so on. Keywords: carbon-dioxide capture; science-and-technology; activated carbon; heavy-metal; coordination polymers; aqueous-solutions;

CO2 adsorption; gas-adsorption; high-capacity; ion-exchange Source: Journal of Hazardous Materials, 2013, 244: 444–456 Email: Jhung, SH; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 38 FRP-confined concrete in circular sections: Review and assessment of stress-strain models Ozbakkaloglu, T; Lim, JC; Vincent, T Abstract: An important application of FRP composites is as a confining material for concrete, in both the seismic retrofit of existing reinforced concrete columns and in the construction of concrete-filled FRP tubes as earthquake-resistant columns in new construction. Reliable design of these structural members necessitates clear understanding and accurate modeling of the stress-strain behavior of FRP-confined concrete. To that end, a great number of studies have been conducted in the past two decades, which has led to the development of a large number of models to predict the stress-strain behavior of FRP-confined concrete under axial compression. This paper presents a comprehensive 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅review of 88 models developed to predict the axial stress-strain behavior of FRP-confined concrete in circular sections. Each of the reviewed models and their theoretical bases are summarized and the models are classified into two broad categories, namely design-oriented and analysis-oriented models. This review summarizes the current published literature until the end of 2011, and presents a unified framework for future reference. To provide a comprehensive assessment of the performances of the reviewed models, a large and reliable test database containing the test results of 730 FRP-confined concrete cylinders tested under monotonic axial compression is first established. The perfotmance of each existing stress-strain model is then assessed using this database, and the results of this assessment are presented through selected statistical indicators. In the final part of the paper, a critical discussion is presented on the important factors that influenced the overall performances of the models. A close examination of results of the model assessment has led to a number of important conclusions on the strengths and weaknesses of the existing stress-strain models, which are clearly summarized. Based on these observations, a number of recommendations regarding future research directions are also outlined. Keywords: fiber-reinforced polymer; high-strength concrete; axial-compression experiments; composite jackets; constitutive relationship; uniaxial compression; failure criterion; design equations; carbon composite; short columns Source: Engineering Structures, 2013, 49: 1068–1088 Email: Ozbakkaloglu, T; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 37 Ag3PO4/graphene-oxide composite with remarkably enhanced visible-light-driven photocatalytic activity toward dyes in water Chen, GD; Sun, M; Wei, Q; et al.

Abstract: Ag3PO4/graphene-oxide (Ag3PO4/GO) composite has been synthesized by a liquid phase deposition method, and used for the photodegradation of organic dyes in water under visible light. The as-synthesized samples were characterized by X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscope, N-2 sorption-desorption, and UV-vis diffuse reflectance spectra. The SEM image indicated that Ag3PO4 particles were mainly distributed on the surface of GO sheets uniformly. DRS analysis revealed that the samples had good visible light response. The photocatalytic activity of Ag3PO4/GO composite was evaluated by decomposing of dyes (such as methyl orange, rhodamine

B) in water under visible or UV-vis light irradiation. The degradation results indicated that the photocatalytic performance of Ag3PO4/GO was greatly enhanced due to the improved adsorption performance and separation efficiency of photo-generated carriers. The Ag3PO4/GO composite with GO content of 15 wt.% exhibited superior activity under visible light irradiation. After 50 min of reaction, the degradation ratio of MO was about 86.7%, while RhB solution could be completely degraded within 30 min of reaction. Further study proved that the

117 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 direct oxidation of pollutants by holes has played a major role in the degradation process. The results of this work would provide a new sight for the construction of visible light-responsive photocatalysts with high performance.

Keywords: TiO2 photocatalysis; graphene oxide; waste-water; degradation; textile; semiconductor; irradiation; removal; nanocomposites; nanocrystals Source: Journal of Hazardous Materials, 2013, 244: 86–93 Email: Sun, M; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 34 Axial Compressive Behavior of Square and Rectangular High-Strength Concrete-Filled FRP Tubes Ozbakkaloglu, T Abstract: This paper presents results of an experimental study on the behavior of square and rectangular high-strength concrete (HSC)-filled fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) tubes (HSCFFT) under concentric compression. The effects of the tube thickness, sectional aspect ratio, and corner radius on the axial compressive behavior of concrete-filled FRP tubes (CFFT) were investigated experimentally through the tests of 24 CFFTs that were manufactured using unidirectional carbon fiber sheets and high-strength concrete with 78 MPa average compressive strength. As the first experimental investigation on the axial compressive behavior of square and rectangular HSCFFTs, the results of the study reported in this paper allow a number of significant conclusions to be drawn. First and foremost, test results indicate that sufficiently confined square and rectangular HSCFFTs can exhibit highly ductile behavior. The results also indicate that confinement effectiveness of FRP tubes increases with an increase in corner radius and decreases with an increase in sectional aspect ratio. It is also observed and discussed that HSCFFTs having tubes of low confinement effectiveness may experience a significant strength loss at the point of transition on their stress-strain curves. Furthermore, it is found that the behavior of HSCFFTs at this region differ from that of normal-strength CFFTs and that it is more sensitive to the effectiveness of a confining tube. Examination of the test results have also lead to a number of important observations on the influence of the key confinement parameters on the development and distribution of the hoop strains on the tubes of CFFTs, which are presented and discussed in the paper. Keywords: reinforced polymer tubes; confined concrete; seismic performance; composite jackets; columns; cylinders; model; manufacture Source: Journal of Composites For Construction, 2013, 17(1): 151–161 Email: Ozbakkaloglu, T; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 31 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Graphene oxide-CdS composite with high photocatalytic degradation and disinfection activities under visible light irradiation Gao, P; Liu, JC; Sun, DD; et al. Abstract: Graphene oxide (GO)-CdS composites were synthesized via a novel two-phase mixing method successfully. CdS nanoparticles were uniformly self-assembled on GO sheets at water/toluene interface. The photocatalytic degradation (photodegradation) and disinfection activities of GO-CdS composites were investigated thoroughly. The results show that GO-CdS composites exhibit higher efficiency in photodegradation of various water pollutants than pure CdS nanoparticles under visible light irradiation. In addition, the interactions between GO sheets and CdS nanoparticles inhibit the photo-corrosion of CdS and leaching of Cd2+. Only 3.5 wt% Cd2+ of GO-CdS was leached out after photodegradation, while 38.6 wt% Cd2+ of CdS was lost into aqueous solution. Furthermore, the disinfection activity of GO-CdS composites was investigated for the first time. Nearly 100% of both Gram-negative Escherichia coli (E. coli) and Gram-positive Bacillus subtilis (B. subtilis) were killed within 25 min under visible light irradiation. The excellent performances of GO-CdS composites can be attributed to that (1) effective charge transfer from CdS to GO reduces the recombination rate of photo-generated electron-hole pairs; (2) uniform deposition of CdS on GO sheets eliminates aggregation of CdS nanoparticles; and (3) the strong interactions between GO and CdS enhancing the durability of GO-CdS composites. Finally, the mechanism behind these excellent performances was verified by transient photo- current measurement and further confirmed by ESR technique as well as employing a radical scavenging species-dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).

Keywords: organic-dye degradation; hydrogen generation; escherichia-coli; facile synthesis; TiO2 nanorods; water; nanocomposites; performance; technology; nanosheets Source: Journal of Hazardous Materials, 2013, 250: 412–420 Email: Sun, DD; [email protected]

Engineering Electrical Electronic Citation frequency: 119 Real-Time Implementation of Fault-Tolerant Control Systems With Performance Optimization Yin, S; Luo, H; Ding, SX Abstract: In this paper, two online schemes for an integrated design of fault-tolerant control (FTC) systems with application to Tennessee Eastman (TE) benchmark are proposed. Based on the data-driven design of the proposed fault-tolerant architecture whose core is an observer/residual generator based realization of the Youla parameterization of all stabilization controllers, FTC is achieved by an adaptive

118 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts residual generator for the online identification of the fault diagnosis relevant vectors, and an iterative optimization method for system performance enhancement. The performance and effectiveness of the proposed schemes are demonstrated through the TE benchmark model. Keywords: diagnosis; drives; identification; strategies; design Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2014, 61(5): 2402–2411 Email: Yin, S; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 97 Massive MIMO in the UL/DL of Cellular Networks: How Many Antennas Do We Need? Hoydis, J; ten Brink, S; Debbah, M Abstract: We consider the uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) of non-cooperative multi-cellular time-division duplexing (TDD) systems, assuming that the number N of antennas per base station (BS) and the number K of user terminals (UTs) per cell are large. Our system model accounts for channel estimation, pilot contamination, and an arbitrary path loss and antenna correlation for each link. We derive approximations of achievable rates with several linear precoders and detectors which are proven to be asymptotically tight, but accurate for realistic system dimensions, as shown by simulations. It is known from previous work assuming uncorrelated channels, that as N -> infinity while K is fixed, the system performance is limited by pilot contamination, the simplest precoders/detectors, i.e., eigenbeamforming (BF) and matched filter (MF), are optimal, and the transmit power can be made arbitrarily small. We analyze to which extent these conclusions hold in the more realistic setting where N is not extremely large compared to K. In particular, we derive how many antennas per UT are needed to achieve eta% of the ultimate performance limit with infinitely many antennas and how many more antennas are needed with MF and BF to achieve the performance of minimum mean-square error (MMSE) detection and regularized zero-forcing (RZF), respectively. Keywords: multiuser mimo; channel; wireless; systems Source: IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications, 2013, 31(2): 160–171 Email: Hoydis, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 93 Adaptive Sliding-Mode Control for Nonlinear Active Suspension Vehicle Systems Using T-S Fuzzy Approach Li, HY; Yu, JY; Hilton, C; et al. Abstract: This paper deals with the adaptive sliding-mode control problem for nonlinear active suspension systems via the Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy approach. The varying《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 sprung and unsprung masses, the unknown actuator nonlinearity, and the suspension performances are taken into account simultaneously, and the corresponding mathematical model is established. The T-S fuzzy system is used to describe the original nonlinear system for the control-design aim via the sector nonlinearity approach. A sufficient condition is proposed for the asymptotical stability of the designing sliding motion. An adaptive sliding-mode controller is designed to guarantee the reachability of the specified switching surface. The condition can be converted to the convex optimization problems. Simulation results for a half-vehicle active suspension model are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed control schemes. Keywords: h-infinity control; time-delay; car model; feedback; design Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2013, 60(8): 3328–3338 Email: Li, HY; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 88 Semipolar (20(2)over-bar(1)over-bar) InGaN/GaN Light-Emitting Diodes for High-Efficiency Solid-State Lighting Feezell, DF; Speck, JS; DenBaars, SP; et al. Abstract: This work examines the effects of polarization-related electric fields on the energy band diagrams, wavelength shift, wave function overlap, and efficiency droop for InGaN quantum wells on various crystal orientations, including polar (0001) (c-plane), semipolar (202 over bar1), semipolar (202 over bar(1) over bar), and non-polar (101 over bar0) (m-plane). Based on simulations, we show that the semipolar (202 over bar(1) over bar) orientation exhibits excellent potential for the development of high-efficiency, low-droop light-emitting diodes (LEDs). We then present recent advancements in crystal growth, optical performance, and thermal performance of semipolar (202 over bar(1) over bar) LEDs. Finally, we demonstrate a low-droop, high-efficiency single-quantum-well blue semipolar (202 over bar(1) over bar) LED with an external quantum efficiency of more than 50% at 100 A/cm2. Keywords: quantum-wells; semiconductors; polarization Source: Journal of Display Technology, 2013, 9(4): 190–198 Email: Feezell, DF; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 86 A Novel Control Design on Discrete-Time Takagi-Sugeno Fuzzy Systems With Time-Varying Delays Su, XJ; Shi, P; Wu, LG; et al. Abstract: This paper focuses on analyzing a new model transformation of discrete-time Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy systems with time-varying

119 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 delays and applying it to dynamic output feedback (DOF) controller design. A new comparison model is proposed by employing a new approximation for time-varying delay state, and then, a delay partitioning method is used to analyze the scaled small gain of this comparison model. A sufficient condition on discrete-time T-S fuzzy systems with time-varying delays, which guarantees the corresponding closed-loop system to be asymptotically stable and has an induced l(2) disturbance attenuation performance, is derived by employing the scaled small- gain theorem. Then, the solvability condition for the induced l(2) DOF control is also established, by which the DOF controller can be solved as linear matrix inequality optimization problems. Finally, examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approaches. Keywords: output-feedback control; h-infinity control; stability analysis; nonlinear-systems; lmi approach; fault-detection; model; stabilization Source: IEEE Transactions on Fuzzy Systems, 2013, 21(4): 655–671 Email: Su, XJ; [email protected]

Engineering Environmental Citation frequency: 160 Characterising performance of environmental models Bennett, ND; Croke, BFW; Guariso, G; et al. Abstract: In order to use environmental models effectively for management and decision-making, it is vital to establish an appropriate level of confidence in their performance. This paper reviews techniques available across various fields for characterising the performance of environmental models with focus on numerical, graphical and qualitative methods. General classes of direct value comparison, coupling real and modelled values, preserving data patterns, indirect metrics based on parameter values, and data transformations are discussed. In practice environmental modelling requires the use and implementation of workflows that combine several methods, tailored to the model purpose and dependent upon the data and information available. A five-step procedure for performance evaluation of models is suggested, with the key elements including: (i) (re)assessment of the model's aim, scale and scope; (ii) characterisation of the data for calibration and testing; (iii) visual and other analysis to detect under- or non-modelled behaviour and to gain an overview of overall performance; (iv) selection of basic performance criteria; and (v) consideration of more advanced methods to handle problems such as systematic divergence between modelled and observed values. Keywords: rainfall-runoff models; sensitivity-analysis; hydrological models; parameter-estimation; ecological models; standardized assessment; simulation-models; quality-assurance; dispersion model; wavelet analysis Source: Environmental Modelling & Software, 2013, 40: 1–20 Email: Jakeman, AJ; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 97 Novel visible-light-driven AgX/graphite-like C3N4 (X = Br, I) hybrid materials with synergistic photocatalytic activity Xu, H; Yan, J; Xu, YG; et al.

Abstract: Novel visible-light-driven AgX/g-C3N4 (X = Br, I) hybrid materials were synthesized by the facile water bath method. The

AgX/g-C3N4 hybrid materials were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), UV-vis diffuse reflectance spectroscopy (DRS), photoluminescence (PL), Fourier transform infrared spectra (FTIR), Raman and the special surface area. The XRD, EDS, TEM, FTIR, Raman and XPS analyses indicated that AgX nanoparticles were evenly distributed on the surface of g-C3N4 and the heterostructures were formed. The photocatalytic activity of the AgX/g-C3N4 hybrid materials was evaluated using methyl orange as a target organic pollutant. The as-prepared AgX/g-C3N4 hybrid materials displayed much higher photocatalytic activity than the pure g-C3N4 and AgX nanoparticles. After the introduction of AgX nanoparticles, the photocurrent of the AgBr/g-C3N4 and AgI/g-C3N4 hybrid materials was found to increase by 21 and 8 times than that of the pure g-C3N4, respectively. The increased photocatalytic activity of the AgX/g-C3N4 hybrid materials was attributed to the synergic effect between g-C3N4 and AgX, which included the optical property, the better dispersion and the small size. A photocatalytic mechanism and the kinetics of AgX/g-C3N4 hybrid materials were also proposed. Keywords: graphitic carbon nitride; one-pot synthesis; methyl-orange; composite photocatalysts; electronic-structure; selective oxidation; hydrogen-production; particle-size; gas-phase; degradation Source: Applied Catalysis B-environmental, 2013, 129: 182–193 Email: Li, HM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 78 Urban wastewater treatment plants as hotspots for the release of antibiotics in the environment: A review Michael, I; Rizzo, L; McArdell, CS; et al. Abstract: Urban wastewater treatment plants (UWTPs) are among the main sources of antibiotics' release into various compartments of the environment worldwide. The aim of the present paper is to critically review the fate and removal of various antibiotics in wastewater treatment, focusing on different processes (i.e. biological processes, advanced treatment technologies and disinfection) in view of the current concerns related to the induction of toxic effects in aquatic and terrestrial organisms, and the occurrence of antibiotics that may

120 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts promote the selection of antibiotic resistance genes and bacteria, as reported in the literature. Where available, estimations of the removal of antibiotics are provided along with the main treatment steps. The removal efficiency during wastewater treatment processes varies and is mainly dependent on a combination of antibiotics' physicochemical properties and the operating conditions of the treatment systems. As a result, the application of alternative techniques including membrane processes, activated carbon adsorption, advanced oxidation processes (AOPs), and combinations of them, which may lead to higher removals, may be necessary before the final disposal of the effluents or their reuse for irrigation or groundwater recharge. Keywords: tandem mass-spectrometry; advanced oxidation processes; solid-phase extraction; sewage-treatment plant; photo-fenton process; fluoroquinolone antibacterial agents; endocrine disrupting compounds; activated-sludge treatment; personal care products; aquatic environment Source: Water Research, 2013, 47(3): 957–995 Email: Fatta-Kassinos, D; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 65 Facets coupling of BiOBr-g-C3N4 composite photocatalyst for enhanced visible-light-driven photocatalytic activity Ye, LQ; Liu, JY; Jiang, Z; et al.

Abstract: BiOBr-g-C3N4 inorganic-organic composite photocatalysts were synthesized by a one-step chemical bath method at low temperature and characterized by X-ray diffraction patterns (XRD), Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR), thermo gravimetric (TG), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), high-resolution transmission electron microscopy (HRTEM) and UV-vis diffuse reflectance spectra (DRS). The BiOBr-g-C3N4 composite showed much higher visible-light-driven (VLD) photocatalytic activity than pure g-C3N4 and BiOBr for rhodamine B (RhB) degradation. The photocatalytic mechanism analysis revealed that the interreaction between BiOBr and g-C3N4 is a kind of facet coupling between BiOBr-{0 0 1} and g-C3N4-{0 0 2}. The active species trapping and quantification experiments indicated that the photoinduced charges transfer between these facets resulted in the efficient charge separation.

Keywords: graphite-like C3N4; acid orange 7; BiOX X; degradation; surface; carbon; Br; Cl; nanosheets; photoreactivity Source: Applied Catalysis B-environmental, 2013, 142: 1–7 Email: Zan, L; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 63 Adsorptive removal of hazardous materials using metal-organic frameworks (MOFs): A review 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Khan, NA; Hasan, Z; Jhung, SH Abstract: Efficient removal of hazardous materials from the environment has become an important issue from a biological and environmental standpoint. Adsorptive removal of toxic components from fuel, wastewater or air is one of the most attractive approaches for cleaning technologies. Recently, porous metal-organic framework (MOF) materials have been very promising in the adsorption/separation of various liquids and gases due to their unique characteristics. This review summarizes the recent literatures on the adsorptive removal of various hazardous compounds mainly from fuel, water, and air by virgin or modified MOF materials. Possible interactions between the adsorbates and active adsorption sites of the MOFs will be also discussed to understand the adsorption mechanism. Most of the observed results can be explained with the following mechanisms: (1) adsorption onto a coordinatively unsaturated site, (2) adsorption via acid-base interaction, (3) adsorption via pi-complex formation, (4) adsorption via hydrogen bonding, (5) adsorption via electrostatic interaction, and (6) adsorption based on the breathing properties of some MOFs and so on.

Keywords: carbon-dioxide capture; science-and-technology; activated carbon; heavy-metal; coordination polymers; aqueous-solutions; co2 adsorption; gas-adsorption; high-capacity; ion-exchange Source: Journal of Hazardous Materials, 2013, 244: 444–456 Email: Jhung, SH; [email protected]

Engineering Geological Citation frequency: 25 The signature of shear-induced anisotropy in granular media Guo, N; Zhao, JD Abstract: This paper presents a micro-mechanical study on the characteristics of shear-induced anisotropy in granular media. Based on three-dimensional Discrete Element Method (DEM) simulations, the distinct features associated with the evolution of internal granular structure and different anisotropy sources during drained/undrained shearing of granular samples are carefully examined. The study finds that static liquefaction occurs when the geometrical anisotropy in a sample dominates the mechanical anisotropy in the overall shear strength, and the weak force network features an exceptionally high proportion of sliding contacts and develops certain degree of anisotropy. Phase transformation corresponds to a transitional, unstable state associated with a dramatic change in both coordination number and the proportion of sliding contacts in all contacts. The critical state in a granular material is always associated with a highly anisotropic fabric structure wherein both the critical void ratio and critical fabric anisotropy are uniquely related to the mean effective stress. The relations provide a more comprehensive definition for the critical state in granular media with proper reference to the critical fabric anisotropy.

121 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Keywords: critical-state; material behavior; stress; deformation; simulations; sand; liquefaction; assemblies; failure; scales Source: Computers and Geotechnics, 2013, 47: 1–15 Email: Zhao, JD; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 19 Permeability evolution during progressive deformation of intact coal and implications for instability in underground coal seams Wang, SG; Elsworth, D; Liu, JS Abstract: We report measurements of deformation, strength and permeability evolution during triaxial compression of initially intact coals. Permeability is continuously measured by the constant pressure differential method, together with axial and volumetric strains for both water (H2O) and strongly adsorbing carbon dioxide (CO2) gas. Strength and Young's modulus increase with increasing confining stress and permeability is hysteretic in the initial reversible deformation regime. As deviatoric stress and strain increase, permeability first decreases as pre-existing cleats close, and then increases as new vertical dilatant microcracks are generated. Post-peak strength the permeability suddenly increases by 3–4 orders-of-magnitude. During loading, the inflection point where permeability begins to increase occurs earlier than the turning point of volumetric strain, which may be explained by the competing processes of axial crack opening and closure of oblique and transverse cracks. The generation of these vertical microcracks does not enhance gas migration in the horizontal direction but will accelerate the rate of gas desorption and weaken the coal. Based on this mechanistic observation, we propose a process-based model for bursting in underground coal seams. Horizontal and vertical stresses redistribute ahead of the mining-face immediately after the excavation and influence pore pressure, permeability, and desorption rate. Due to this redistribution, the zone closest to the mining-face may experience tensile failure. Interior to this zone a region may develop with gas overpressures induced by desorption and this may contribute to the occurrence of coal and gas outbursts. Beyond this, an overstressed zone may initiate shear failure driven by gas pressures if the desorption rate outstrips the rate of drainage. We discuss the implications of this on the instability of coal seams to CO2 injection and the potential for induced fault slip.

Keywords: mining-induced stress; gas outbursts; carbon-dioxide; methane recovery; mines; pressure; CO2; sequestration; compression; adsorption Source: International Journal of Rock Mechanics and Mining Sciences, 2013, 58: 34–45 Email: Wang, SG; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 16 Landslides triggered by slipping-fault-generated earthquake on a plateau: an example of the 14 April 2010, Ms 7.1, Yushu, China earthquake Xu, C; Xu, XW; Yu, GH Abstract: On 14 April 2010 at 07:49 (Beijing time), a catastrophic earthquake with Ms 7.1 struck Yushu County, Qinghai Province, China. A total of 2036 landslides were interpreted from aerial photographs and satellite images, verified by selected field checking. These landslides cover about a total area of 1.194 km2. The characteristics and failure mechanisms of these landslides are presented in this paper. The spatial distribution of the landslides is evidently strongly controlled by the locations of the main co-seismic surface fault ruptures. The landslides commonly occurred close together. Most of the landslides are small; there were only 275 individual landslide (13.5% of the total number) surface areas larger than 1000 m2. The landslides are of various types. They are mainly shallow, disrupted landslides, but also include rock falls, deep-seated landslides, liquefaction-induced landslides, and compound landslides. Four types of factors are identified as contributing to failure along with the strong ground shaking: natural excavation of the toes of slopes, which mean erosion of the base of the slope, surface water infiltration into slopes, co-seismic fault slipping at landslide sites, and delayed occurrence of landslides due to snow melt or rainfall infiltration at sites where slopes were weakened by the co-seismic ground shaking. To analyze the spatial distribution of the landslides, the landslide area percentage (LAP) and landslide number density (LND) were compared with peak ground acceleration (PGA), distance from co-seismic main surface fault ruptures, elevation, slope gradient, slope aspect, and lithology. The results show landslide occurrence is strongly controlled by proximity to the main surface fault ruptures, with most landslides occurring within 2.5 km of such ruptures. There is no evident correlation between landslide occurrences and PGA. Both LAP and LND have strongly positive correlations with slope gradient, and additionally, sites at elevations between 3800 and 4000 m are relatively susceptible to landslide occurrence; as are slopes with northeast, east, and southeast slope aspects. Q(4) al-pl, N, and T-3 kn (1) have more concentrated landslide activity than others. This paper provides a detailed inventory map of landslides triggered by the 2010 Yushu earthquake for future seismic landslide hazard analysis and also provides a study case of characteristics, failure mechanisms, and spatial distribution of landslides triggered by slipping-fault generated earthquake on a plateau. Keywords: 2008 wenchuan earthquake; kashmir earthquake; prefecture earthquake; statistical approach; niigata prefecture; 1994 northridge; mid-niigata; susceptibility; japan; region Source: Landslides, 2013, 10(4): 421–431 Email: Xu, XW; [email protected]

122 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Citation frequency: 16 The Brazilian Disc Test for Rock Mechanics Applications: Review and New Insights Li, DY; Wong, LNY Abstract: The development of the Brazilian disc test for determining indirect tensile strength and its applications in rock mechanics are reviewed herein. Based on the history of research on the Brazilian test by analytical, experimental, and numerical approaches, three research stages can be identified. Most of the early studies focused on the tensile stress distribution in Brazilian disc specimens, while ignoring the tensile strain distribution. The observation of different crack initiation positions in the Brazilian disc has drawn a lot of research interest from the rock mechanics community. A simple extension strain criterion was put forward by Stacey (Int J Rock Mech Min Sci Geomech Abstr 18(6):469–474, 1981) to account for extension crack initiation and propagation in rocks, although this is not widely used. In the present study, a linear elastic numerical model is constructed to study crack initiation in a 50-mm-diameter Brazilian disc using FLAC(3D). The maximum tensile stress and the maximum tensile strain are both found to occur about 5 mm away from the two loading points along the compressed diameter of the disc, instead of at the center of the disc surface. Therefore, the crack initiation point of the Brazilian test for rocks may be located near the loading point when the tensile strain meets the maximum extension strain criterion, but at the surface center when the tensile stress meets the maximum tensile strength criterion. Keywords: tensile-strength; diametral compression; boundary-conditions; fracture-toughness; elastic-modulus; stress-field; failure; size; specimen; friction Source: Rock Mechanics and Rock Engineering, 2013, 46(2): 269–287 Email: Wong, LNY; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 15 How to assess landslide activity and intensity with Persistent Scatterer Interferometry (PSI): the PSI-based matrix approach Cigna, F; Bianchini, S; Casagli, N Abstract: We provide a step-by-step analysis and discussion of the 'PSI-based matrix approach', a methodology employing ground deformation velocities derived through Persistent Scatterer Interferometry (PSI) for the assessment of the state of activity and intensity of extremely to very slow landslides. Two matrices based on PSI data are designed respectively for landslides already mapped in preexisting inventories and for newly identified《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 phenomena. Conversely, a unique intensity scale is proposed indiscriminately for both. Major influencing factors of the approach are brought to light by the application in the 14 km2 area of Verbicaro, in Northern Calabria (Italy). These include lack of PSI data within the landslide boundaries, temporal coverage of the available estimates, and need of field checks as well as the operative procedures to set the activity and intensity thresholds. For the area of Verbicaro, we exploit 1992–2011 PSI data from ERS1/2 and RADARSAT1/2 satellites, projecting them along the maximum slope directions. An activity threshold of±5 mm/year is determined by applying the average projection factor of local slopes to the PSI data precision. The intensity threshold between extremely and very slow phenomena (16 mm/year) is reduced by similar to 20% to account for temporal and spatial averages being applied to attribute representative velocities to each landslide. The methodology allows assessing the state of activity and the intensity for 13 of the 24 landslides premapped in the 2007 inventory and for two newly identified phenomena. Current limitations due to characteristics and spatial coverage of PSI data are critically tackled within the discussion, jointly with respective implications. Keywords: permanent scatterers; sar interferometry; northern calabria; hazard evaluation Source: Landslides, 2013, 10(3): 267–283 Email: Cigna, F; [email protected]

Engineering Industrial Citation frequency: 86 Network-Induced Constraints in Networked Control Systems-A Survey Zhang, LX; Gao, HJ; Kaynak, O Abstract: Networked control systems (NCSs) have, in recent years, brought many innovative impacts to control systems. However, great challenges are also met due to the network-induced imperfections. Such network-induced imperfections are handled as various constraints, which should appropriately be considered in the analysis and design of NCSs. In this paper, the main methodologies suggested in the literature to cope with typical network-induced constraints, namely time delays, packet losses and disorder, time-varying transmission intervals, competition of multiple nodes accessing networks, and data quantization are surveyed; the constraints suggested in the literature on the first two types of constraints are updated in different categorizing ways; and those on the latter three types of constraints are extended. Keywords: limited information feedback; input-output stability; to-state stability; h-infinity control; linear-systems; predictive control; special-issue; communication delays; nonlinear-systems; packet drop Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Informatics, 2013, 9(1): 403–416 Email: Zhang, LX; [email protected]

123 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Citation frequency: 69 H-infinity Step Tracking Control for Networked Discrete-Time Nonlinear Systems With Integral and Predictive Actions Zhang, H; Shi, Y; Liu, MX Abstract: This paper investigates the step tracking control problem for discrete-time nonlinear systems in a networked environment with a limited capacity. The nonlinear system is represented by a Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy system, and a network-induced delay is incorporated in the modeling of the connection link. In order to compensate for the network link effects and eliminate the tracking error, we employ some techniques mainly used in the predictive control and the integral control. Moreover, a quadratic cost function which includes terms related to the performance of the system and the actuating capacity is used. We assume that the lumped network-induced delay lies within a known set, and that the occurrence probability for each element in the set is known a priori. Then, the delay information will be incorporated into the delay-dependent tracking controllers. The parameters for the tracking controller are derived by solving an optimization problem. A networked inverted pendulum is used to illustrate the efficacy of the proposed design method. Keywords: jump linear-systems; communication channels; varying delays; stabilization Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Informatics, 2013, 9(1): 337–345 Email: Zhang, H; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 66 A Survey on Smart Grid Potential Applications and Communication Requirements Gungor, VC; Sahin, D; Kocak, T; et al. Abstract: Information and communication technologies (ICT) represent a fundamental element in the growth and performance of smart grids. A sophisticated, reliable and fast communication infrastructure is, in fact, necessary for the connection among the huge amount of distributed elements, such as generators, substations, energy storage systems and users, enabling a real time exchange of data and information necessary for the management of the system and for ensuring improvements in terms of efficiency, reliability, flexibility and investment return for all those involved in a smart grid: producers, operators and customers. This paper overviews the issues related to the smart grid architecture from the perspective of potential applications and the communications requirements needed for ensuring performance, flexible operation, reliability and economics. Keywords: renewable-energy-sources; system automation; power-systems; networks; architecture; challenges; opportunities; management; operation; future 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Informatics, 2013, 9(1): 28–42 Email: Gungor, VC; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 59 An Overview of Recent Progress in the Study of Distributed Multi-Agent Coordination Cao, YC; Yu, WW; Ren, W; et al. Abstract: This paper reviews some main results and progress in distributed multi-agent coordination, focusing on papers published in major control systems and robotics journals since 2006. Distributed coordination of multiple vehicles, including unmanned aerial vehicles, unmanned ground vehicles, and unmanned underwater vehicles, has been a very active research subject studied extensively by the systems and control community. The recent results in this area are categorized into several directions, such as consensus, formation control, optimization, and estimation. After the review, a short discussion section is included to summarize the existing research and to propose several promising research directions along with some open problems that are deemed important for further investigations. Keywords: multivehicle cooperative control; planar collective motion; mobile sensor networks; consensus algorithms; switching-networks; vehicle formations; gossip algorithms; tracking control; time-delays; systems Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Informatics, 2013, 9(1): 427–438

Citation frequency: 44 State of the Art of Finite Control Set Model Predictive Control in Power Electronics Rodriguez, J; Kazmierkowski, MP; Espinoza, JR; et al. Abstract: This paper addresses to some of the latest contributions on the application of Finite Control Set Model Predictive Control (FCS-MPC) in Power Electronics. In FCS-MPC, the switching states are directly applied to the power converter, without the need of an additional modulation stage. The paper shows how the use of FCS-MPC provides a simple and efficient computational realization for different control objectives in Power Electronics. Some applications of this technology in drives, active filters, power conditioning, distributed generation and renewable energy are covered. Finally, attention is paid to the discussion of new trends in this technology and to the identification of open questions and future research topics. Keywords: voltage-source inverters; h-bridge inverters; dc-dc converter; matrix converter; induction machine; digital-control; torque control; lc filter; drives; modulation

124 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Source: IEEE Transactions on Industrial Informatics, 2013, 9(2): 1003–1016 Email: Rodriguez, J; [email protected]

Engineering Manufacturing Citation frequency: 46 Cuckoo search algorithm for the selection of optimal machining parameters in milling operations Yildiz, AR Abstract: In this research, a new optimization algorithm, called the cuckoo search algorithm (CS) algorithm, is introduced for solving manufacturing optimization problems. This research is the first application of the CS to the optimization of machining parameters in the literature. In order to demonstrate the effectiveness of the CS, a milling optimization problem was solved and the results were compared with those obtained using other well-known optimization techniques like, ant colony algorithm, immune algorithm, hybrid immune algorithm, hybrid particle swarm algorithm, genetic algorithm, feasible direction method, and handbook recommendation. The results demonstrate that the CS is a very effective and robust approach for the optimization of machining optimization problems. Keywords: genetic algorithm; optimization problems; design optimization; immune algorithm Source: International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology, 2013, 64(1-4): 55–61 Email: Yildiz, AR; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 35 A taxonomy of line balancing problems and their solution approaches Battaia, O; Dolgui, A Abstract: Line balancing belongs to a class of intensively studied combinatorial optimization problems known to be NP-hard in general. For several decades, the core problem originally introduced for manual assembly has been extended to suit robotic, machining and disassembly contexts. However, despite various industrial environments and line configurations, often quite similar or even identical mathematical models have been developed. The objective of this survey is to analyze recent research on balancing flow lines within many different industrial contexts in order to classify and compare the means for input data modelling, constraints and objective functions used. This survey covers about 300 studies on line balancing problems. Particular attention is paid to recent publications that have appeared in 2007-2012 to focus on new advances in the state-of-the-art. Keywords: 2-sided assembly-line;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 ant colony optimization; simulated annealing algorithm; dependent setup times; particle swarm optimization; goal programming approach; hybrid genetic algorithm; decision-support-system; secondary feeder lines; sheltered work centers Source: International Journal of Production Economics, 2013, 142(2): 259–277 Email: Battaia, O; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 32 Adaptive Backstepping Control for Active Suspension Systems With Hard Constraints Sun, WC; Gao, HJ; Kaynak, O Abstract: This paper proposes an adaptive backstepping control strategy for vehicle active suspensions with hard constraints. An adaptive backstepping controller is designed to stabilize the attitude of vehicle and meanwhile improve ride comfort in the presence of parameter uncertainties, where suspension spaces, dynamic tire loads, and actuator saturations are considered as time-domain constraints. In addition to spring nonlinearity, the piecewise linear behavior of the damper, which has different damping rates for compression and extension movements, is taken into consideration to form the basis of accurate control. Furthermore, a reference trajectory is planned to keep the vertical and pitch motions of car body to stabilize in predetermined time, which helps adjust accelerations accordingly to high or low levels for improving ride comfort. Finally, a design example is shown to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed control law. Keywords: h-infinity control; vibration control; vehicle; design; delay Source: IEEE-asme Transactions on Mechatronics, 2013, 18(3): 1072–1079 Email: Sun, WC; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 22 Highly aligned, ultralarge-size reduced graphene oxide/polyurethane nanocomposites: Mechanical properties and moisture permeability Yousefi, N; Gudarzi, MM; Zheng, QB; et al. Abstract: Polyurethane (PU) nanocomposite films containing highly-aligned graphene sheets are produced. Aqueous dispersion of ultralarge-size graphene oxide (GO) is in situ reduced in waterborne polyurethane, resulting in fine dispersion and high degree of orientation of graphene sheets, especially at high graphene contents. The PU/reduced GO nanocomposites present remarkable 21- and 9-fold increases in tensile modulus and strength, respectively, with 3 wt.% graphene content. The agreement between the experiments and theoretical predictions for tensile modulus proves that the graphene sheets are indeed dispersed individually on the molecular scale and oriented in the polymer matrix to form a layered structure. The moisture permeability of the nanocomposites presents a systematic decrease

125 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 with increasing graphene content, clearly indicating the impermeable graphene sheets acting as moisture barrier. The synergy arising from the very high aspect ratio and horizontal alignment of the graphene sheets is responsible for this finding. Keywords: polymer composites; carbon nanotubes; graphite oxide; electrical-conductivity; percolation-threshold; sheet nanocomposites; exfoliated graphene; physical-properties; elastic properties; latex technology Source: Composites Part A-applied Science and Manufacturing, 2013, 49: 42–50 Email: Kim, JK; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 21 A Novel Direct Inverse Modeling Approach for Hysteresis Compensation of Piezoelectric Actuator in Feedforward Applications Qin, YD; Tian, YL; Zhang, DW; et al. Abstract: The Prandtl-Ishlinskii (PI) model is widely utilized in hysteresis modeling and compensation of piezoelectric actuators. For systems with rate-independent hysteresis, the inverse PI model is analytically feasible and it can be adopted as a feedforward compensator for the hysteretic nonlinearity of piezoelectric actuators. However, for the rate-dependent PI model, the applicable valid inversion methodology is not yet available. Although simply replacing all the rate-independent terms in the conventional inversion law with the rate-dependent terms can achieve acceptable results at very slow trajectories. However, a large theoretical modeling error is inevitable at fast trajectories, which is investigated through simulations. This paper proposes a new direct approach to derive the inverse PI model directly from experimental data. As no inversion calculation is involved, the proposed direct approach is efficient and the theoretical modeling error can be avoided. In order to validate the accuracy of the direct approach, a number of experiments have been implemented on a piezo-driven compliant mechanism by utilizing the inverse PI model as a feedforward controller. The tracking performance of the mechanism is significantly improved by the direct approach. Keywords: motion tracking control; micro/nano-manipulation; preisach model; mechanism; controller; systems; design; nonlinearities; microgripper; creep Source: Ieee-asme Transactions on Mechatronics, 2013, 18(3): 981–989 Email: Qin, YD; [email protected]

Engineering Marine Citation frequency: 14 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Perturbation of dispersive shallow water waves Razborova, P; Triki, H; Biswas, A Abstract: This paper addresses the dynamics of dispersive shallow water wave that is governed by the Rosenau-KdV equation with power law nonlinearity. The singular 1-soliton solution is derived by the ansatz method. Subsequently, the soliton perturbation theory is applied to obtain the adiabatic parameter dynamics of the water waves. Finally, the integration of the perturbed Rosenau-KdV equation is obtained by the ansatz method as well as the semi-inverse variational principle. Keywords: power-law nonlinearity; solitary waves; rosenau-kdv; solitons; equation Source: Ocean Engineering, 2013, 63: 1–7 Email: Biswas, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 9 Assessing the China Sea wind energy and wave energy resources from 1988 to 2009 Zheng, CW; Pan, J; Li, JX Abstract: In this study, the wave field in the China Sea was simulated over the period from 1988 to 2009 using the third-generation wave model WAVEWATCH-III (WW3), with Cross-Calibrated, Multi-Platform (CCMP) wind field as the driving field. The China Sea wind energy density and wave energy density were calculated using the CCMP wind and WW3 model simulation results. The China Sea wind energy and wave energy resource were analyzed, synthetically considering the value of energy density, probability of exceedance of energy density level, exploitable wind speed and exploitable significant wave height (SWH), the stability of energy density, total storage and exploitable storage of energy resources, thus providing the guidance for the location of wind and wave power plants. Our results show that most of the China Sea contains abundant wave energy and offshore wind energy resources, with wind energy density above 150 W/m2, wave energy density above 2 kW/m, high occurrence of exploitable wind and wave energy in large scale waters, wind energy storage above 2×103 kW h m-2, wave energy storage above 4×104 kW h m-1. The richest area is in the northern South China Sea (wind energy density 350-600 W/m2, wave energy density 10-16 kW/m, wind energy storage 3×103-5×103 kW h m-2, wave energy storage 8 x 104-16×104 kW h m-1, followed by southern South China Sea and the East China Sea (wind energy density 150-450 W/m2, wave energy density 4-12 kW/m, wind energy storage 2×103-4×103 kW h m-2, wave energy storage 4×104-12×104 kW h m-1. The Yellow Sea and Bohai Sea resources are relatively poorer (wind energy density below 300 W/m2, wave energy density below 4 kW/m, wind energy storage below 2.5×103 kW h m-2, wave energy storage below 6×104 kW h m-1. Source: Ocean Engineering, 2013, 65: 39–48 Email: Zheng, CW; [email protected]

126 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Citation frequency: 9 Statistical modelling of extreme ocean environments for marine design: A review Jonathan, P; Ewans, K Abstract: We review aspects of extreme value modelling relevant to characterisation of ocean environments and the design of marine structures, summarising basic concepts, modelling with covariates and multivariate modelling (including conditional and spatial extremes). We outline Bayesian inference for extremes and reference software resources for extreme value modelling. Extreme value analysis is inherently different to other empirical modelling, in that estimating the tail (rather than the body) of a distribution from a sample of data, and extrapolation beyond the sample (rather than interpolation within) is demanded. Intuition accumulated from other areas of empirical modelling can be misleading. Careful consideration of the effects of sample size, measurement scale, threshold selection and serial dependence, associated uncertainties and implications of choices made is essential. Incorporation of covariate effects when necessary improves inference. Suitable tools (e.g. based on additive models, splines, random fields, spatial processes) have been developed, but their use is restricted in general to academia. Effective modelling of multivariate extremes will improve the specification of design conditions for systems whose response cannot be easily characterised in terms of one variable. Approaches such as the conditional extremes model are easily implemented, and provide generalisations of existing marine design approaches (e.g. for primary and associated variables). Software is available, but again generally only for academic use. Modelling spatial dependence rigourously will provide single extreme value models applicable to spatial neighbourhoods including complete ocean basins, avoiding the need for procedures such as site pooling. Indeed, once the model is established, the metocean engineer may not ever need to perform further extreme value analysis for that basin in principle. Spatial extremes is an area of active research in the statistics community. A limited number of appropriate models have been deployed (e.g. for precipitation, temperature and metocean applications). Software is available, but again for specialist use. Bayesian inference provides a consistent framework for inference and is rapidly becoming the standard approach in academia. It appears inevitable that, in time, Bayesian inference will also be regarded as the standard in ocean engineering applications. Implementation of Bayesian methods requires some expertise. Software is available, but again generally only used by statistical specialists. Keywords: significant wave height; max-stable processes; sea storm severity; value distributions; bayesian-inference; spatial extremes; time-series; wind speeds; measurement scale; order-statistics Source: Ocean Engineering, 2013, 62: 91–109 Email: Jonathan, P; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 7 A Fast SINS Initial Alignment Scheme for Underwater Vehicle Applications Li, WL; Wu, WQ; Wang, JL; et al. Abstract: To achieve high Strapdown Inertial Navigation System (SINS) alignment accuracy within a short period of time is still a challenging issue for underwater vehicles. In this paper, a new SINS initial alignment scheme aided by the velocity derived from Doppler Velocity Log (DVL) is proposed to solve this problem. In the stage of the coarse alignment, the velocity of DVL is employed to reduce the impact of the linear motion. With a backtracking framework, the fine alignment runs with the data recorded during the process of the coarse alignment and thus will speed up the overall alignment process. In addition, by using this new scheme, it is equivalent to length the alignment time for both coarse and fine alignments, so the accuracy of the alignments will be improved. In order to reduce the volume of the data that has to be recorded, a new model for SINS fine alignment is derived in the inertial reference frame which makes it feasible for real time applications. The experimental results are presented for both unaided static and in-motion alignment using DVL aiding. It is clearly shown that the proposed method meets the requirement of SINS alignment for underwater vehicles. Keywords: kalman filter; system Source: Journal of Navigation, 2013, 66(2): 181–198 Email: Li, WL; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 7 An investigation into the pressure on solid walls in 2D sloshing using SPH method Chen, Z; Zong, Z; Li, HT; et al. Abstract: In this paper, the pressure on solid boundaries in 2D sloshing problem for forced rolling motion is numerically investigated using smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH) method. The improved SPH model applied in this paper combines some advanced correction algorithms. The Moving Least Squares (MLS) method is used in the density reinitialization to obtain smoother and more stable pressure field in numerical simulation. An improved coupled dynamic solid boundary treatment (SBT) algorithm is implemented, and great improvement in the pressure field near solid boundaries is achieved. To analyze the pressure of specified points on solid walls, a special pressure measurement method on solid walls based on the coupled dynamic SBT method is given. In this method, both the physical pressure of the boundary particle and a correction term based on the repulsive forces are taken into account. Numerical results obtained show good agreement with the experimental ones in the analysis of both the pattern of the flow field and the pressure on the solid boundary.

127 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 Further conclusions based on these results are discussed. Keywords: smoothed particle hydrodynamics; tanks; simulation; waves Source: Ocean Engineering, 2013, 59: 129–141 Email: Chen, Z; [email protected]

Engineering Mechanical Citation frequency: 74 A review of the applications of nanofluids in solar energy Mahian, O; Kianifar, A; Kalogirou, SA; et al. Abstract: Utilizing nanofluids as an advanced kind of liquid mixture with a small concentration of nanometer-sized solid particles in suspension is a relatively new field, which is less than two decades old. The aim of this review paper is the investigation of the nanofluids' applications in solar thermal engineering systems. The shortage of fossil fuels and environmental considerations motivated the researchers to use alternative energy sources such as solar energy. Therefore, it is essential to enhance the efficiency and performance of the solar thermal systems. Nearly all of the former works conducted on the applications of nanofluids in solar energy is regarding their applications in collectors and solar water heaters. Therefore, a major part of this review paper allocated to the effects of nanofluids on the performance of solar collectors and solar water heaters from the efficiency, economic and environmental considerations viewpoints. In addition, some reported works on the applications of nanofluids in thermal energy storage, solar cells, and solar stills are reviewed. Subsequently, some suggestions are made to use the nanofluids in different solar thermal systems such as photovoltaic/thermal systems, solar ponds, solar thermoelectric cells, and so on. Finally, the challenges of using nanofluids in solar energy devices are discussed. Keywords: nanohorn-based nanofluids; radiation-enhanced evaporation; heat-transfer characteristics; thermal-conductivity; cooling system; metal nanoparticles; optical-properties; forced-convection; economic-analysis; particle-size Source: International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, 2013, 57(2): 582–594 Email: Pop, I; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 72 Cuckoo search algorithm: a metaheuristic approach to solve structural optimization problems Gandomi, AH; Yang, XS; Alavi, AH Abstract: In this study, a new metaheuristic optimization algorithm, called cuckoo search (CS), is introduced for solving structural optimization tasks. The new CS《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 algorithm in combination with L,vy flights is first verified using a benchmark nonlinear constrained optimization problem. For the validation against structural engineering optimization problems, CS is subsequently applied to 13 design problems reported in the specialized literature. The performance of the CS algorithm is further compared with various algorithms representative of the state of the art in the area. The optimal solutions obtained by CS are mostly far better than the best solutions obtained by the existing methods. The unique search features used in CS and the implications for future research are finally discussed in detail. Keywords: particle swarm optimization; engineering design optimization; global optimization; genetic algorithms; constrained optimization; programming-problems; mechanical design; harmony search; differential evolution; levy flights Source: Engineering With Computers, 2013, 29(1): 17–35 Email: Gandomi, AH; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 60 Entropy generation in steady MHD flow due to a rotating porous disk in a nanofluid Rashidi, MM; Abelman, S; Mehr, NF Abstract: We consider the analysis of the second law of thermodynamics applied to an electrically conducting incompressible nanofluid fluid flowing over a porous rotating disk in the presence of an externally applied uniform vertical magnetic field. This study has applications in rotating magneto-hydrodynamic (MHD) energy generators for new space systems and also thermal conversion mechanisms for nuclear propulsion space vehicles. Von Karman transformations are employed to transform the governing equations into a system of nonlinear ordinary differential equations. The entropy generation equation is derived as a function of velocity and temperature gradient. This equation is non-dimensionalized using geometrical and physical flow field-dependent parameters. The velocity profiles in radial, tangential and axial directions, temperature distribution, averaged entropy generation number and Bejan number are obtained. A very good agreement is observed between the obtained results of the current study and those of previously published studies. The effects of physical flow parameters such as magnetic interaction parameter, suction parameter, nanoparticle volume fraction and the type of nanofluid on all fluid velocity components, temperature distribution, averaged entropy generation number and Bejan number, skin friction coefficient and Nusselt number are examined and analyzed and the path for optimizing the entropy is also proposed. In addition, this simulation represents the feasibility of using magnetic rotating disk drives in novel nuclear space propulsion engines and this model has important applications in heat transfer enhancement in renewable energy systems and industrial thermal management. Keywords: heat-transfer characteristics; stretching sheet; mass-transfer; convection; particles Source: International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, 2013, 62: 515–525

128 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Email: Rashidi, MM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 54 A review on empirical mode decomposition in fault diagnosis of rotating machinery Lei, YG; Lin, J; He, ZJ; et al. Abstract: Rotating machinery covers a broad range of mechanical equipment and plays a significant role in industrial applications. It generally operates under tough working environment and is therefore subject to faults, which could be detected and diagnosed by using signal processing techniques. Empirical mode decomposition (EMD) is one of the most powerful signal processing techniques and has been extensively studied and widely applied in fault diagnosis of rotating machinery. Numerous publications on the use of EMD for fault diagnosis have appeared in academic journals, conference proceedings and technical reports. This paper attempts to survey and summarize the recent research and development of EMD in fault diagnosis of rotating machinery, providing comprehensive references for researchers concerning with this topic and helping them identify further research topics. First, the EMD method is briefly introduced, the usefulness of the method is illustrated and the problems and the corresponding solutions are listed. Then, recent applications of EMD to fault diagnosis of rotating machinery are summarized in terms of the key components, such as rolling element bearings, gears and rotors. Finally, the outstanding open problems of EMD in fault diagnosis are discussed and potential future research directions are identified. It is expected that this review will serve as an introduction of EMD for those new to the concepts, as well as a summary of the current frontiers of its applications to fault diagnosis for experienced researchers. Keywords: hilbert-huang transform; vibration signal analysis; composite wingbox structures; wigner-ville distribution; emd method; damage detection; roller-bearings; feature-extraction; wavelet transform; dynamic-response Source: Mechanical Systems and Signal Processing, 2013, 35(1-2): 108–126 Email: Lei, YG; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 46 Plasma-assisted ignition and combustion Starikovskiy, A; Aleksandrov, N Abstract: The use of a thermal equilibrium plasma for combustion control dates back more than a hundred years to the advent of internal combustion (IC) engines and spark ignition systems. The same principles are still applied today to achieve high efficiency in various applications. Recently, the potential《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 use of nonequilibrium plasma for ignition and combustion control has garnered increasing interest due to the possibility of plasma-assisted approaches for ignition and flame stabilization. During the past decade, significant progress has been made toward understanding the mechanisms of plasma-chemistry interactions, energy redistribution and the nonequilibrium initiation of combustion. In addition, a wide variety of fuels have been examined using various types of discharge plasmas. Plasma application has been shown to provide additional combustion control, which is necessary for ultra-lean flames, highspeed flows, cold low-pressure conditions of high-altitude gas turbine engine (GTE) relight, detonation initiation in pulsed detonation engines (PDE) and distributed ignition control in homogeneous charge-compression ignition (HCCI) engines, among others. The present paper describes the current understanding of the nonequilibrium excitation of combustible mixtures by electrical discharges and plasma-assisted ignition and combustion. Keywords: to-detonation transition; current pulsed discharge; nanosecond-discharge; electric-field; dissociative recombination; saturated-hydrocarbons; nonequilibrium plasma; collisional relaxation; oxygen mixtures; molecular-ions Source: Progress in Energy and Combustion Science, 2013, 39(1): 61–110 Email: Starikovskiy, A; [email protected]

Engineering Multidisciplinary Citation frequency: 74 Hierarchical multi-innovation stochastic gradient algorithm for Hammerstein nonlinear system modeling Ding, F Abstract: This paper decomposes a Hammerstein nonlinear system into two subsystems, one containing the parameters of the linear dynamical block and the other containing the parameters of the nonlinear static block, and presents a hierarchical multi-innovation stochastic gradient identification algorithm for Hammerstein systems based on the hierarchical identification principle. The proposed algorithm is simple in principle and easy to implement on-line. A simulation example is provided to test the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm. Keywords: squares identification methods; errors-in-variables; dual-rate systems; parameter-estimation; armax systems; accuracy Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(4): 1694–1704 Email: Ding, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 57 Two-stage least squares based iterative estimation algorithm for CARARMA system modeling Ding, F Abstract: For stochastic systems described by the controlled autoregressive autoregressive moving average (CARARMA) models, a

129 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 new-type two-stage least squares based iterative algorithm is proposed for identifying the system model parameters and the noise model parameters. The basic idea is based on the interactive estimation theory and to estimate the parameter vectors of the system model and the noise model, respectively. The simulation results indicate that the proposed algorithm is effective. Keywords: parameter-estimation algorithm; rate stochastic-systems; moving average systems; state-space models; dual-rate systems; identification methods; performance analysis; forgetting factor; auxiliary model; miso systems Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(7): 4798–4808 Email: Ding, F; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 55 The effects of MHD and temperature dependent viscosity on the flow of non-Newtonian nanofluid in a pipe: Analytical solutions Ellahi, R Abstract: This article examines the magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) flow of non-Newtonian nanofluid in a pipe. The temperature of the pipe is assumed to be higher than the temperature of the fluid. In particular two temperature dependent viscosity models, have been considered. The nonlinear partial differential equations along with the boundary conditions are first cast into a dimensionless form and then the equations are solved by homotopy analysis method (HAM). Explicit analytical expressions for the velocity field, the temperature distribution and nano concentration have been derived analytically. The effects of various physical parameters on velocity, temperature and nano concentration are discussed by using graphical approach. Keywords: homotopy analysis method; 3rd grade fluid; differential-equations Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(3): 1451–1467 Email: Ellahi, R; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 49 Static, free vibration and buckling analysis of isotropic and sandwich functionally graded plates using a quasi-3D higher-order shear deformation theory and a meshless technique Neves, AMA; Ferreira, AJM; Carrera, E; et al. Abstract: In this paper the authors derive a higher-order shear deformation theory for modeling functionally graded plates accounting for extensibility in the thickness direction. The explicit governing equations《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 and boundary conditions are obtained using the principle of virtual displacements under Carrera's Unified Formulation. The static and eigenproblems are solved by collocation with radial basis functions. The efficiency of the present approach is assessed with numerical results including deflection, stresses, free vibration, and buckling of functionally graded isotropic plates and functionally graded sandwich plates. Keywords: radial basis functions; laminated composite plates; petrov-galerkin method; 3-dimensional elasticity solution; partial-differential-equations; computational fluid-dynamics; data approximation scheme; thick rectangular-plates; finite-element-analysis; closed-form solutions Source: Composites Part B-engineering, 2013, 44(1): 657–674 Email: Ferreira, AJM; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 47 Combined state and least squares parameter estimation algorithms for dynamic systems Ding, F Abstract: The control theory and automation technology cast the glory of our era. Highly integrated computer chip and automation products are changing our lives. Mathematical models and parameter estimation are basic for automatic control. This paper discusses the parameter estimation algorithm of establishing the mathematical models for dynamic systems and presents an estimated states based recursive least squares algorithm, and the states of the system are computed through the Kalman filter using the estimated parameters. A numerical example is provided to confirm the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm. Keywords: moving average systems; box-jenkins systems; identification methods; performance analysis; iterative estimation; model Source: Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2014, 38(1): 403–412 Email: Ding, F; [email protected]

Engineering Ocean Citation frequency: 15 Modification and Tests of Particle Probe Tips to Mitigate Effects of Ice Shattering Korolev, A; Emery, E; Creelman, K Abstract: Ice particle shattering may significantly contaminate measurements taken by airborne particle probes in ice clouds. Environment Canada and the NASA Glenn Research Center (GRC) undertook efforts to modify and test probe tips in order to mitigate the effect of shattering on measurements. This work presents an overview of the results obtained during the design work on the particle probe arm tips.

130 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Even though this work was focused on the modifications of three of the probes-Particle Measuring Systems Inc. (PMS) Forward Scattering Spectrometer Probe and optical array probe, and Droplet Measurement Technologies (DMT) Cloud Imaging Probe-the outcomes of this work bear a general character and are applicable to other similar instruments. The results of the airflow analysis around the probe's housing and the simulations of particle bouncing from the probe tips are discussed here. The originally designed and modified tips were tested in a high-speed wind tunnel in ice and liquid sprays. The ice particle bouncing processes as well as patterns of water shedding over the surface of the probes arms were studied with the help of a high-speed video camera. It was found that at aircraft speed, after bouncing from a solid surface, ice particles may travel several centimeters across the airflow and bounce forward up to 1 cm. For the first time it has been directly documented with high-speed video recording that the sample volumes of particle probes with the originally designed tips are contaminated by shattered and bounced particles. A set of recommendations on the existing modification and the design of future particle probe housings is presented. Keywords: optical array probes; crystals; breakup; fssp; size Source: Journal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology, 2013, 30(4): 690–708 Email: Korolev, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 14 Depth-induced wave breaking in a non-hydrostatic, near-shore wave model Smit, P; Zijlema, M; Stelling, G Abstract: The energy dissipation in the surf-zone due to wave breaking is inherently accounted for in shock-capturing non-hydrostatic wave models, but this requires high vertical resolutions. To allow coarse vertical resolutions a hydrostatic front approximation is suggested. It assumes a hydrostatic pressure distribution at the front of a breaking wave which ensures that the wave front develops a vertical face. Based on the analogy between a hydraulic jump and a turbulent bore, energy dissipation is accounted for by ensuring conservation of mass and momentum. Results are compared with observations of random, uni-directional waves in wave flumes, and to observations of short-crested waves in a wave basin. These demonstrate that the resulting model can resolve the relevant near-shore wave processes in a short-crested wave-field, including wave breaking and wave-driven horizontal circulations. Keywords: boussinesq-type equations; free-surface flows; shallow-water; propagation; nearshore; zone; form Source: Coastal Engineering, 2013, 76: 1–16 Email: Smit, P; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 14 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Perturbation of dispersive shallow water waves Razborova, P; Triki, H; Biswas, A Abstract: This paper addresses the dynamics of dispersive shallow water wave that is governed by the Rosenau-KdV equation with power law nonlinearity. The singular 1-soliton solution is derived by the ansatz method. Subsequently, the soliton perturbation theory is applied to obtain the adiabatic parameter dynamics of the water waves. Finally, the integration of the perturbed Rosenau-KdV equation is obtained by the ansatz method as well as the semi-inverse variational principle. Keywords: power-law nonlinearity; solitary waves; rosenau-kdv; solitons; equation Source: Ocean Engineering, 2013, 63: 1–7 Email: Biswas, A; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 14 Simulating coastal engineering processes with OpenFOAM (R) Higuera, P; Lara, JL; Losada, IJ Abstract: In the present work, the OpenFOAM (R) newly developed wave generation and active absorption boundary condition presented in the companion paper (Higuera et al., submitted for publication) is validated. In order to do so the simulation of some of the most interesting physical processes in coastal engineering is carried out and comparisons with relevant experimental benchmark cases presented. Water waves are found to be generated realistically and agreement between laboratory and numerical data is very high regarding wave breaking, run up and undertow currents. Keywords: 3-dimensional interaction; wave generation; circular island; long waves; breaking; runup; models Source: Coastal Engineering, 2013, 71: 119–134 Email: Losada, IJ; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 13 In Situ CO2 and O2 Measurements on a Profiling Float Fiedler, B; Fietzek, P; Vieira, N; et al. Abstract: In recent years, profiling floats, which form the basis of the successful international Argo observatory, are also being considered as platforms for marine biogeochemical research. This study showcases the utility of floats as a novel tool for combined gas measurements of CO2 partial pressure (pCO2) and O2. These float prototypes were equipped with a small-sized and submersible pCO2 sensor and an optode O2 sensor for high-resolution measurements in the surface ocean layer. Four consecutive deployments were carried out during

131 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 November 2010 and June 2011 near the Cape Verde Ocean Observatory (CVOO) in the eastern tropical North Atlantic. The profiling float performed upcasts every 31 h while measuring pCO2, O2, salinity, temperature, and hydrostatic pressure in the upper 200 m of the water column. To maintain accuracy, regular pCO2 sensor zeroings at depth and surface, as well as optode measurements in air, were performed for each profile. Through the application of data processing procedures (e.g., time-lag correction), accuracies of floatborne pCO2 measurements were greatly improved (10-15 mu atm for the water column and 5 mu atm for surface measurements). O2 measurements yielded an accuracy of 2 mu mol kg-1. First results of this pilot study show the possibility of using profiling floats as a platform for detailed and unattended observations of the marine carbon and oxygen cycle dynamics.

Keywords: atmospheric CO2; north-atlantic; oxygen sensors; carbonic-acid; global ocean; seawater; calibration; systems; pCO2; pervaporation Source: Journal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology, 2013, 30(1): 112–126 Email: Fiedler, B; [email protected]

Engineering Petroleum Citation frequency: 9 A review of mineral carbonation technology in sequestration of CO2 Olajire, AA

Abstract: Mineral carbonation technology (MCT) is a process whereby CO2 is chemically reacted with calcium-and/or magnesium- containing minerals to form stable carbonate materials which do not incur any long-term liability or monitoring commitments. Mineral carbonation is a potentially attractive sequestration technology for the permanent and safe storage of CO2. Vast amounts of magnesium silicate minerals exist worldwide that may be carbonated, with magnesium carbonate as stable and environmentally harmless product. In this review, a number of processes under development, such as the Abo Akademi University (AA) Process routes, the CO2 Energy Reactor (c), and the chemical and biological catalytic enhancement as new carbon capture and sequestration (CCS) technology are discussed. The key factors of the mineral CO2 sequestration process are identified, their influence on the carbonation process and environmental impact of the reaction products with regard to their possible beneficial utilization are critically evaluated. Chemistry and comparative analysis of residues and ores carbonation processes, as well as cost and gap analyses of this technology are discussed. Keywords: incinerator bottom ash; olivine dissolution kinetics; fly-ash; wollastonite carbonation; accelerated carbonation; dioxide sequestration; calcite precipitation; aqueous carbonation; industrial-wastes; steelmaking slags Source: Journal of Petroleum Science and Engineering, 2013, 109: 364–392 Email: Olajire, AA; [email protected] 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Citation frequency: 8 An Improved Method for the Determination of Petroleum Hydrocarbons From Soil Using a Simple Ultrasonic Extraction and Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrophotometry Couto, MN; Borges, JR; Guedes, P; et al. Abstract: An environmentally friendly, cheap, and quick method for total petroleum hydrocarbons determination in solid matrixes (soil and sediments) is described. The method involves a simple extraction process (ultrasonic bath) and requires reduced amounts of solvent and solid sample. The analysis is carried out by Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometry. Detection limits were 63 or 24 mg kg-1 depending on the cell path length (10 or 40 mm, respectively). The method is suitable for application in weathered contaminated soils, which usually presents low availability of contaminants and seems to be a good choice, for instance, for monitoring evolution of soil or sediment recovering during a decontamination process. Keywords: natural attenuation; oil; validation; grease; water Source: Petroleum Science and Technology, 2014, 32(4): 426–432 Email: Couto, MN; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 8 Modeling of fault reactivation and induced seismicity during hydraulic fracturing of shale-gas reservoirs Rutqvist, J; Rinaldi, AP; Cappa, F; et al. Abstract: We have conducted numerical simulation studies to assess the potential for injection-induced fault reactivation and notable seismic events associated with shale-gas hydraulic fracturing operations. The modeling is generally tuned toward conditions usually encountered in the Marcellus shale play in the Northeastern US at an approximate depth of 1500 m (similar to 4500 ft). Our modeling simulations indicate that when faults are present, micro-seismic events are possible, the magnitude of which is somewhat larger than the one associated with micro-seismic events originating from regular hydraulic fracturing because of the larger surface area that is available for rupture. The results of our simulations indicated fault rupture lengths of about 10-20 m, which, in rare cases, can extend to over 100 m, depending on the fault permeability, the in situ stress field, and the fault strength properties. In addition to a single event rupture length of 10-20 m, repeated events and aseismic slip amounted to a total rupture length of 50 m, along with a shear offset displacement of less than 0.01 m. This indicates that the possibility of hydraulically induced fractures at great depth (thousands of meters) causing activation of faults and creation of a new flow path that can reach shallow groundwater resources (or even the surface) is remote. The expected low

132 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts permeability of faults in producible shale is clearly a limiting factor for the possible rupture length and seismic magnitude. In fact, for a fault that is initially nearly-impermeable, the only possibility of a larger fault slip event would be opening by hydraulic fracturing; this would allow pressure to penetrate the matrix along the fault and to reduce the frictional strength over a sufficiently large fault surface patch. However, our simulation results show that if the fault is initially impermeable, hydraulic fracturing along the fault results in numerous small micro-seismic events along with the propagation, effectively preventing larger events from occurring. Nevertheless, care should be taken with continuous monitoring of induced seismicity during the entire injection process to detect any runaway fracturing along faults.

Keywords: pore pressure excess; fluid-flow; appalachian stress; CO2 injection; permeability; leakage; rock; sequestration; earthquakes; maintenance Source: Journal of Petroleum Science and Engineering, 2013, 107: 31–44 Email: Rutqvist, J; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 7 Synthesis and evaluation of biosurfactant produced by Candida lipolytica using animal fat and corn steep liquor Santos, DKF; Rufino, RD; Luna, JM; et al. Abstract: In the present study, low-cost media based on animal fat and corn steep liquor combined with glucose, yeast extract, urea and other inorganic nitrogen sources were evaluated for the production of biosurfactants by the yeast Candida lipolytica UCP0988 in batch shake flasks. At the end of the 6-day fermentation period, the medium containing only animal fat (5%) and corn steep liquor (2.5%) yielded the maximal reduction in surface tension (from 50 to 28 mN/m). The properties of the biosurfactant separated by different organic solvent extractions were investigated and the critical micelle concentration was determined. Preliminary chemical characterisation revealed the anionic nature of the biosurfactant. Compositional analysis of the biosurfactant was carried out using thin layer chromatography. The biosurfactant produced by the isolate was characterised as a glycolipid. Emulsification activity and surface tension stability of the biosurfactant produced using different hydrocarbons and vegetable oils and the effect of pH, temperature and the addition of salt were also studied. The cell-free broth (crude biosurfactant) was effective at recovering up to 70% of the residual oil from oil-saturated sand samples and also effective at oil displacement (54%). The crude biosurfactant from C lipolytica and aqueous solutions of the isolated biosurfactant at 0.04%, 0.08% and 0.16% were effective in recovering up to 100% of the motor oil from the walls of the beakers. These properties indicate the potential of a cheaply produced glycolipid for application in the oil industry. Keywords: solid-state fermentation;《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 tensio-active agent; bacillus-subtilis; thermophilic conditions; pseudomonas-aeruginosa; sphaerica ucp0995; crude-oil; bombicola; strain; surfactant Source: Journal of Petroleum Science and Engineering, 2013, 105: 43–50 Email: Sarubbo, LA; [email protected]

Citation frequency: 7 CO2 Injection in Vertical and Horizontal Cores: Measurements and Numerical Simulation Moortgat, J; Firoozabadi, A; Li, ZD et al.

Abstract: In certain high-pressure and low-temperature reservoirs, the density of CO2 may be substantially higher than the oil density.

Upon mixing of CO2 and oil, a gas phase with a high content of methane (C-1) may also appear. When the C-1 content is high, this gas phase may have a lower density than the oil. In relation to this phenomenon, we have conducted three comprehensive experiments studying

CO2 injection from the top and bottom of a vertical core and injection in a horizontal core. The injection rate is 1 PV/day. This low rate allows the study of diffusion. The core diameter used in this work is 3.8 cm and the length is 27.3 cm. The tests are conducted at a pressure of 441 bar and a temperature of 60 degrees C. At 2.6 hydrocarbon pore volume injection (PVT), the coreflood results give a recovery of 98% for bottom injection, 84% for top injection, and 92% for horizontal injection. We have also conducted an extensive set of measurements to determine swelling, viscosity, and density for the calibration of an equation of state. We simulate the experiments using a state-of-the-art higher-order finite-element three-phase compositional model. The simulations suggest that the endpoint relative permeability of the CO2-rich phase may be lower than the oil phase. The results also show that Fickian diffusion should be taken into account, but that the diffusion coefficients are reduced, because the CO2/oil mixtures are in the near-critical region for much of the injection.

Even for a horizontal core there is a considerable gravity effect. One main conclusion is that there may be vast differences between CO2 injection in a 1D slim tube and in a core where there may be a 2D flow. A related conclusion is that analysis of CO2 coreflooding may provide important parameters for field-scale problems. Keywords: discontinuous galerkin; fractured media; mixed methods; diffusion Source: Spe Journal, 2013, 18(2): 331–344 Email: ; [email protected]

Editor in charge: YAO Yu-qin

133 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Cover Papers

Basic Theory of Environmental Science

Determination of photogenerated hydroxyl radicals in natural water by high performance liquid chromatography after trapping with dimethyl sulfoxide TAI Chao, HAN Dan, YIN Yongguang, et al. Abstract: Hydroxyl radicals photochemically generated in natural water play an important role in the transformation of pollutants. A high performance liquid chromatography method for the determination of hydroxyl radicals was developed, based on trapping hydroxyl radicals with dimethyl sulfoxide to generate formaldehyde quantitatively. Formaldehyde then reacted with 1, 3-cyclohexanedione and ammonia to producea derivative of formaldehyde, which was separated and analyzed by HPLC with fluorescence detector. Factors influencing the trapping of hydroxyl radical and derivation, such as trapping and derivatization reagent amount, pH, temperature and time, were investigated. Under the optimized condition, the lower limit at quantification reached 0.066 μmol·L-1. The method was applied to the determination of hydroxyl radicals generated in typical natural water (lake, sea and wetland water) under sunlight and Xenon lamp. The results showed that the photochemical generation of hydroxyl radicals under the natural condition was possibly underestimated. The generation of hydroxyl radical was closely related to the constituent in natural water, especially the interaction between DOM and iron. Keywords: hydroxyl radical; dimethyl sulfoxide; natural water; photochemistry; HPLC Source: Environmental Chemistry, 2015, 34(2): 212–218 Email: TAI Chao, [email protected]

《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Botany

Cover Story: Cysteine as well as sulfate inhibits primary root elongation in a dosage dependent manner. In this issue, Wang et al. (pp. 186–197) demonstrate that cysteine regulates the expressions of PLT1/2, SCRand SHR genes to maintain the stem cell niche in root meristem.

L-Cysteine inhibits root elongation through auxin/PLETHORA and SCR/SHR pathway in Arabidopsis thaliana Zhen Wang, Jie-Li Mao, Ying-Jun Zhao, et al. Abstract: L-Cysteine plays a prominent role in sulfur metabolism of plants. However, its role in root development is largely unknown. Here, we report that L-cysteine reduces primary root growth in a dosage-dependent manner. Elevating cellular L-cysteine level by exposing Arabidopsis thaliana seedlings to high L-cysteine, buthionine sulphoximine, or O-acetylserine leads to altered auxin maximum in root tips, the expression of quiescent center cell marker as well as the decrease of the auxin carriers PIN1, PIN2, PIN3, and PIN7 of primary roots. We also show that high L-cysteine significantly reduces the protein level of two sets of stem cell specific transcription factors PLETHORA1/2 and SCR/SHR. However, L-cysteine does not downregulate the transcript level of PINs, PLTs, or SCR/SHR, suggesting that an uncharacterized post-transcriptional mechanism may regulate the accumulation of PIN, PLT, and SCR/SHR proteins and auxin transport in the root tips. These results suggest that endogenous L-cysteine level acts to maintain root stem cell niche by regulating basal- and auxin-induced expression of PLT1/2 and SCR/SHR. L-Cysteine may serve as a link between sulfate assimilation and auxin in regulating root growth. Keywords: Auxin; L-cysteine; PIN; PLETHORA; root stem cell; root system architecture Source: Journal of Integrative Plant Biology, 2014, 57(2): 186–197 Email: Cheng-Bin Xiang, [email protected]

134 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts

Assessing establishment success and suitability analysis of Zostera marina transplants using staple method in northern lagoons LIU Yan-Shan, GUO Dong, ZHANG Pei-Dong, et al. Abstract: Aims: Zostera marina populations in northern China are rapidly declining due to both natural and anthropogenic disturbances. Efforts to prevent further losses and restore disturbed Z. marina habitats through transplanting are desirable. In this study, a transplanting experiment was conducted using the staple method in Swan Lake, which is a typical lagoon in the Rongcheng region of Shandong Peninsula, China. The objectives of this research are to: 1) investigate the plant response in terms of survivorship, morphology, and growth; 2) assess the establishment success of transplants; and 3) analyze the suitability of applying staple method in northern China. Methods: Ninety planting units (PUs, 3 shoots/PU) with 4–6 leaves and about 10 cm rhizome on each shoot were monthly transplanted using the staple method in the subtidal zone of Swan Lake (water depth 0.5 m) from April to September 2009. Ten replicated plots of 50 cm × 50 cm were set up and nine PUs were randomly planted in each plot. Survival rate was calculated as the percentage of PUs that survived. Shoot morphology and individual shoot biomass of transplants and reference plants in the donor bed were monthly monitored from May to December 2009. Important findings: Survival rate of transplants planted during spring (April, May, and June) ranged from 76.5% to 90.4% with the minimum value in April; whereas the survival rate of transplants planted during summer (July, August, and September) was 100%. The time required for the establishment of transplants was on average 1.0 month when planted from June to September, 2.0 months when planted in May, and 4.0 months when planted in April. With exception of some monitoring months, the leaf length and sheath length of transplants were significantly lower than those of reference plants; whereas no significant differences were found in rhizome diameter and root length between transplants and reference plants. Habitat suitability analysis showed that transplanting site should be chosen in shallow subtidal zone (water depth <1 m) with high transparency and high-silted sandy mud sediment. September was suggested as the most effective transplanting season off the coast of northern lagoons in China. Keywords: Zostera marina; staple method; survival rate; time required for the establishment; growth; seagrass Source: Chinese Journal of Plant《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 Ecology, 2015, 39(2): 176–183 Email: ZHANG Pei-Dong, [email protected]

Building Science

Effects of Curing Regimes on Strength Development of High-Strength Concrete YAN Peiyu, CUI Qiang Abstract: The effect of three curing regimes of standard condition (20℃、relative humidity ≥ 90%), elevated temperature of 50℃ and temperature match condition on compressive strength development of high-strength concrete. Results show that elevating curing temperature higher than 50℃ can significantly increase the activity of composite binders consisting of cement- ground granular furnace slag(GGBS) and cement-fly ash-silica fume. The compressive strength of concrete prepared with these composite binders and cured at elevated temperature is twice of that cured in the standard condition in 3 d age and continues to grow in long age. The elevated temperature curing regime restrains the compressive strength development of concrete prepared with only Portland cement in long age. Strength of concrete increases greatly when the hydration of binder goes intensively in the stage of nucleation and crystal growth or interaction at phase boundaries. The increasing extent for strength of concrete and its difference among concretes declines when the hydration of binder goes into the stage of diffusion. Concrete

prepared with cement-fly ash-silica fume composite binder cured in any regime has the highest strength and the best resistance to chloride ion penetration. This composite binder is suitable for the preparation of high-strength concrete. The strength determined using a sample cured under the standard condition can approximately reflect the property of concrete in real structure for long term. Keywords: curing regime; high strength concrete; compressive strength; composite binder; hydration Source: Journal of the Chinese Ceramic Society, 2015, 43(2): 133–137 Email: YAN Peiyu, [email protected]

135 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Chemical Industry

Recent progress in graphene fibers research SHI Yan, QU Liangti, et al. Abstract: Graphene fiber (GF) integrates the remarkable properties of individual graphene sheets into useful, macroscopic ensemble, which possesses the characteristics such as mechanical flexibility for textiles while maintaining the advantages over conventional carbon fibers such as low cost, light weight, shapeability, and ease of functionalization for various applications. This paper summarizes the significant advances in GFs during recent years, including the tunable and controllable preparation of GFs with functionality and their remarkable applications to unconventional devices, such as flexible fiber-type actuators, robots, motors, photovoltaic cells and supercapacitors. Keywords: graphene; fiber; controllable preparation Source: Science & Technology Review, 2015, 33(3): 99–104 Email: QU Liangti, [email protected]

Granular discharge from concentric and eccentric wedge shaped hoppers: effect of wall friction coefficient on discharge rate XU Pengkai, DUAN Xuezhi, QIAN Gang, et al. Abstract: Particle discharging from concentric and eccentric wedge shaped hoppers with different internal friction coefficients, hopper half angles and hopper widths was simulated by 3D discrete element method (DEM) and the effect of wall friction coefficient on discharging rate were 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅investigated. In general, increasing wall friction coefficient would decrease discharging rate by retarding particle-wall slip, and the effect was more significant in wedge shaped hoppers. The friction coefficient in the convergent section had a stronger effect in reducing discharging rate than that in the vertical section. When internal friction coefficient decreased, or the width of the hopper increased, the retarding effect would decrease and eventually become insignificant. Keywords: granular flow; computer simulation; experimental validation; discharge rate; wall friction Source: CIESC Journal, 2015, 66(3): 880–887 Email: ZHOU Xinggui, [email protected]

From Detailed Desulfurization Mechanism to Successful Commercial Application Ⅰ Features and Advantages of S Zorb Technology LONG Jun, LIN Wei, DAI Zhenyu Abstract: This study is conducted an oriented basic research to the chemistry about S Zorb technology. The result shows that S Zorb technology is a kind of ultra-deep and high selectivity catalytic hydrodesulfurization process specially used for treating FCC gasoline. It is found that there is a synergistic chemical effectiveness between ZnO and active metal components as ZnO

is introduced to the catalyst and H2S generated during the process can be converted rapidly, thus

an extremely low H2S partial pressure system is created, thereby the hydrodesulfurization

conversion depth can be highly improved and side reactions such as H2S combined with high octane number olefins to mercaptans can be avoided. It is realized that Ni kept at zero valent state exihibits high adsorption activity to thiophene. While to high octane number olefins and aromatics, the adsorption activity is very low. On this basis, synergetic desulfurization mechanism of S Zorb technology can be inferred and the operating principle of each technical sectors can be understood. The key technical measures on how to realize the ultra-deep desulfurization while keep high octane number are so obtained. Keywords: clean gasoline; hydrodesulfurization; chemistry; S Zorb

136 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Source: Acta Petrolei Sinica (Petroleum Processing Section), 2015, 31(1): 1–6 Email: LONG [email protected]

Chemistry

Cover Story: In recent years, conjugated polymers have attracted great attention in the application as photovoltaic donor materials in polymer solar cells. Broad absorption, lower energy bandgap, higher hole mobility, relatively lower HOMO energy level and higher solubility are requested for high efficiency conjugated polymer donor materials. Side chain engineering plays a very important role in optimizing the physicochemical properties of the conjugated polymers. In this review article, the authors described recent progress on the side chain engineering of the conjugated polymer donor materials, including the optimization of flexible side chains for balancing the solubility and intermolecular packing (aggregation), electron- with drawing substituents for lowering HOMO energy levels, and two-dimension-conjugated polymers with conjugated side chains for broadening the absorption and enhancing the hole mobility of the conjugated polymers (see the review by Zhi-Guo Zhang and Yongfang Li on page 192–209).

Side-chain engineering of high-efficiency conjugated polymer photovoltaic materials Zhi-Guo Zhang, Yongfang Li Abstract: In recent years, conjugated polymers have attracted great attention in the application as photovoltaic donor materials in polymer solar cells (PSCs). Broad absorption, lower-energy bandgap, higher hole mobility, relatively lower HOMO energy levels, and higher solubility are important for the conjugated polymer donor materials to achieve high photovoltaic performance. Side-chain engineering plays a very important role in optimizing the physicochemical properties of the conjugated polymers. In this article, we review recent progress on the side-chain engineering of conjugated polymer donor materials, including the optimization of flexible side-chains for balancing solubility and intermolecular packing (aggregation), electron-withdrawing substituents for lowering HOMO energy levels, and two-dimension (2D)-conjugated polymers with conjugated side-chains for broadening absorption and enhancing hole mobility. After the molecular《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 structural optimization by side-chain engineering, the 2D-conjugated polymers based on benzodithiophene units demonstrated the best photovoltaic performance, with power- conversion efficiency higher than 9%. Keywords: polymer solar cells; conjugated polymers; side-chain engineering; photovoltaic materials; 2D-conjugated polymers Source: SCIENCE CHINA Chemistry, 2015, 58(2): 192–209 Email: Yongfang Li, [email protected]

Coupling of gas chromatography with single photon ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry and its application to characterization of compounds in diesel XIE Yuanyuan, HUA Lei, CHEN Ping, et al. Abstract: A novel analytical method coupling gas chromatography (GC) with single photon ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (SPI-TOF MS) has been developed. First of all, a double-wall-tube transfer line was built to combine GC with SPI-TOF MS, which realized seamless connection between GC and SPI ion source. Based on this, standard n-pentadecane and benzene/toluene/xylene standard gas mixtures were used to study important voltage parameters of the ion source. After the optimization of the ion source voltages, pure molecular ion peaks of the analytes were obtained in the mass spectra and qualitative analysis of different kinds of organic compounds were eventually realized rapidly and accurately. At last, GC/SPI-TOF MS was applied to the characterization of volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds in diesel and two-dimensional spectra of GC×SPI-TOF MS were obtained. Without complicated spectra interpretation and data processing, volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds in diesel have been classified qualitatively by ion mass-to-charge ratio (m/z) in SPI mass spectra, including aliphatic compounds, aromatic compounds and nitrogen-containing compounds with low concentration such as benzopyrroles. Isomeric compounds in diesel were separated and identified by retention times of chromatographic peaks. The results indicate that the proposed analytical method of GC/SPI-TOF MS is suitable for the characterization of complicated samples such as diesel and environmental pollutants with easy operation and high efficiency. Keywords: gas chromatography (GC); single photon ionization (SPI); time-of-flight mass spectrometry (TOF MS); volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds; diesel; complicated environmental pollutants Source: Chinese Journal of Chromatography, 2015, 33(2): 188–194 Email: LI Haiyang, [email protected]

137 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015

Multiple Au cores in CeO2 hollow spheres for the superior catalytic reduction of p-nitrophenol Kun Zhao, Jian Qi, Shenlong Zhao, et al. Abstract: In many catalytic systems the structure of the catalyst plays a crucial role in the reaction especially for catalytic reduction, organic pollutant oxidation and other organic transformations. Herein, we report a template-free approach to the synthesis of Multiple Au cores in CeO2 hollow

spheres (MACCHS). This material was fabricated by impregnating CeO2 hollow spheres with a

HAuCl4 aqueous solution. NaBH4 was then used to reduce HAuCl4 to Au nanoparticles to form

multiple Au cores in the CeO2 hollow spheres. We used MACCHS as a catalyst for p-nitrophenol reduction and achieved excellent activity. The catalyst showed enhanced stability toward

p-nitrophenol reduction compared with bare Au nanoparticles and CeO2 hollow spheres. This simple method to achieve multi-core-in-shell hollow structures will likely have applications in various biological, medical and energy related fields.

Keywords: Multiple Au core; CeO2 hollow sphere; p-Nitrophenol; Catalytic reduction Source: Chinese Journal of Catalysis, 2015, 36(3): 261–267 Email: Zhiyong Tang, [email protected]

Cover Story: As a novel class of ligands, chiral olefin ligands have attracted much attention and made great progresses in recent years. The latest development of chiral diene ligands, chiral phosphine olefin ligands and chiral sulfur olefin ligands and their application in transition-metal catalyzed asymmetric reactions are reviewed in detail by Feng and Du on page 259.

Application of Chiral Olefin Ligands in Asymmetric Catalysis Feng Xiangqing, Du Haifeng Abstract: As a novel class of potential ligands, chiral olefin ligands have attracted much 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅attention. Chiral olefin ligands exhibit higher activity and selectivity than the traditional nitrogen, phosphine, oxide ligands in some reactions, and solved some problems that other ligands could not do. To enhance the coordination of the olefin ligands and the metal, heteroatoms were introduced to its backbone, several hybrid olefin ligands have been developed to increase the diversity of the ligands for further expanding the application of chiral olefin ligands. In this review, the recent advances in the development of chiral diene ligands, chiral phosphine olefin ligands and chiral sulfur olefin ligands, and their application in transition-metal catalyzed asymmetric reactions are reviewed. Keywords: chiral olefin ligand; asymmetric catalysis; chiral diene ligand; chiral P/alkene ligand; chiral S/alkene ligand Source: Chinese Journal of Organic Chemistry, 2015, 35(2): 259–272 Email: Du Haifeng, [email protected]

Reaction of Tungsten Carbonyl with Bis(pyrazol-1-yl)methanes Functionalized by Azaaryl Groups DING Ke, SUN Zun-Ming, LI Hou-Qian, et al.

Abstract: Reaction of W(CO)6 with (N-methylimidazol-2-yl)bis(3,5-dimethylpyrazol-1-yl) methane (L1), (pyridin-2-yl)bis(3,5-dimethylpyrazol-1-yl)methane (L2) and (pyridin-4-yl)bis 3 1 3 (3,5-dimethylpyrazol-1-yl)methane (L ) yielded complexes LW(CO)5 (L=L or L ), LW(CO)4 1 2 3 1 2 (L=L , L or L ) and LW(CO)3 (L=L or L ), respectively. NMR, IRand X-ray structural analyses indicated that these three ligands possessed variable coordination modes in these complexes. L1 and L3 acted as monodentate ligands through the imidazolyl nitrogen or the

pyridyl nitrogen in LW(CO)5. A N,N'-chelating bidentate ligand through the imidazolyl nitrogen 1 2 3 and one pyrazolyl nitrogen was observed in L W(CO)4, while L and L acted as N,N-chelating 2 3 bidentate ligands through two pyrazolyl nitrogens in L W(CO)4 and L W(CO)4. A tridentate N,N,N'-chelating ligand through two pyrazolyl nitrogens and the imidazolyl or 2-pyridyl 1 2 nitrogen was observed in L W(CO)3 and L W(CO)3. The different donor ability of these imidazolyl, pyridyl and pyrazolyl nitrogens possibly plays important roles for the structural diversity. CCDC: 1030402, 2; 1030403, 4; 1030404, 7.

138 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Keywords: N ligand; bis(pyrazol-1-yl)methane; imidazole; pyridine; tungsten Source: Chinese Journal of Inorganic Chemistry, 2015, 31(2): 345–352 Email: TANG Liang-Fu, [email protected]

Cover Story: The cover picture shows a new and expeditious approach for the identification and quantification of 15 phthalate plasticizers in beverages. Phthalates are legally regulated in foods and beverages in Europe, USA and China because of their potential healthy threaten. By a combined SPME and DART-FTICR-MS approach, phthalates at sub-ng·mL−1 levels can be accurately analyzed in a short time, the limits of quantification (LOQs) were estimated to be at 0.3–5.0 ng·mL−1. This rapid and easy-to-use method provided a relatively high-throughput and powerful analytical approach for quick testing and screening phthalates in beverages and water samples to ensure food safety. More details are discussed in the article by Guoet al. on page 213–219.

Combination of Solid-Phase Micro-Extraction and Direct Analysis in Real Time-Fourier Transform Ion Cyclotron Resonance Mass Spectrometry for Sensitive and Rapid Analysis of 15 Phthalate Plasticizers in Beverages Mengxi Wu, Haoyang Wang, Guoqing Dong, et al. Abstract: A method for rapid identification and quantification of phthalate plasticizers in beverages was developed. A number of 15 phthalate plasticizers which covered all the phthalates concerned in the US Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act (CPSIA), European Union legislations and Chinese national standards (GB) were analyzed. By a combined solid-phase micro-extraction (SPME) and direct analysis in real time mass spectrometry (DART-MS) approach, phthalates at sub-ng·mL−1 levels can be qualitatively and quantitatively analyzed in a short time. The use of ultrahigh-resolving power and the accurate mass measurement capacity naturally provided by Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance mass spectrometry (FT-ICR-MS) minimizes the matrix interferences and thus enables the evaluation of phthalates in a complex matrix without extensive sample handlings or preparations. The limits of quantification (LOQs) were estimated to be at 0.3–5.0 ng·mL−1, lower than the Maximum Residue Limit (MRL) regulated 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅by the European Union legislations (2007/19/EC) in foods, beverages, food packaging and toys (0.3–30 ng·mL−1). This rapid and easy-to-use SPME-DART-FT-ICR-MS method provided a relatively high-throughput and powerful analytical approach for quick testing and screening phthalates in beverages and water samples to ensure food safety. Keywords: solid-phase micro-extraction; direct analysis in real time; Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance mass spectrometry; phthalates Source: Chinese Journal of Chemistry, 2015, 33(2): 213–219 Email: Yinlong Guo, Ylguo [email protected]

Cover Story: The cover image presents the uniform nickel oxide nanoparticles embedded in porous hard carbon (HC) spheres synthesized via a hydrothermal method followed by impregnation and calcination. On page 268, ZHANG et al. demonstrate that the HC/NiO composite anode exhibited excellent electrochemical performance, including high reversible capacity, good cycling stability, and high rate capability for lithium-ion battery.

Synthesis of Uniform Nickel Oxide Nanoparticles Embedded in Porous Hard Carbon Spheres and Their Application in High Performance Li-Ion Battery Anode Materials ZHANG Yuan-Hang, WANG Zhi-Yuan, SHI Chun-Sheng, et al. Abstract: Uniform nickel oxide nanoparticles (~10 nm) embedded in porous hard carbon (HC) spheres (90-130 nm) for high performance lithium ion battery anode materials were synthesized via a hydrothermal method followed by impregnation and calcination. The HC spheres, which had abundant micropores and plentiful surface functional groups, allowed firm embedding and uniform dispersion of the NiO nanoparticles. The as-prepared HC/NiO composite anode exhibited excellent electrochemical performance, including high reversible capacity (764 mAh·g-1), good cycling stability (a high specific capacity of 777 mAh·g-1 after the 100th cycle at a current density of 100 mA·g-1, a capacity retention rate of 101%), and high rate capability (380 mAh·g-1 even at 800 mA·g-1). These excellent electrochemical properties were attributed to the unique structure of NiO nanoparticles tightly embedded in a hard carbon matrix. Anode materials with such a structure have the advantages of improved electronic conductivity, more accessible active sites for lithium ion insertion, and short diffusion paths for lithium ions and electrons. The observed “synergistic effects” between the hard carbon and NiO represent an advance in the 139 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 electrochemical performance of such composites. The present method is an attractive route for preparing other hard carbon/metal oxide composite anodes for lithium ion batteries. Keywords: Micropore; Hydrothermal method; Impregnation; Surface functional group; Cycling performance; Rate capability Source: Acta Physico-Chimica Sinica, 2015, 31(2): 268–276 Email: SHI Chun-Sheng, [email protected]

Crops

OsSIZ1 Regulates the Development and Architecture of the Roots under Phosphate Starvation Conditions in Rice ZHOU Hong-min, WANG Hua-dun, SUN Rui, et al. Abstract: Plants cope with the low P environment by altering their root architecture. Here, we studied the role of SUMO E3 ligase SIZ1 on the root development and architecture, and the relationship among OsSIZ1, phosphate stress and auxin using ossiz1 mutants. Compared with wild-type (WT), the ossiz1 mutation inhibited the elongation of seminal roots and adventitious roots, promoted lateral roots formation and root hair proliferation. However, the response of the ossiz1 mutation was stronger than WT under Pi deficiency, namely, the trend of root elongation and the increase of the lateral root density and the root hair number of ossiz1 were more obvious relative to WT seedlings. This suggests that OsSIZ1 regulates the root architecture, and the effect is more obvious under Pi deficiency. The total P concentration of shoots and roots in ossiz1 is higher than WT, this suggests that OsSIZ1 negatively regulates phosphorus acquisition and use. And relative expression of OsYUCCA1 and OsPIN1a/1b in ossiz1 roots is markedly up-regulated compared with WT. This suggests that OsSIZ1 negatively regulates the auxin biosynthesis and

polar auxin transport, which is weakened under Pi-deficient conditions. Together, these results suggest that OsSIZ1 regulates Pi starvation-induced root architecture remodeling possibly through the control of auxin patterning. Keywords: Rice;phosphate;OsSIZ1;rootarchitecture Source: Chinese Journal of Rice 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅Science, 2015, 29(1): 35–44 Email: SUN Shu-bin, [email protected]

Microbiology

Cover Story: Figure 3. Bacterial cultures and antibiotic treatment. Scale bars: A, 2 mm; B-F, 20 μm. A: the bacterial colonies cultured on LB agar for 3 days are round and opaque with neat edges. The surfaces are smooth, and shiny with pale yellow. B: the bacterium cultured with DMEM is motionless, and attached to the floor of culture vessels. C and D show almost no rod-like structures in RAW 264.7 and SH-SY5Y cultures after antibiotic treatment, respectively. However, the cell surface of SH-SY5Y exhibits numerous spine-like structures. E and F are used as controls, showing a large number of rod-like structures in the RAW 264.7 and SH-SY5Y cultures without antibiotics, respectively.

Contamination of Phenylobacterium in several human and murine cell cultures Tianqing Xiong, Dengli Wang, Baihong Tan, et al. Abstract: Objective: To identify and characterize an unknown microorganism causing contamination in several mammalian cell cultures. [Methods] This bacterium was identified by

16S rRNA sequencing and studied by DAPI and DiOC6(3) staining, Gram staining, acid-fast staining, and electron microscopy. The isolated bacterium was also used to infect host cells to observe antibiotic effectiveness and its relationship with host cells. [Results] The 16S rRNA sequence analysis shows that this rod-shaped microorganism belongs to the family Caulobacteraceae, class Alphaproteobacteria, and was most closely related to Phenylobacterium zucineum HLK1 T strain. The bacterium collected in the “swimming” stage was Gram staining negative, but Gram staining positive in the “sessile” stage. Under the electron microscope both flagellated and non-flagellated types were found. So far, no antibiotics were effective to inhibit this microorganism. The contamination with this bacterium frequently led to failed resuscitation of thawed cells. We found that the cells resuscitated with the used culture supernatants were increased in number by 3–4 folds as compared to those resuscitated with freshly prepared media. [Conclusion] Phenylobacterium may have a dimorphic life cycle including a swimming stage and a sessile stalked stage. 140 Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 www.csad.org.cn Chinese Science Abstracts Keywords: cell culture, Phenylobacterium, contamination Source: Acta Microbiologica Sinica, 2015, 55(2): 176–186 Email: Yanchao Li, liyanchao@ jlu.edu.cn

Genetics

Cover Story: The gene, DTNBP1, which cncodes dysbindin-1, is known to be a susceptibility gene for schizophrenia. There exist three isoforms of dysbindin-1 (1A IB and 1C). In mouse, dysbindin-1 C, not 1A, is expressed in the hilar mossy cells of the dentate gyrus and is required for the survival of these neurogenesis. In this issue, Dr. Wei Li's group characterized that loss of dysbindin-1 C led to mossy cell loss via impaired basal autophagy. These findings support that schizophrenia could result from "eurodegeneration, and provide the link between autophagy and schizophrenia (Yuan et al., pp. 1–8). Impaired Autophagy in Hilar Mossy Cells of the Dentate Gyrus and Its Implication in Schizophrenia Yefeng Yuan, Hao Wang, Zongbo Wei, Wei Li Abstract: Schizophrenia (SCZ) is a complex disease that has been regarded as a neurodevelopmental, synaptic or epigenetic disorder. Here we provide evidence that neurodegeneration is implicated in SCZ. The DTNBP1 (dystrobrevin-binding protein 1) gene encodes dysbindin-1 and is a leading susceptibility gene of SCZ. We previously reported that the dysbindin-1C isoform regulates the survival of the hilar glutamatergic mossy cells in the dentate gyrus, which controls the adult hippocampal neurogenesis. However, the underlying mechanism of hilar mossy cell loss in the dysbindin-1-deficient sandy (sdy) mice (a mouse model of SCZ) is unknown. In this study, we did not observe the apoptotic signals in the hilar mossy cells of the sdy mice by using the TUNEL assay and immunostaining of cleaved caspase-3 or necdin, a dysbindin-1- and p53-interacting protein required for neuronal survival. However, we found that the steady-state level of LC3-II, a marker of autophagosomes, was decreased in the hippocampal formation in the mice lacking dysbindin-1C. Furthermore, we observed a significant reduction of《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 the cytosolic LC3-II puncta in the mossy cells of sdy mice. In addition, overexpression of dysbindin-1C, but not 1A, in cultured cells increased LC3-II level and the LC3 puncta in the transfected cells. These results suggest that dysbindin-1C deficiency causes impaired autophagy, which is likely implicated in the pathogenesis of SCZ. Keywords: Dysbindin-1; Mossy cell; Neurodegeneration; Autophagy; Schizophrenia Source: Journal of Genetics and Genomics, 2015, 42(1): 1–8 Email: Wei Li, [email protected]

Zoology

Effect of regulation of Tim-3 pathway on Th17 cells in rats with immunolo- gical hepatic injury ZHANG Wen, ZHANG Bei, LI Xiu-mei, et al. Abstract: Objective To establish a rat model of immunological hepatic injury and to explore the effect of blocking or activating Tim-3 pathway on Th17 cells in the rats. Methods Forty SPF male Wistar rats (body weight 180±20 g) were used in this study. The rat model of immunological hepatic injury was established by injecting 12.5 mg/kg concanavalin A (Con A) through the tail vein once a week for eight weeks. Splenic lymphocytes were isolated. Serum was separated and stored in -20℃ . Liver tissue samples were fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde for further study. The splenic lymphocytes were divided into 5 groups: blocking group, blocking control group, activating group, activating control group and ConA control group. The Tim-3 pathway was blocked by anti-Tim-3 while activated by recombinant galectin-9, and cultured 72 h

under 37℃ , 5% CO2 environment. The cell culture supernatants were saved at -20℃ for later use. Biochemical analysis was performed to determine the expression of serum ALT, AST and ALB. Morphological changes of the liver were examined by histopathology using HE staining. Immunohistochemical staining was used to detect the expression of IL-17A and ROR-γt proteins in the liver tissues. Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) was used to assess the IL-17A and IL-6 in the cell supernatants while real time PCR was applied to determine the expression of ROR-γt mRNA in splenic lymphocytes. Results Compared with the control group, inflammatory cell infiltration, hepatic tissue injury and many pseudolobules were easily found in the liver tissue, and immunohistochemical 141 Chinese Science Abstracts www.csad.org.cn Vol. 10, No. 5, 2015 examination showed significantly increased levels of IL-17A and ROR-γt proteins in the liver tissues of the model group. The expressions of IL-17A and IL-6 in the blocking group were increased than that of the blocking control group (P <0.05), while the levels of IL-17A and IL-6 in the activating group were lower when compared with that of the activating control group (P<0.05). Compared with the blocking control group, the real time PCR showed that the expression of ROR-γt mRNA in the blocking group was significantly increased (P<0.05). Conclusions The pathogenesis of immunological hepatic injury is closely related to Th17 cells. Immune-regulating Tim-3 pathways may affect the effect of Th17 cells then further participate in the mechanism of immunological hepatic injury. Keywords: Immunological hepatic injury; Tim-3 pathway; Th17 cells; Rat Source: Acta Laboratorium Animalis Scientia Sinica, 2015, 23(1): 7–12 Email: ZHANG Bei, [email protected]

Cover Story: The innate immune system is the first line of defense encountered by invading pathogens and plays a fundamental role in the early stages of infection before adaptive immunity becomes effective. Defensins, a family of arginine-rich cationic antimicrobial peptides, are affiliated with the innate immune system and possess broad-spectrum antimicrobial activity against various microorganisms, including bacteria, fungi, viruses, and even protozoa. As birds are important sources and reservoirs of zoonotic infections that cause local outbreaks of infection in human populations, to reveal the immunological roles of defensin genes and the underlying mechanisms become critical. However, despite many previous attempts, only limited information is available regarding the organization and evolution of defensing genes. In this study, the analysis of the genomic structure and evolution of beta-defensin genes in the golden pheasant of Galliformes and hwamei of Passeriformes reveal that birds are able to duplicate defensin genes and express more gene copies in the respiratory system to achieve greater immune defense. These results will help to further understand the evolution and immunological roles of defensin genes and provide a potential basis for the disease resistance studies in the future (see the article by Hui Chen et al. on page 679).

Genomic structure and evolution《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 of beta-defensin genes in the golden pheasant and hwamei Hui Chen, Mei-Ying Ma, Li Sun, et al. Abstract: Defensins play a vital role in the early stage of infection before adaptive immune responses are generated. Thus far, only limited detailed genomic data for avian defensin genes have been described. Here, using bacterial artificial chromosome libraries, we found that a 95 kb and 177 kb sequences in the golden pheasant (Chrysolophus pictus, Galliformes) and hwamei (Garrulax canorus, Passeriformes) corresponds to 16 and 30 defensin genes, respectively. Fluorescence in situ hybridization assigned defensin gene clusters in the golden pheasant and hwamei to chromosomes 2q and 3q, respectively. In combination with the previous chicken (Gallus gallus, Galliformes) and zebra finch (Taeniopygia guttata, Passeriformes) defensin clusters, the comparative genomic analysis revealed that lineagespecific duplications and deletions have given rise to clearly different genomic structures. On the basis of genomic characteristics, we further found that transposable elements act as agents of evolution, causing direct and indirect copy number variations in defensin genes via duplications. Tissue expression analysis showed that the Passeriformes-specific duplicatedAvBD1 and AvBD3 genes are mainly expressed in the upper and lower respiratory tract, tongue, and spleen. Our analyses indicate that the duplication-and-deletion of defensin genes conformed to the birth-and-death evolutionary process and that transposable elements induced the duplication of defensin genes. Moreover, the respiratory system-specific expression pattern of Passeriformes-specific expanded AvBD1 and AvBD3genes suggests their important role in maintaining the singing trait of songbirds. The understanding of the genomic structure, expression, and evolution of defensin genes can provide a crucial immunological foundation to study and prevent avian diseases. Keywords: AvBD; Comparative genomic analysis; Tissue-specific expression; Transposable element Source: Science Bulletin, 2015, 60(7): 679–690 Email: Qiu-Hong Wan,[email protected]

Editor: ZHANG Bao-qing

142 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅 《中国学术期刊文摘》赠阅